THE NAUTILUS Volume 115, Number 1 March 31, 2001 ISSN 0028-1344 A quarterly devoted to malacology. EDITOR-IN-CHIEF Dr. Jose H. Leal The Bailey-Mattliews Shell Museum 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road Sanibel, FL 33957 MANAGING EDITOR Christina Petrikas The Bailey-Matthews Shell Museum 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road Sanibel, FL 33957 EDITOR EMERITUS Dr. M. G. Harasewych Department of Invertebrate Zoology National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Washington, DC 20560 CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Riidiger Bieler Department of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, I L 60605 Dr. Arthur E. Bogan North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences Raleigh, NC 27626 Dr Phihppe Bouchet Laboratoire de Biologie des Invcrtebres Marins et Malacologie Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 55, rue Buffon Paris, 75005 France Dr. Robert T, Dillon, Jr Department of Biology College of Charleston Charleston, SC 29424 Dr. Eileen H. Jokinen 8234 E. North Shore Road Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783 Dr Douglas S. Jones Florida Museum of Natural History Universit)' of Florida Gaine.sville, FL 32611-2035 Dr. Harry G. Lee 1801 Barrs Street, Suite 500 Jacksonville, FL 32204 Dr. Charles Lydeard Biodiversity and Systematics Department of Biological Sciences University of Alabama Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 Dr. James H. McLean Department of Malacology Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, C A 90007 Dr. Paula M.Mikkelsen Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History- New York, NY 10024 Dr Diarmaid 6 Foighil Museum of Zoology and Department of Biolog)' University of Michigan Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1079 Dr Gustav Paulay Florida Museum of Natural History Universit)' of Florida Gainesville, FL 32611-2035 Mr Richard E. Petit PO. Box 30 North Myrtle Beach. SC 295S2 Dr. Gary Rosenberg Department of Mollusks The Academy of Natural Sciences 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway Philadelphia, PA 19103 Dr. Geerat J. Vermeij Department of Geolog)' University- of California at Davis Davis, CA 95616 Dr. G. Thomas Watters Aquatic Ecology Laboratory 1314 KinnearRoad Columbus, OH 43212-1194 Dr John B. Wise Houston Museum of Natural Science Houston, TX 77030-1799 SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION The subscription rate per vohune is US $35.00 for individuals, US $56.00 for institutions. Postage outside the United States is an additional US $5.00 for surface and US $15.00 for air mail. All orders should be accompanied bv pavment and sent to: THE NAUTILUS.'PO. Box 1580, Sanibel, FL 33957, USA. Change of address: Please inform the publisher of your new address at least 6 weeks in advance. All communications should include both old and new addresses (with zip codes) and state the effective date. THE NAUTILUS (ISSN 0028-1344) is published quarterly by The Bailey- Matthews Shell Museum, 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road, Sanibel, FL 33975. Periodicals postage paid at Sanibel, FL, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: THE NAUTILUS PO. Box 1580 Sanibel, FL 33957 TH E€9NAUTI LUS CONTENTS vVooos Hole Or.6a''ioar3pr.ic irisutotion APR I ^ 2Q01 Volunw 115, Number 1 March 31 2001 ISSN 0028-1344 Paulino J. S. de-Souza Rexision o{' tlie Recent Bullata Jousseaume, 1S75 Gary A. Coovert (Gastropoda: Marginellidae) witli tlie description of hvo new species 1 Maximiliano Cledon Reproduction and brooding of Crepkhda iir^cntiiui. Pablo E. Penchaszadeh Sinione, Pastorino and Penchaszadeli, 2()()() (Gastropoda: Calvptraeidae) 15 G. W. Schmelz Revision of the Architectonicidae (Gastropoda: Allogastropoda) from tlie Miocene Cliipola Formation, Oak- Grove Sand, and Shoal River Formation of northern Florida, with descriptions of four new species 22 Angel Valdes On tlie pulilication date, authorship, and t\pe species of Unihniculuiii and Ti/lixlino (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia: Tvkxlinoitlea) 29 Notes Richard E. Petit A note on Liicina luiilfiliiuatti "Tuoniev and Holmes" ( RivaKia: Lucinidae) 35 Bruce A. Marshall A replacement name for a New Caledonian Callidstditw species (Gastropoda: Trochidae) 36 Erratum 36 Book Re\iew 37 Notices 38 THE NAUTILUS 115(1):1-14, 2001 Page 1 Revision of the Recent Bullata Jousseaume, 1875 (Gastropoda: Marginellidae) with the description of two new species Paulino J. S. de-Souza' Depto. Zoologia, Inst, de Biolo2;ia, CCS Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro 21941-.570 Rio de Janeno BRAZIL Can A. Coovert- Da\ton Museum of Natural Histon 2600 DeVVeese Parkwav Davton, OH 45414 USA ABSTRACT Tlie genus BuUat/i Jousseaume, 1875 is re\ised based on con- chologicaj characters. All known li\ing species are endemic to Brazil. Two new species are herein described, B ouerrinii and B. analuciae. Bullata guerrinii is most similar to B. largillieri (Kiener, 1841) as both have an enlarged second columellar pli- cation which overrides and fuses with the first, but differs in having a darker coloration, wider aperture, and spire onlv slightly apparent. Bullata analuciae has similar color pattern to B. largillieri. but differs in having clearly separate first and second columellar plications, a generallv larger, thinner shell, a broad aperture and non-denticulated lip. The other 4 known species are described and discussed and a ke\' for identification is presented. A cladistic analysis of Bullata was made using 22 conchoiogical characters (53 states). The single most parsimo- nious tree obtained (lengdi 37, CI = SI, RI = 69) is as follows: (B. bullata (B. analuciae {(B, largillieri. B. guerrinii) (B. lila- cina. B mattheusi)))). The monophviv of the genus is sup- ported b\- S SMiapomorphies. Additional kei/ words: cies, Brazil, ph\logen\" Volutoidea, Neogastropoda. new spe- INTRODUCTION The genus Bullata Jousseaume, 1875 includes species that live in tropical waters from the intertidal down to 70 m. Recent species of the genus, as it is currently defined (Coovert and Coovert, 1995), are endemic to the continental shelf off Br;izil. Yet, its fossil record can be traced to the Miocene of Trinidad (Maun-, 1925) and the Mio— Pliocene of the southeastern United States (Redfield, 1870; Olsson, 1916). As with most Marginellidae, throughout its taxonomic historw species of Bullata were earlier referred to the genus Mariiiuclla Lamarck, 1799. The genus was first ' Current address: Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, RO. Box 42694, Sao Paulo, 04299-970, Brazil. -Current address: 36 Prospect Avenue, Davton, OH 45415- 2614 USA. differentiated as a group hv Svvainson (1833) who erect- ed the genus Vohitclla, a name preoccupied, however, by Vohitclla Pern', 1810 ( = Vasuin Roding, 1798), This designation was, nonetheless, widelv used. In 1875, Jous- seaume established Bullata as a replacement name for Vohitclla hut put too much emphasis on the involute spire as a diagnostic character for included species. Thus, in Jousseaume's monograph, the genus was used to encompass species that later were assigned to other genera and families, such as Closia Grav, 1857, Pniuum Herrmannsen, 1851, Cn/ptospira Hinds, 1844, Grauu- lina Jousseaume, 1888; Gihhcnila Swiiinson, 1840; Pcr- sicula Schumacher, 1817 (the last 3 genera belong in the Cvstiscidae). Coovert and Coovert (1995), in their recent taxonomic revision of the Marginellidae and Cystiscidae. provided a more refined diagnosis ot the genus, Similarlv to what probabK occurs widi other margi- nellids, the two new species described herein have elud- ed Brazilian malacologists for a long time due to their limited ranges and subtlv different conchologiciil char- acters. Both species could easily be mistaken for Bullata largillieri (Kiener, 1841) due to somewhat similar color patterns. This work is part of an ongoing revision of the Bra- zihan Marginellidae b\' the senior author. Institutional abbreviations used are: ANSP: Academv of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia; BMiNHh The Nat- ural Histon, London; BMSM: The Bailey-Matthews Shell Museum, Sanibel, Florida: GAC; collection of Gar\' A. Coovert; IBUFRJ: Instituto de Biologia AJniversidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro; MNHN; Mu- seum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris; MNRJ: Mu- seu Nacion;il/Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro; MORG; Museu Oceanognifico "Prof. Eliezer de Canal- ho Rios", Rio Grande; MZUSP; Museu de Zoologiii/ Universidade de Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo; PMC; collection of Paulo Marcio S. Costa. Rio de Janeiro; USNM; Na- tional Museum of Natunil Histon', Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington, Paee 2 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115. No. 1 SYSTEMATICS FamiK Marginellidae Fleming, 1828 Subfamily Marginellinae Fleming, 1828 Tribe Prunini Coovert and Coovert, 1995 Genus Bullata Jou.sseaume, 1875 Bullntn Joii.sseaume. 1S75: 167, 250, nomen novum for Vohi- tella Swain.son, 1833 {non Volutella Pern-, 1810) Marginella (Volutella) Swainson, 1833: (2)1, Marginella pi. 1 [t\pe species: Marginella bullata Lamarck, 1822 = Valuta bullata Bom, 1778: original designation] (nan Volutella Pern-, 1810) Gibbenilina Monterosato, 1884:139 (see Coovert, 1987: 27, for further details). Type species: Voluta bullata Bom, 1778; hv tautono- m\-. Diagnosis: Shell moderateh' large to ven- large for famiK, colored with bands or other patterns, narrowK- to broadlv obo\ate; spire immersed or nearly so; lip thick- ened, denticulation usualK' present, absent in some: pos- terior end of lip arched above ape.x; external varix pre- sent; varix groove adjacent to body whorl, distinctly col- ored; siphonal notch absent; parietal callus present to nearly obsolete in type species; columella with 4 strong phcations occupying less than half the aperture but not crowded in anterior direction. Description: Shell 14-98 mm in length, narrowK' to broadl)' obovate (length: width ratio 1.53-1.8.3); surface glossy, unsculptured, with 4-5 whorls. Color pattern composed of indistinct darker spiral bands, with or with- out rows of irregular white spots. Spire immersed to vers' low and apparent, often covered bN' callus. Protoconch apparent to completely concealed. Outer lip moderateh' to heavily thickened, internally denticulated or smooth, with a distinct, colored extemiil varix, particularK^ strong- ly colored in varix groove adjacent to the bod\' whorl. Lip with or without a distinct, flattened, beveled area in anterior direction. Aperture narrow to moderately broad, wider in anterior direction, some .species ■with an obscure to distinct trough or siphonal "gutter" (best seen in apical \iew'). Parietal callus nearl\' obsolete to strongh' developed: posterior callus nearly obsolete to strongly developed; left antero-ventral callus extending from the anterior end of varix to level of third plication, often resembling a fasciole. (Columella straight to concave. witli 4 strong plications; phcations subetjual, or the first and/or second strongly developed, sometimes fused; third and fourth plications confined to aperture or slight- ly emerging, distal ends truncate or gradualK diminish- ing. Space behveen plications increases in posterior di- rection, fourth plication often remote. Plication angle in- creasing in posterior direction relative to longituilinal axis. Remarks: Several authors (see species svnonymv lists, q.v.} have variously combined Bullata and C.losia Cray. 1857, apparently based on the superficial resemblance of shell shape, especially that of B lihirina (Sowerbv. 1846). Closia differs in a number of conchological char- acters, chiefly the very thin, very sharply formed plica- tions that are strongly crowded in anterior direction. Bullata. on the other hand, has much thicker, rounded plications that are not nearly as crowded in anterior di- rection. The labial denticulation of Closia is sharply, reg- ularly formed and widely spaced (i.e., separated by a distance greater than the thick-ness of a denticle). The labial denticulation in Bullata is irregularly formed and crowded or nearly absent. The columella in Closia is concave, resulting in a sinuous outhne, while in Bullata the columella is more straight. Closia has a much more completely immersed spire and a tendency toward a much lighter shell. Closia is probably closely allied to Ovaainclla (Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 87) and thus in the Austroginellini. Bullata has an oesophageal caecum just posterior to the nerve ring, tspe 6 radula (Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 56-57), and lacks the Valve of Lei- blen, character states that allocate the genus placing it in the tribe Pnmini. .\lso, these genera are restricted in their biogeographv to specific oceanographic basins: Bul- lata to Southern West Atlantic and Closia to the Indian Ocean (Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 87). Thus, we con- sider Closia to be a separate and unrelated genus, which includes C. sarda (Kiener, 1834) as the t\pe species, as well as C. majuscula (Martens, 1880) and C. ptinceps (Sowerbv, 1901). Cn/ptospira angustata (Sowerbv, 1846) was included in Bullata by Jousseaume (1875: 251), due to the im- mersed spire. But most species of Cn/ptospira can be differentiated h\ their much stronger tasciole-like callus, much stronger and more numerous columellar plications that occupy more than half the aperture, and extensive callusing posterior to varix. Thus we consider Cn/pto- spira to be a separate genus with a separate origin but within the Pnmini, with distribution restricted to the Indo-Pacific Region (Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 93). Although described as Bullata lipci Clover. 1990. we agree with Lipe and Sunderland (1991:15), and consider this a .species of Pntnum, probably a close relative of Pninum rostratum (Redfield, 1870). The narrow shape of the shells, the ventral area of the body whorl just posterior to the plications, which is built up b\ callus and forms a groove just posterior to the first plication, and the very reduced, remote fourth plication, are very similar in these tvvo species. Also both species are from the Yucatan region of Me.xico. The involute shell of Pnaunii lipci (Clover. 1990) with the posterior end of the lip arching above the spire, represents a combination of shell traits that appears in other marginellid genera and, although present in Bullata. is not a diagnostic char- acter this geiuis. Bullata gucrhnii new species (Figures 1, 7, 10) Diagnosis: Color pattern of irregular, squarish cream spots; spire slighlK but distinctly app;u'('nt. extremely p. J. S. de-Souza and G. A. Coo\ert, 2001 Page 3 Figures 1-6. BuUata species in ventral and dorsal views. 1. Holohpe of Bullata <:^ucnimi new species, MNRJ 78 IS. length 27.0 mm, width 16.5 mm, 2. Holotvpe of BuUata analudae new species. MNRJ 7186, lengtli 27.0 mm, v\idth 18.1 mm. 3. Bullata bullata {Bom, 177S), IBUFRJ 8471, length 82.1 mm, width 45.2 mm. 4. Bullata lar^illieri (Kiener, 1841), PMC 939, length 21.3 mm, width 13.4 mm, 5. Bullata lilacina (Sowerby. 1846). PMC 476, length 24.5 mm, width 14,9 mm Mol and Turscli, l'-)(-)7v PMC 937. length .39.0 mm, width 22,9 mm. 3 6. Bullata matthewsi (van Page 4 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 Figures 7-12. Biilliiln spi-cit-s: .spire, postcnor labial insertion, and colunicllar structures. 7, 10. Holot\pe ot Bullata gueninii new .species. 8, 11. Holotspe of B. analuciac new species. 9, 12. B hiraker than second, both distalK fused, forming 1 \en strong plication ridge, separated from the parietal callus by distinct groove. Third plication stron- ger than fourth, weaker than plication ridg(\ (extending p. J. S. de-Souza and G. A. Coovert, 2001 Paue 5 Bullata lilacina Bullala largillieri Bullatu giierriiiii Bullulu mattheHsi •S^ Bullata biilluta •■•'.'...".'•• Bullata unaluciae -0° lOOU km -20° Figure 13. Geographic ranges ol the li' lata spe cies ol Bul- slightK outside aperture; fourth plication confined to ap- erture. Space between plications increasing in posterior direction, with fourth plication somewhat remote (i.e., distance hehveen third and fourth plications distinctK' greater than distance between second and third). Third and fourth plications gradually narrowing distalK'. Type material: Holot^pe, MNRJ 78LS (length 27.0 mm, width 16.5 mm): ' Paratypes:' BM(NH) 1996417 (length 2.3.;3 mm, width 14.2 mm); IBUFRJ 10000 (length 25.7 mm, width 15.4 mm); MNHN (length 29.8 mm', v\idth 18.3 mm); MZUSP 28849 (length 26.1 mm, width 15.7 mm); USNM 890896 (length 24.4 mm, width 15.1 mm), all from 40 km NE off Alcoba^a, Bahia State, Brazil, 10-35 m. Type locality: Pedra da LLxa (17°41.5- S, 038°59- W), Parcel das Paredes, 27 km E off Caravelas, Baliia State, Brazil, 5-15 m. Geographic range: Known from tvpe locality and, accoreling to local fishermen, from reefs around Abrol- hos Archipelago (figure 13). Remarks: Bullata t^iicniiiii is most similar to Biilhita largillieri (Kiener, 1841) in their color patterns and fused first and .second pUcations (figures 10, 12). But these species differ in their shell shape, general color, spire (figures 7, 9), \cntral callusing, aperture width, shape of e.xtemal lip, and shape of the third and fourth plications (figures 10. 12). Bullata ouerriiiii is easily distinguishable from B hiil- luta. B lilacina (Sowerbv, 1846) and B luatfhcwsi (\an Mol and Tursch. 1967). I)\ its spotted color pattern, while the others ha\f handed color patterns (figures 1- 6). For a summar\ ol these differences, refer to dichot- omous ke\ included later in this paper. Etymology: iiin-rrinii. spec ies detlicated to Mr. I-licar- do Cueriini. Bullata aiialuciac new species (Figures 2, 8, ID M/ir^incllii [Chi.si/i) Uuvillicri — lusenhern, 19S1: 12(i. fit;. S (non ICiener. 1841). Mnrgindla Inroillicri. — Abbott and Daiici-, 1986: 2.34. nnninii- bered fig. (non Kiener, 1841). Bullata aff. bullata— Leal, 1990: 244. Bullata cf. /flrg/Z/icri.— Lipe, 1991: 2-3. pi. 1, fig. 2. Bullata .sp.l.— Leal and Boiichet, 1991: 23. Clo.sia cf. largillii'ii — Bozzetti, 1996: .54, nnniinibered fig. Diagnosis: (."olor pattern of small irregular cream spots arranged in ;L\ial rows. e\enl\ superimposed on caramel-brown background, crossed b\ 4 indistinct dark- er spiral bands; labial denticulation absent or reduced to veA' obscure imdulations; aperture wide, broader than lip thickness when measured \entralK'; first and second columellar plications completeK separate, sube(ju;d in size. Thirtl plication is subeipud in size to first 2, fourth plication weaker and confined to aperture. Description: Shell small to medium (15-38 mm in length), obovate (length;widtli ratio 1.49-1.70, x = 1.618, s = 0.0669, n = 18), with approximately 4 whorls. Surface glossw without sculpture; color pattern ol small. irregular cream spots arranged in ;L\ial rows, e\'enl\' su- perimposed on caramel brown background, crossed by 4 indistinct darker spiral bands (1 near suture, 2 narrow^- er ones at mid-section of bod\' whorl and 1 near anterior end). Spire almost completeK' inunersed, flattened to slightK' depressed, exposed but covered b\- glassy trans- parent callus, partially covered by posterior lip insertion and posterior parietal callus. Protoconch partialK \isible. large, dark-brown. Outer lip thickened intenialK'. with distinct external \arix, thicker medially and thinner to- ward extremities, lacking distinct, flattened, beveled area in anterior direction; labial denticulation absent or re- duced to verx' obscure undulations; varix groove distinct- Iv excavated. Outer lip white, exteniallv darkening to bright brownish-orange in varix groove adjacent to body whorl. Aperture wide, broader than lip thickness when measured ventrallv, curving in posterior direction, broadest in anterior direction. Aperture inteinally me- dium-brown with lilac stain at anterior end. Parietal wall convex with thin ventral callus wash that is thicker at anterior and posterior ends. Posterior callus in fully adult Page 6 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 shells forms peaked niouiul separated from posterior lip insertion In' distinct i^ap. Lett untero-ventral callus ex- tends from anterior end ot \arix to level of third plica- tion, producing sharp, distinct, and straight continuation of varix. Columella slightK- concave, plications slender First and second columellar plications completelv sepa- rate, suhequal in size. Third plication is subetjual in size to first and second, fourth plication weaker and confined to aperture. Space bet^veen the plications increases in posterior direction, with fourth plication remote (i.e. dis- tance between third antl fourth plication cbstinctlv great- er than distance between second and third). Third and fourth plications gradualK' narrowing distalK, ending in sharji points. Type material: Holot\pe, MNRJ 7186 (length .34.7 mm, width 20.4 mm); Parat\pes: ANSP .390:361 (length 32.8 mm, width 19.3 mm): ANSP .399366 (length 27.7 mm, widdi 18.0 mm); ANSP 399995 (length 34.5 mm, width 20.4 mm); BM(NH) 1996071 (length 34.2 mm, width 20.9 mm); BMSM, 1006 (length 31.2 mm, width 19.S mm); IBUFRJ 8463Parat\pe 3 (length 37.2 mm, width 23.3 mm); IBUFRJ 8464 (lengdi 32.0 mm, width 20.1 mm); MNHN. (length 30.7 mm, width 19.0 mm); MNRJ 7187 (length 28.rmm, width 16.8 mm); MORG 33311 (length 3.3.4 mm, width 21.0 mm); MORG 3.3312 (length 27.0 mm, width 18.1 mm): MZUSP 28243 (length 31.6 mm, width 20.0 mm); USNM 880120 (length 25.2 mm, width 16.9 mm), all from off Vitoria (20''20' S, 04OW W), Espirito Santo State, Bnizil, 60- 70 m, trawled b\' shrimp fishing boats on mudd\' sand bottom; GAG M2861 (length 3.3.6 mm, width 19.9 mm), off Vitoria, Espirito Santo State, Brazil, .50-70 m, trawled b\- shrimp fishing boats on silt\- sand; AMNH 213931 (length 29.9 mm, width 18.0 mm), off Espirito Santo State, Bnizil, 50 m; AMNH 2139.30 (length 30.5 mm, width 18.2 mm); GAG M1426 (length 30^3 mm, width 18.7 mm), both from off nortliern coast of Rio de Janeiro State, Brazil, 50 m. mudcK bottom. Type locality: Off Vitoria (20 20' S, 040 OO' W), Es- pirito Santo State, Brazil, 60-70 m, trawled b\ shrimp fishing boats on muddv sand bottom. Geographic range: From tiie northern coast of Rio de Janeiro State to the central coast of Espirito Santo .State, Brazil (figure 13). Remarks: In color pattern B iinalurkic is most similar to B lar^illicri and B. ^ucrriuii. but the\- differ in shell shape, spire form (figures 6, 7, 8), ventral callusing, ap- erture width, shape and thickness of e.xtenial lip. and columellar structure (figures 10, 11, 12). Bitllafa aiwhiciac is most similar, in shell shape and columellar structure, to B. buUata. but tlie\ differ in the color pattern, .spire form, ventral callusing, and aperture shap(> and v\idth. Bullata lilacina and B. matthewsi differ in color pat- tern and geographical range. Etymology-: This species is dedicated to Ana Lucia Rodrigues PeLxoto who first collected most specimens aboard shrimp fishing boats. Btdlata bullata (Bom, 1778) (Figure 3) Valuta bullata Bom, 1778: 205-206. Type information could not be directly obtained, holot\pe fomierlv in the Musei Caesarei V'indoboneiisis, Vienna, but declared missing (Tomlin, 1917: 22.5): t\pe lotalih-: Indian Ocean [in error, endemic to Bahia State, Brazil]: Bom, 1780: 218; Tomlin, 1917: 2.55. MargincUa bullata. — tl'Orbignv, 1841: 415; Sowerbv. 1846: 401, pi. lw\ii, figs. 158, 159; Petit, 1851: .55: Reeve, 1860: 52: Reeve, 1864, pi. 1; Redfield, 1870: 225; Weinkauff, 1879: 24, pi. 4, figs. 3, 4; Paetel, 1888: 191; Smidi, 1945: 71, fig. 950; Rogers, 1951: 89, pi. 24, fig. 5: Dance, 1976: 193, unnumbered figure. Valuta aiuin Gmeiin, 1791: 3448. Mar^iulla magna Swainson, 1822: appendix: 12. Marginella (Volutclla) bullata. — Swainson. 1833: .^dams and Adams, 1853: 192; Trxon, 1882: 35, pi. 10, figs. 3. 4: Fi- scher, 1883: 602: Tryon, 1883: 173, pi. 55. fig. 61. Marginella bellangeri Kiener, 1834: 27-28, pi. 9, fig. 43; Catlow and Reeve, 1845: 291; Reeve, 1860: 52. Marginella cuvieri Deshaves, 1853: 75 (Explicatian cles Planch- es): 1857-58: pi. 123, fig. 8: Redfield, 1870: 262, Bullata bullata. — Jousseaume, 1875: 250; Tomlin, 1817: 244; Coan, 1965: 189: Rios, 1970: 113. pi. 40; Oliveira ef nL 1972: 14; Rios, 1975: 117, pi. .35, fig. 506; Wagner and Abbott, 1978: 22003; Rios, 1985:121, pi. 42, fig. 537: Coovert, 1986a: 2: Coo\ert, 1986b: 3; Coovert and Lee. 1989: 4: Coovert and Coovert. 1990: 2, fig. 1; Rios. 1990: 8, fig.; Lipe, 1991: 2. pi. 1 fig. 10: Rios, 1994: 147, pi. 48, fig. 638: Bozzetti. 1994 p. 54^"; Cooxert and Coo\ert, 1995: 92, fig. 66: Rosenberg, 1996, [gopher://erato.acnat.sci.org: 70/OR 1 8 1575.3- 1 8 1 6546-/.\vasp/.text/w;ispgoph .cxt] . Bullata cuvieri (Deshaves, 18.53). — Jousseaume. 1875: 251. Marginella (Volutella) bellangeri. — Kobelt. 1878: 72. pi. 27, fig. 2. Marginella (Bullata) bullata.— ThltAe. 1929: .3.55. fig. 429; Ei- seuberg, 1981: 129, fig. 14. Closia [Bullata) bullata.— \Xenz, 1943: 1376, fig. 3892. Marginella (Clo.sia) bullata —Morretes. 1949: 104. Marginella bullata — Santos. 19.55: 113, luinumbered figure. Diagnoses: Shell large (34—101 nun), slender; color pattern of numerous thin to verv thin darker spiral bands crossed b\- thin ;L\ial lines on ros\-gra\ background; ob- solete crenulation on outer lip; aperture wide, broader than lip thickness when measured \entrall\ ; \entral cal- lus reduced to obsolete wash. Description: Shell large (34-101 mm), smooth, elon- gated, narrowlv obovate (length:width ratio 1.51-1.96, x = 1.83, s = 0.0946, n = 25), with about 5 whorls. Color pattern composed of numerous thin to very thin darker spiral bands crossed b\' thin, mostK pale or occasionalK darker iixial lines on ros\' grav background (usually fading into pinkish-tan with time, in museum specimens). A.xi;d lines are apparentk' associated with incremental growth lines. Spire immersed and covered bv a vitreous callus, somi'times \isible, rareK partK covered bv lip insertion. p. J. S. de-Souza and G. A. Coo\ert, 2001 Page 7 which imparts flattened to depressed shape to posterior end of shell. Protoconch darker than earK- teleoconch whorls, usualK' completeK' co\ered b\' vitreous callus. Outer lip diickened internally, with distinct external var- L\, thinner toward extremities, with an obscure, flat- tened, beveled area in anterior direction, and often abruptK' thinned in anterior direction, labial denticula- don usually reduced to obscure undulations, at most pre- sent as obsolete denticles. Varix groove generalK filled forming wide, rounded, or flattened shelf Outer lip white, e.xtemalK' darkening to orangish-browii, especiallv on varix groove adjacent to body whorl. Aperture wide, broader than lip thickness measured ventrallv, curving in posterior direction, broadest in anterior direction. Ap- erture intemalK brown, becoming white toward lip. Pa- rietal wall convex with thin ventral callus wash. Posterior callus nearly obsolete. Left antero-ventral callus extends from anterior end of varix to level of third plication in gradual curve toward columella, resembling a fasciole. Columella slightly concave, plications slender to some- what heavy. First and second columellar plications sep- arate to fused distallv, subequal in size. Third plication is subequal in size to first and second plications, with fourth plication subequal to slightly weaker and confined to aperture. Space beUveen plications increases in pos- terior direction, with fourtli plication remote (i.e., dis- tance between diird and fourth plication distinctly great- er than distance between second and third). Third and fourth plications gradually narrowing distallv. Material examined: Tvpes of Maivinclla cinicii De- shaves, 185.3, MNHN unumbered, Bahia, Brazil; IB- UFRJ 1.540. off SaKador, Bahia State, Brazil. .5-10 m, B. Linhares col: IBUFRJ 8471, off Salvador, Baliia State. Brazil. .5-10 m, B. Unbares col.: MZUSP 547, off SaKador. Baliia: MZUSP 15686, Mar Grande, Itaparica, Bahia State, Brazil, G. May col.: MZUSP 27267, off Sal- vador, Bahia State, Brazil. Geographic range: Endemic to Bahia State, Brazil (figure 1.3). Remarks: BiiUaia hullata is most similar, in size and color pattern, to B. matthewsi, but they tliffer in back- groimd color, spire form, callus structure, aperture width, and labial denticulation. In addition, their geo- graphical ranges are widely disjunct (figure 13). See remarks under B. gitcninii and B aualuciac. and kev for comparison with B. bnllata BuUata biilhita differs from B. lar^illuri and B lila- cina in size, shell shape, color pattern, structure of ven- tral callus, aperture width, and columellar structure. Apparent spire, yellowish coloration and smaller size in original illustration of MargineUa cuvieri Deshayes, 1853 seemed to indicate that this species was a senior synonym of B matlhcusi. But in examining tvpes, it be- came clear that they were smaller discolored B Jmlliita. hvo of them with atvpicallv apparent spires (but covered with callus). The broad medial white band shown in the orisinal illustration was due to shell deterioration This "variety" was later discussed bv Sowerbv (1846: 401, sp. 104: pi. 77, figure 159) who did not mention Deshaves's work. BuUata largillieri (Kiener, 1841) (Figures 4, 9, 12) MargineUa laraiUicri Kiener. 1841: 4.3-44. pi. 11, fij^. 3. Ho- lohpe not found, hpes were fornierlv deposited in Rouen Museum, bnt are now missing (P. Bouchet, personal com- munication, 1998). Tvpe locality: Baliia. Briizil ("bale de Baliia" Kiener, 1841: 43, most probably Todos os Santos Bay)]: Catlow and Reeve, 184.5: 292: Reeve. 1860: 52; Reeve, 1864, pi. \'I: fig. 22 a. b; Redfiekl, 1870: 240; Tom- lin, 1917: 275; Dance. 1976: 195 unnumbered figure. MargineUa rargillieri. — Sowerbv, 1846: 402, pi. kxviii, figs. 178, 179. fSO; Paetel. 188.3: 31. MargineUa IargiUierti.—?etit. 1851: 52; W'einkauff, 1879: 44, pi. 8, figs. 2, 3: Rios and Oleiro, 1968: 17: Oliveira et al. 1981: 271. Mnroinclln iVolutclla) laraiUieri. — .\dams and .\dams, 1853: 192: Kobelt. 1S7S: 72, pi, 27. fig, 9. MnraincUa oiuiit Rt-eve, 1864: sp. 89. pi. XA4II, fig. 89a. b; Redfield, 1870: 247: W'einkanff 1879; 65, pi. 12, figs. 6, 7; Paetel. 1888: 195. MargineUa I'angiUierti. — Paetel, 1869; 38. Closia largillcri. — Jousseaume. 1875; 255. Closia pares Jousseaume, 1875: 2.55 (nomen novum for Mar- gineUa ovum Reeve. 1865); Tomlin, 1917: 287. MaroincUa (Closia) laroiUieiii. — Tnon, 1882: 47. pi, 12, figs. '77. 78. MargineUa l'argUlierti—?deie\. 1888: 194, MargineUa {Closia) largiUieri. — .Vlorretes. 1949: 104. Closia largillieri.— Rios, 1970; 114, pi. 40; Rios, 1975: 117, pi. 35, fig. 508: Wagner and Abbott. 1978: 22008. Closia largillere- — Oliveira rt al., 1972: 14. Persicula (Closia) largillieri. — Rios. 1985: 122, pi. 42, fig. .542. Pcrsicnla largillieri.— heal 1990: 171, .399, 417. Maroinella sp. 65.— Lipe, 1991: 2, pi. 1, fig. 12. BuUata Inraillieri.—Upt.-. 1991: 2, pi. 1, fig."3: Rosenberg. 1996 [gopher://erato.acnatsci.org:70/()R1816546-181694.5-/ .wasp/, text/waspgoph .cvt ] . Closia largiUierii—Bozzi'ti, 1992: 10, Bnllata largiUierti —Rkk. 1994: 147, pi. 4S, fig. 6.39, Diagnosis: Shell heavv, obovate to broadly obovate: color pattern of small, irregular cream spots arranged in axial rows, superimposed on light chocolate-brown back- ground: spire completeK immersed, covered by poste- rior labial insertion and jiosterior parietal callus: hibi;il denticulation sharp and distinct: ventral callus heavA, continuous; aperture narrow: first and second plication distallv fused, forming verv strong plication ridge. Description: Shell of medium size (14-29 mm in length I, heavy, obovate to broadly obovate (lengtli:width ratio 1..39-1.67, x = 1..561, s = 0.0.595, n = 25), Color pattern of small, irregular cream spots arranged in axial rows, on light chocolate-browii background, crossed bv' 1-3 indistinct darker spiral bands (1 near suture. 1 at mid-section ol'bodv whorl, and 1 near anterior end, this latter sometimes absent). Spotting somewhat to distinct- K reduced on dark spiral bands. Spire completely im- Page 8 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115. No. 1 mersed. partially to coiiipletelv covered h\ po.sterior la- bial iii.seitioii and posterior parietal callu.s. Protoconeh not \isil)Ie. Outer lip liea\il\ tliickeiied internalK; with distinct, heavy external varLx, thicker medially and thin- ner toward e.xtreniities, especially in po.sterior direction, with indistinct, flattened, hexeled area in anterior direc- tion, labiiil denticulation shaip and distinct, composed of appro.ximateK 24—36 denticles, varix groove excavated. Outer lip white, externally evenly colored a creamy brovMiish-orange. only ver^- slightK' darker in varLx groove adjacent to bod) whorl. Aperture narrow, nar- rower than lip thickTiess measured ventralH'. Aperture intemalK- pale-brown. Parietal wall convex with contin- uous heavT ventral callus, thickening toward aperture. abniptK' diminishing along collabral line just outside ap- erture, forming almost planar surface tangentiiil to whorl. Callus extending to columella, next to distal ends of third and fourth plications. Posterior callus in fully adult shells forming rounded mound separated from posterior lip insertion b\' distinct gap. Left antero-ventnil callus extending from anterior end of varfx to level of fourth plication, with distinct furrow between second and third plications and producing a somewhat rounded continuation of varix. Columella concave, plications heavy. First plication much weaker than second, distallv fused, effectiveK' forming 1 very strong plication ridge, separated from parietal callus b\' distinct groove. Third plication is slightly stronger than fourth, lioth slightly emerging from aperture. Space iiehveen plications in- creases in posterior direction, fourth plication not re- mote. Third and fourth plications abruptK truncated and expanded distalK'. where the\ meet parietal callus. Material examined: IBUFRJ 8909. Rio do Fogo Beach. Hio Crande do Norte State. Brazil. L. Couto col.; MNHJ 5440, off Boipeba. Baliia State. Brazil; MNRJ HSL 4180, Barra Beach. Salvador. Bahia State. Brazil; PMC 939, off Salvador Bahia State. Brazil. B. Linhares col.; GAC M22I5. IBUFRJ 1469. off Itaiwpoana, E.spi'r- ito Santo State. Brazil. Gcojjraphic range: Rio Grande do Norte State to northern coast of Rio de Janeiro State. Brazil (figure 13). Kemarks: See remarks under B. ^ticninii. B. analu- cUw, and B. hullata. and ke\' for a compari.son with B lariiiUicii. Bullutci largillicri is reailiK distinguished from B. lil- acina and B. matthewsi by its distinctive color pattern, different columellar jilications, and its more obo\ate shape. A juvenile specimen examined (IBUFRj 1469) shows second plication strongly angled toward and fused witii the first, but plications are comparatively thin and sharp. and not yet heavily thic-kened. This juvenile shell has no external varix but it appears that it was just i)eginning to thicken the lip inside the aperture. Lip is thin, gradualK' beveled, and with a shaqi edge, which is verv narrf)wK opaque white e.xtenuilK . There is no trace of parietal callus. Mar^iiulla otitin Reeve. 1865. renamed Closia jxiros Jousseaunie. 1S75. seems to represent B lar^illiiii. giv- en mentions in the original description of its "curiously swollen" second columellar plication, immersed .spire, narrow aperture, and denticulated lip. Biillatii liliiiiiiii (Sowerbv. 1846) (Figure 5) Marginclla lilacina Sowerbv. 1846: 402. pi. Ix,y\iii. figs. 176-177. H()lot\pe. BM{NH) 1880.9.18.2. t>pe locality- unknown; Petit, 1851: 55: Reeve. 1865. pi. .\iv; Redfield, 1870: 240; Weinkauff. 1879: 46. pi. 4. figs. 3. 4; Paetel, 1888: 194; Matthews and Rios. 1967: 72: Kempf and Mat- thews, 1968: 9.3; Mattliews and Kempf 1970: 5: Matthews and Matthews, 1979: 71; Abbott and Dance. 1986; 2.34, unnumbered figure. Marginella (Voliitella) lilacina. — .-Vdams and .\dams, 1853: 192. MaroincUa (Closia) lilacina. — Tr\on. 1882: 47. pi. 12. fig. SO. Maivinclla (Vokarina) lilacina. — Morretes. 1949: 105. Closia lilacina. — |ousseaume. 1875: 255; Rios. 1970: 114. pi. 40; Rios. 1975: 118. pi. .35. fig. 509; Wagner and Abbott, 1978: 22008; Bozzetti, 1992: 10. Pcrsicitla lilacina. — Oliveira cf ai, 1981; 270. Pcrsicula (Closia) lilacina.— Rios, 1985: 121. pi. 42. fig. 538; Mello and Perrier, 1986: 1.33. Bullata lilacina.— Upe, 1991: 2, pi. 1, fig. 1; Rios, 1994: 147, pi. 48, fig. 640; Rosenberg, 1996, [gopher;//erato.acnatsci. org:7()/0R 1 8 1 694.5-1 81 7292-/.wasp/.te.\t/wa,spgoph.c\t]. Diagnosis: Shell broadly obcnate; color pattern of 2 pale-rose bands on ros\-browii background, outer lip white, externalK pale- to dark-lilac; outer lip with dis- tinct, flattened, beveled area in anterior direction, abniptK' thinning in anterior direction forming siphonal "gutter"; first plication somewhat higher in ventral pro- file. Description: Shell of medium size (19-33 mm in length), broadK' obovate (length:width ratio 1,39-1.59, .x = 1,.533, s = (').()573. n = 2.5). Color pattern of 2 pale- rose medial spiral bands, and numerous, thin darker in- distinct spiral lines, crossed bv thin, mostK' pale or oc- casionalK darker axial lines on ros\-brown background. Spiral lines absent on meihal spiral bands, usualK' fading in collection specimens. A.xial lines apparently associated with incremental growth lines. Spire immersed, mostly co\ered b\ callus. partialK coxeretl h\ posterior lip in- sertion and posterior pariet;i] callus. Protoconeh com- pleteK' covered to bareK \isible. dark. Outer lip hea\ily thickened internally, narrowing rather abruptK- in ante- rior direction and in posterior direction, with distinct. Hattened. bexeled area in anterior ilirection; abrupt an- terior thiiming of lip effectiveK formiTig siphonal "gut- ter" (best seen in apical view). Labial denticulation dis- tinct, fine to coarse, composed of appro.ximateK- 20 den- ticles, \'ari\ distinct, heaw. varix groove deepK excaxat- ed. Outer lip white, extenialK- pale- to dark-lilac, orangish-brown in varix groove adjacent to bo(K- whorl. ,\]K'rture narrow- to moderately narrow, narrower than lip thickness when measured ventralK-. broadest at level ol plie;itions, n;irr<)wing in anterior directioir .\pertnre p. J. S. de-Souza and G. A. Convert. 2001 Pasre 9 iiitt-niallx lilac witli lilac stain at anterior end. Parietal wall convex with continiioii.s, moderatel\' hea\-\' ventral calln.s. thickening toward aperture, thinning along indis- tinct collabral line just outside aperture, reaching fourth plication, usualK' indistinctlv trans\erseK' undulated, ex- tending to colinnella as a wash. Posterior callus in fulK' adult shells forming ver\- low. rounded mound barely separated from posterior lip insertion b\' indistinct gap. Left antero-ventral callus extending from anterior end of varix to level of tliird plication as heaw wash, somewhat resembling indistinct tasciole, with lilac coloration, and slight furrow between second and third plications. Col- umella slightK- concave, plications heaw. First and sec- ond columellar plications completely separate, subecjual in size, and slightK stronger than third and fourth, first somewhat higher in ventral profile (best seen in lateral view). Third phcation is subequal in size to foiuth. both slightK' emerging from aperture. Space bet^\een plica- tions increasing in posterior direction, with fourth pli- cation not remote. Third and fourth plications tnmcated and slightly expanded distalK'. Material examined: AMNH 194277. off Fortaleza, Ceani State, Brazil; MNRJ 4175, P090 Beach, Paraiba State, Brazil; MNRJ HSL 4176, Camocim, Ceani State. Bnizil; PMC 476. off Fortaleza, Ceara State, Brazil; IB- UFRJ 8924, off Rio do Fogo, Rio Grande do Norte State. Brazil, 5-6 m, 04/1997; MZUSP 16339, off For- taleza, Ceara State, Bnizil; MZUSP 29716, off Fortaleza, Ceara State, P. Montouchet col. cx-piscc Aiiipliichthys cn/ptoccutnis (Valenciennes, 1837). Geographic range: Amapa State to C-eara State, Atol das Rocas, Brazil (figure 13). Remarks: Although B. lilaciiui has been reported from coast of Bahia (Rios. 1994). all specimens collected in Bahia tliat we obser\ed, were in fact bleached B hir- giUieri, a species easily recognizable b\ its columellar structure. The color pattern of B Ulacina in most presened shells seems to consist of onK' 2 wide whitish bands. The e.xaniination fresh-collected shells (IBUFRJ 8924) re- vealed thin and numerous spiral and axial lines, which apparentK' fade with passing of time. Biillata lilaciiia differs from B nuitthciLsi in the spire form, and stmcture of parietal callus and columella. For comparison with other species, see previous remarks and kev. Bullata iimtthcwsi (van Mol and Tursch, 1967) (F'igure 6) Mar^inellii (Pniniim) mntthcwsi \an Mol and Turscli, 1967: 196-197, fig. 1, holot>pe: Stanford Universit)^ Paleo-T%pc Collection 9S56, t)pe localitv': off Fortaleza, Ceara State, Brazil, 36 m, ex-piscc Aiuphichhjs cnjptoccntnis (Valen- ciennes, 1837). Marginella matthetvsi^ — Matthews and Rios. 1967: 72; Kcnipf and Matthews. 196S: 93; Matthews. 196S: 24S; .-Vbhott and Dance. 1986: 2.'55. unnmiihrrcil fiijiire; Matthews and Matdiews, 1979: 71. Pntniiiii inatllwu-si. — Wagner and .\hhott. 1978: 22009. Bullata mnttlu-w.si.—Rios. 1970: 113. pi. 40; Rios, 1975: 117. pi. 35, fig. 507; Rios, 1985: 121. pi. 42. fig. 538; Rios, 1990: 9, unniniibered figure; Lipe, 1991: 2, pi. 1 fig. 4; Bozzetti, 1994: 54, fig. 1; Rios, 1994: 147, pi. 48, fig. 638: Rosen- berg, 1996, |goplier://erato.acnatsei.org:7()/()RlS17292- 1817496-/. wasp/.text/waspgoph.cvtj. Diagnosis: Shell moderately large: color pattern of mnnerous thin to veiT thin tawTiv- to brownish-orange spiral bands crossed b\' mmierous axial lines on pale- orange background; spire slightK' but chstinctK' apparent: outer lip in anterior direction with verv distinct, flat- tened, broadened, beveled area and distinct anterior trough or siphonal "gutter": parietal wall with continu- ous, thin but distinct, ventral callus; first columellar pli- cation distinctK larger and thicker than other 3. Description: Shell moderateK' large (39-53 nun in length), obovate (length;width ratio 1.6.5-1.71. .x = 1.681. s = 0.0211. n = 7). with 4.5-5 whorls. Color pattern of numerous thin to very thin tawin- to brown- ish-orange spiral bands crossed h\ thin. mostK pale or occasionally darker axial lines on pale-orange back- ground. Two medial spiral bands of less dense coloration present. Axial lines apparentK associated with incremen- tal grov\tli lines. Spire distinctK' apparent. extremeK' low, dome-like, partialK' covered b\' posterior lip insertion and to a limited extent b\' posterior pariet;d callus. Pro- toconch mamillated, completely \isible. Outer lip thick- ened internally, with distinct external varix, rather abniptK' narrowed in posterior direction, with \er\' dis- tinct, flatteneil. broadened, beveled area in anterior di- rection; abniptlv thinning in anterior direction, effec- tively forming a distinct trough or siphonal "gutter" (best seen in apical view), labial denticulation indistinct to dis- tinct, fine to coarse, compo.sed of approximately 27-30 denticles; varix groove distinctly excavated. Outer lip white, externally pale orange-cream, darkening to a p;ile brownish-orange in varix groove adjacent to body whorl. Aperture wide, broader than lip thickness measured ven- trallv, curving in posterior chrection, broadest in anterior direction. Aperture internallv nearlv white, darker band- ing showing through ven' faintly. Parietal wall convex, with thin, but distinct and continuous ventral callus, forming verv indistinct collabral ridge just inside aper- ture, extending to columella as a wash. Second indistinct collabral callus ridge present further inside aperture and abruptly ending just posterior to fourth plication, leaving distinct gap behveen them. Profile of collabnd ridge even with die tops of the plications. Posterior callus in fully adult shells forming indistinct, low rounded mound barely separated from posterior lip insertion by indistinct gap, and continuing in short arc toward aperture. Left antero-ventral callus extending from anterior end of var- L\ to level of third plication as heavv' deposit somewhat re.sembling indistinct fasciole. with somewhat distinct furrow between second and third plications. Columella nearK straight, plications strong. First columellar plica- Page 10 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 tion distinctly larger and thicker than other three, dis- dnctlv rai.sed in ventral profile (best seen in lateral view). broadened, flattened, and abniptK' merging with ante- rior edge. First and second coluinellar plications com- pletely separate. Posterior three plications subequal in size, all emerging from aperture to progressively greater e.xtent in anterior direction. Space between plications subecjual, widi fourth plication not remote. Posterior three plications gradualK narrowing distally. Material examined: Paratope, AMNH 134492, off Mucuripe, Ceara State, Brazil; PMC 9.39, off Fortaleza, Ceara State, Brazil; IBUFRJ 892.5, off Fortaleza, Ceara State. Brazil; GAC M1325. off Fortaleza, Ceara State, Brazil; GAC M2704, off Fortaleza, Ceara State, Brazil; MZUSP 27308, off Fortaleza, Ceara State. Eastern Distribution Geographic range: do Norte State 13). Maranhao State to Rio Grande and Fernando de Noronha Island (figure Remarks: BiiUata matthcwsi has a distincth- apparent spire, similar to that of B ^ucninii but the\' differ in spire height, color pattern, color patter For comparison viith congeneric species see specific remarks above and dichotomic key. PHYLOGENY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY Preliminar\' results of a cladistic anaKsis of the genus Btillata. using conchological characters, are reported; furdier anaKsis using anatomiciil data is intended and will be published at the earliest opportunity. In this analysis, 22 conchf)logical characters with a to- tal of .53 states were used (Appendi.x). Character polar- ization was done through outgroup comparison method (Maddison et al, 1984). The t\pe species of Pniinim Herrmannsen, 1850 [P. pniinim (Gmelin, 1791)] was se- lected since this genus was proposed as the sister group to Bullata by Coovert and C:oovert (1995: 92). The clad- ogram was calculated using Tree Gardener 2.2 software (Ramos, 1998) which is basically a graphic interface for HennigS6 (Farris, 1988). A single most parsimonious tree (figure 14) was ob- tained (length = 37, CI = 81, RI = 69). The monophyly of Bullata (node 1) is sustained by 7 svnapomorjihies. Node 2, containing all species Bullata except B. huUata, is sustiiined by 2 sviiaponiorjihies (presence of posterior callus mound, partially thickened ventral callus, spotted color pattern). Node .3 is sustained bv 6 svnapomorphies (very thick external lip, distinct labial denticulation, bev- eled area on e.xternal lip, narrow aperture, furrow on anterior callus, fourth plication not remote). Node 3 gives origin to 2 branches, one with B. matthcwsi and B. lilacina as terminal species, the other with B. lar^l- lieri and B. guerrinii. Node 4 is defined bv the presence of siphonal gutter v(>ntr;il callus completely thickened, larger first plication, and reversion of color pattern to white spots on a brown background. Node 5 is sustained bv the labial coloration that extends bevond the varix ..♦* ** # Northern Distribution .r # # y y \^^^ v^* / 1 ' non-hiimiiplusiic stuapomorphy - ingroup con\ ergence /parBlkiism ..^^^^ ^ >\\^ Figure 14. Single most parsimonious plniogenetic tree ob- tained from cladistic anaKsi.s of species of Bullata based on shell characters. Pniniim pniniim (Marginellidae) is the out- group. See Appendix 1 , groove, small first plication and an enlarged second pli- cation fused with first one. Our feeling before the analyses was that B Indlata and B. matthcwsi would group as sister titxa, due to similar- ities in size and color pattern. But the several sinapo- moqihies of notles 2, 3, and 5, not shared bv B. bullata, grouped B. matthcwsi as sister .species of B. lilacina. The character optimization used in colour pattern (21) is only one of two equally parsimonious interj^retations. Another possibility would be that the spotted pattern ap- peared as a parallelism between B. analuciac and node 4. Coovert (I98(ic) proposed that the direct mode of de- velopment within a benthic egg capsule present in the Marginellidae would greatly reduce the dispersal abili- ties of its species, confining the distribution of species to a single zoogeographic province and manv with even narrower distributions within these provinces. Scheltema (1989) found that there is significant relationship be- tween the lack of planktonic larvae and distribution range. The distribution of the species of Bullata confirms these stateTueuts.with the very narrow distribution rang- es of B. bullata, B. analuciac, and B. gucrrinii and the relatively wider, but still confined to parts of the Brazil- ian coast, distributions of B. lan'illicri. B lilacina, and p. J. S. de-Souza and G. A. Coovert. 2001 Page 11 B. nuitihcwsi. However, some capabilities tor n()n-lan.al dispersal misiht lie present, most prohahK- b\- rafting of egg capsules and jmeniles (Scheltema, 1989; Leal and Bouchet, 1991), since these three last species were able to colonize, respectiveK' the Vitoria Seamoimt (Leal, 1990), and Atol das Rocas and Fernando de Noronha Archipelago (Matthews and Kempt, 1970). All of these localities are separated from the continental shell bv depths greater than 2000 ni, with Atol das Rocas and FemancTo de Noronha, separated hv distances greater than 300 km. The geographic distribution of the genus along the Brazilian coast (figure 13) suggests two major patterns of distribution, with a slight overlap due to the extensive ranges of B. lar*i^. r?^*; d Figures 6-7. Crepidula argcntina. 6. Developing female gonad of an II. S inm long indmdual. Scale Ixii- = 200 |ji.in. 7. Oocytes in different degree of de\elopnient, previtellogenic {p\') and \itellogemc (vt) in a female of 17.6 mm of sheU lengdi. Scale biir = 70 (xm. capsule is also correlated with female length (r = 0,45. r= = 0.2, p < 0.01, m = 0.78, F = 12^:87, N = 52) (figure 13). The relation between In-transformed egg capsule size and In-transformed mean number of em- brv'os contained was also studied (with egg capsule width: r = 0.62, r- = 0.39, p < 0.000 m = 0.13, F = 32.14; with egg capsule length: r = 0.66. r- = 0.44, p < 0.0001, m = 1.57, F = 39.12, N = 52) The In-transformed mean number of embrvos per brood is 5600 (SD = 3300, N = 51) and is correlated with the In-transformed female shell length (r = 0.37, r- = 0.14, p < 0.005, m = 0.46, F = 1.34). No corre- lation was found betv\'een the In-transformed female shell length and the In-transfornied number of capsules per brood. As the F value intlicates, ;ill slopes of the regressions were different from zero. S? 50 ?■ 30 S 10 5 6 Month 8 9 10 II Figure 8. Frequency ol brooding females of Civpiduhi iir- l^ciitiiui from Januan.' 1999 to November 1999. The bars rep- resent the percentage of brooding females from the tot.il in- spected females vvithin each month. Small females (14-20 mm in shell length) are represented in white, large females (more than 20 nun) are represented in black. The imcleaved eggs were whitish and approximately spherical with a mean diameter of 170 |jLm (SD = 9, N = 250). No differences where observed among the five mothers. Cleavage follows die holoblastic pattern. First and sec- ond cleavages are similar, giving rise to four macromeres. All eggs develop. No cannibalism or nurse eggs were ob- served (Kniskal-Wallis, p = 0.27). The development of all embnos in each brood occurs SMichronousK'. The intracapsular liquid is initial!) viscous, but be- comes less dense toward hatching. The embno hatches as a feeding \eliger larva. The globular smooth lar\al shell at hatching measured from live and presened material was 190-230 |jLm in length and 195 |xm in width (N = 112). Of the seven egg masses maintained in the aquarium, onK- one containing late veligers at the time of collection hatched. The colorless, transparent, bilobed \elum had a maximum width of 164 |a.m. Each o\al lobe measured 151 (jLm maximum length. The longest cilia in the pre- Figure 9. Xicw of an egg capsule of Crepidula ar^cntina conlaiiiMig imcleawd eggs. Scale bar = 2 mm. M. Cledon and P. E. Pencliaszadeh, 2001 Page 19 11 • • * . • 7.5 7,7 In egg capsule length 7,9 13 .* R O 3 I" .•n»'--r/j«*^.' 7.4 7,6 7,8 In egg capsule length 2,9 3,1 3,3 3,5 In female's shell length 3,7 Figures 10-13. Crepidula argentina 10. Relation between In female shell length and In egg capsule length. \ = .52. 11. Relation between In female shell length and In egg capsule width. N = .52. 12. Relation between In egg capsule length and width. N = 52. 13. Relation between In female shell length and In number of enibnos per egg capsule. \ = 52, Regression anal\'sis \'alues and their significance are gi\'en in the text. oral cilian- band were 32 jjim long. On the anterior part of the velum there is a pair of ciliated tentacles. The triangular ciliated foot possesses an oval operculum, which reaches 67 \x.m in length and 90 |xm in width. The protoconchs of indi\iduals of 4—6 mm length measured 6.31 |xm mean length (SD = 25, N = 34) (figures 14-1.5). DISCUSSION Crepidula argentina is a protandric hemiaphroditic species with complete sex change. The males are already mature at 4 mm shell length. Sex change begins at appro.ximately 9 mm and is completed h\ 11 mm. E\idence of c\toKsis was obsened during die w hole process of sex change. Fur- dieniiore, a full\' developed fem;de gonad can be present before die penis is absorbed and the genital papilla de\el- oped; such sex change has also been obser\ed in Cnici- btilum spimmim Sowerb\-, 1824 (Coe, 1938b). At the end of testiculiir re-absorption die penis disappe;u's, and the oviduct develops (Grimpe and Wegler, 1940). Crepidula ar^^entina does not form stacks as does C fornicata Linnaeus, 1758. In this latter species, individ- uals are strongly influenced bv each other in their sexual expression (Orton, 1909). In C. arscniina a number of mature oocytes is main- tained in the gonail even after laving. This suggests that females produce more than one brood per year. This possibility could depend on the duration of brooding. As in C. convexa Say, 1822 (Bandel. 1976), positive correlations were detected in C ar': Alludes to the species raritv and beautiful sculpture. Di.scussion: A number of investigators have noted that living arcliitectonicids have a long-lived veliger stage re- sulting in a broad geographical range for the adults (Bie- ler, 1993; Merrill, 1970; Scheltema', 1979). By comparing modem and fossil forms of Atlantic Architectonicidae, Scheltema (1979) was able to demonstrate that the ve- liger stage of Miocene members of this family also un- derwent extensive migrations. Hence, in order to make sure die newly tliscovered Chipola species had not al- ready been described from other Miocene and Pliocene deposits worldwide, specimens were compared with those reported in tlie literature from a wide range of locations including Europe, the Mediterranean, West Af- rica, Caribbean, Soutli and C;entral America, Pacific Ocean, as well as other locations in North America. Architcctonica gcnwiosa bears some similarities to Ar- chitcctonica ahcnr Gardner, 193(S, from the Oak (iroxe Sand, but A. alvear does not have well developed scale- like spiral cords on its dorsal surface and the nigose spi- ral cord that surrounds the umbilical carina in A. ahcar is absent in A. geminosa The only other fossil speiies that bears any resemblance to A. gcnuno.sa is Architcc- tonica nobihs karsteni Rutsch, 1934, which was dc- .scribed from Miocene deposits in Venezuela (Rutsch, 1934), central Chile (Frassinetti and Covacevich, 1981) and southwesteni Ecua(k)r (Marks, 1951). Woodring (1959) also recorded this latter species from the Pliocene Chagres Sandstone of Panama. However, A. nohili.s kar- steni does not have well developed scale-like spiral cords on its dorsal surface, its umbilical margin is less dentic- ulate, and both peripheral cords on the ventral surface are smooth. A cursory examination of the "Architcctonica quadris- criata ssp." of Gardner (1947) from the Oak Grove Sand and Georgia revealed that it represents Arcltitcctonica cliijiolaiia (Dall, 1892) and should no longer be consid- ered an undescribed subspecies of Architcctonica quad- riscriata. CJenus Hchacus d'Orbignw 1842 Hilieiciis d'Orbignv', 1842: 68; introduced as "division" of So- larium [= Architectonica]. Tvpe species: Solarium her- hcrti Deshayes, 1830 [= Heliacus ctjlinclricus (Gnielin, 1791)], by nionotypy, under the incorrect .secondary spell- ills' "lieberti". Subgenus Torinista Iredale, 1936 Tiirinista Iredale, 1936: 327. Type species: Torinista papula Iredale, 1936 = Solarium implrxum Mighels, 184.5, by original designation. Heliacus (Torinista) calhouucnsis new species (Figures 5-10) Description: Shell small, depressed, with flattened apex. Protoconch smooth, sunken, luaxiiuum diameter 0.53 mm, with about 1.5 v\horls. Anal keel present. Te- leoconch whorls 5.5, separated by deep suture. Single row of well-developed, raised spiral cords runs along whorls just above and below suture. Two less distinct spiral cords lie between riiised ones. Spiral cords crossed liv strong radiid ribs that give them beaded appearance. Five prominent, elevated, spiral cords extend from outer edge of last whorl to region halfvvav across base of shell. First 3 cords keel-like with second one being largest. Remaining 2 cords less distinct. Three prominently sculptured cords, two outermost beaded, iiuiermost strongly denticulate, surround wide undiilicus. .\ll raised spiral cords along side and base intersecteil bv well-de- veloped axial ribs, .\perture circular; outer lip crenulate. Holot>pe: UF 93991, maximum luiglit 8.0 mm. max- iniiim width 15.0 mm. Paratopes: I'aiatvpe A: UF 85915, maxiniuni luiglit 7.2 mm, maximum width 13.7 nun, ("hipola Formation, Tenmile C^reek, about 1.25 miles west of (-'hipola River (SE 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN, RlOW), Calhoun County, Florida (Tulane Universitv' locality TU 998); paratope lot UF 95074, 2 shells, (Chipola Formation. Tenmile C-reek, about 1.25 miles west of Chipola River (SE 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN, RlOW). C^alhoun County, Florida (Tulane Univer- sitv localitv TU 951); paratxpe lot UF 91794, 3 shells, Chipola Formation, east bank of Chipola River, about 1 .000 feet above Fourniile C:reek (SW 1/4 Sec. 29, TIN, H9\\'), Calhoun Countv, Florida (Tulane University Lo- G. W. Schmelz. 2001 Page 25 calih- TU 555): parahpe lot UF 84566. 6 sliclls. Cliipola Formation, Tenmile ('reek, at powerline crossing alioiit one mile west of C'hipola River (SE 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN, RIOW), (Calhoun Counts Florida (Tiilane University Lo- cality- TU 830); parat>pe lot UF 95075. 1 shell. t:liipola Formation, Tenmile Creek, about 1 1/4 mile.s west of Chipola Ri\er (SE 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN, RIOW). Callioun Counts'. Florida (Tulane Universih Localih TU 951); paratype lot UF 101100. 1 shell, Chipola Formation, Tenmile Creek, about 1.25 miles west of Chipola River (SE 1/4 Sec. 12 TIN, RIOW), Calhoim Count\-, Florida (Tulane Universih' Locali^^' TU 998). Type locality: Chipola Formation. Tenmile Creek, about 1.25 miles west of Chipola Ri\er (SE 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN, RIOW), Calhoun Count\-, Florida (Tulane Unixer- ,sit^■ locality- TU 951). Distribution: Hcliacus caUwuncnsis is a fairK com- mon species that is wideK distributed throughout fossil deposits found along Tenmile Creek, Farle\' Creek, and the Chipola Ri\er. Thus far there are no reports of it being collected from Oak Grove Sand. EtATiiology: Named after Calhoun Counts', Florida. Discu.ssion: As a small member of the famih' Archi- tectonicidae. Hcliacus has a more reticulate and stronger sculpture than those individuals belonging to the genus Architccfonica (Keen, 1971). Most Hcliacus are 20 mm or less in size and e.xtant individuals of this genera are identified b\' their distincti\e spiral operciilum which is a hom\', pagoda-like structure with a fringed edge (Keen, 1971). Since the opercula are not preserved as fossils, other characteristics are used to differentiate fos- sil species. These features include the tspe sculpturing on the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the teleoconch whorls, the presence or absence of an anal keel, the widths of the protoconch and umbilicus, and the t\pe of sculpturing surrounding the imibilicus. Currentlv. Bieler (1993) has identified six subgenera that belong to the genus Hcliacus. Based upon external morphological features, die two new species of Hcliacus described in this paper have been assigned to the sub- genus Torinistd. According to Bieler (1993). this subge- neric group possesses disk-shaped teleoconch whorls with appro.ximatelv five noded, spiral ribs. On the side of the bod\ whorl, thev also have strong lower peripheral and infraperipheral ribs surrounding one or tvvo addi- tional strong ribs. Hcliacus callwuucusis was misidentified as Arcliitcc- tonica (Pscuclotorinia) bisulcata d'Orbigny, 1853) by- Gardner (1947), as she only had access to txvo very' Noung specimens. An examination of several juvenile H. caUwuncnsis h\ this investigator (two to three millime- ters in diameter) revealed that the young do bear a slight resemblance to the latter species. However, the juveniles of H. calliouncnsis possess more heavily beaded spiral cords around the mnbilicus and have fewer and less pro- nounced beaded spiral threads on the dorsal surface. A number of species of Hcliacus which appear to be- long to the subgenus Taritiisla have been reported from different fossil deposits ((;ar(lner.l948: Jung. 1969; Ladd. 1982; Mansfield. 1930; Maun. 1917; Olsson, 1964; Petuch, 1994; Pilsbn-, 1922; Woodring, 1959) . Hc- liacus calhouncusis is most siinilar to Solaiium sfonc- munac Maurx', 1917 from the Miocene Gatun Formation of Panama (Woodring. 1959) and (he Pliocene deposits of the Orcado F"orination in the Dominican Republic (Maur\-, 1917). However, it differs from this species by the presence of keel-like spiral cords along its peripher\-, faint spiral cords on the dorsal surface, and weaker radial growth lines. Among extant species H. caUwuncnsis is closeK relat- ed to H. planispira (Pilsbry- and Lowe. 1932), but is not flat-topped, has a more well de\eloped suture between the dorsal whorls, and a wider, more denticulate cord surrounding the umbilicus. Hcliacus iToiiuista) cotnfiactus new species (Figures 11-13) De.scription: Small, depressed, cone-shaped shell with angular peripher\-. Protoconch smooth, maximum diameter 0.64 mm. with 1.3 whorls. First 0.5 protoconch whorl sunken. Anal keel present. Five teleconch whorls, first 2.5 whorls flattened, the remainder angled at 45° toward periphery. Suture distinct, narrow. Five axial rows of irregular-shapetl beaded cords present on sur- face of whorls. These include hvo medium-size beaded cords adjacent to the suture followed h\ a single, narrow- axial row of beads, a wide trapezoid sciile-hke cord, and a double row of narrow beads at the peripherx-. An an- gled periphen is formed b\ 2 peripheral ribs. The area lietween the peripheral ribs sculptured with trapezoid, scale-like beads. F'ive prominentK beaded cords sur- round deep umbilicus, the innermost one strongly den- ticulate. Aperture oval. Holot\pe: UF 93987. maximum height 6.8 nun. max- imum width 1 1.3 mm. Type locality: Chipola Formation. Tenmile ('reek about 1.75 miles west of Chipola River (NE 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN, R10\\'), Calhoun Countx. Florida (Tulane Univer- sitx localitv TU 546; = USC;S 2212. 'one mile west of Bailey's Ferry"). Distribution: H. conipactus is a \ery rare species tliat is onl\ known from the hpe localih'. Et\-mologA-: .Mludcs to tightK spiraled sculpture on the bod\ wliorls. Discussion: Hcliacus C(uni)actns is a uniijui- member of this genus and iloes not bear a strt)ng resemblance to am- other species from the (Chipola Formation, Oak Grove Sand, and Shoal River Formation. From the fossil record Architccfonica (Pscuclotorinia) liuppyi Jung. 1969, and Architcctonica (Architectonica) fuscicara McNeil, 1984 are the onlv species which exhibit any sim- ilarities to H. conipactus The former species is known Page 26 THE NAUTILUS. Vol. 115. No. 1 J 15 16 • 17 II 18 f Figures 11-19. New .species of Miocene Architectonicidae. 11-13. HcUacus {Torinista) compactus new species, HoloUpe, UF 9.39S7; nia.\imiim height 6.8 mm, maximum width 11.3 mm. 14-19. Granosolari\im floridanwn new species. 14, 15, 16. Holotvpe, UF 96.324: maxinnnn height 2.0 mm, maximum width 6.3 mm. 17, 18, 19. ParaKpe A, UF 96.325: maximum height 1.8 mm, maximum width 4..5 mm. from several small specimens that were found in the Pliocene deposits of Matiira Bay in Trinidad (Jung, 1969). Both H. compactus and A. ^itppyi are low spired shells with with submerged protoconchs that possess five beaded axial cords on the teleconch whorls and have an angulate periphery'. However, H. compactus is much larger, has a much more flattened apex, and the sculp- turing on its dorsal and \entral surfaces differ consid- erablv from A. guppi/i. Arcltitcctonico fuscicaca comes from Ohgocene Mint Spring Formation and the B\Tam Formation of Mississippi (McNeil and Dockerv, 1984) and is probabK' the ancestor to the Miocene species. HcUacus compactus is about the same size and possesses the same general shape as A. fuscicava, but the spiral beaded sculpturing on both the dorsal and ventral sur- face of H. compactus is much larger than the beaded sculpturing on A. fuscicava. Genus Cranosolarium Sacco, 1892 Granosolaiitim .Sacco, 1892: .59. T\pe species: Solnnioii iiiil- legramuii Lamarck, 1822, bv original designation. Cranosolarium floriduttum new .species (figures 1^19) Descripti-: Named after the state of Florida. Discus.sion: Graiuisolarium jiorhldiuiiu rcadiK stands out from the rest of the Architectonicidae found in the (!hipola Formation. In general, it has the overall body form of the genus Architectonica but differs from this group In its broad umbilicus and prominent peripheral keel. Hielcr (199.3) assigned members of the .\rcliitec- tonicidac with these characteristics to the genus Gra- tiosolarium. G. W. Schmelz, 2001 Page 27 Granosolfiriuiu florichiiium bears some similarih' to Architcctonicii (Pscudotorinio) cuprcpcs Woodring, 192S, from die Pliocene of Jamaica. Both are about the same size, but G. floridamim is more dorso-ventralK' compressed, the sutures on the dorsal surface are more distinct, and it possesses fewer beaded spiral cords around the umbilicus. Granosolahum floridanuin is somewhat similar to Granosolaiium aspcnan (Hinds, 1844) an e.xtant form which is listed by Bieler (1993) from a number of diverse locations including Australia, New Zealand, Indonesia, and West Africa. Granosolarium aspcnim has also been reported from the middle Miocene fossil deposits of Australia (Garrard, 1961) and from the Pleistocene deposits ot New Heb- rides (Ladd, 1982). However, G. floridanuin differs from G. aspcnim in that it possesses tile-like sculpturing on its dorsal surface and paired, strongK' beaded, carinae around the outer margin of the umbilicus. Four species of Granosolarium ha\e been described from Eocene deposits in the Ne\\' World, but the\' are all larger and ha\e finer dorsal and \entral sculptural features than those in G. floridamim. Two were collected from the MoocKs Branch Formation in Louisiana and described bv Palmer (1947). Thev are Architcctonica (Granosolarium) ornata jacksonia Palmer, 1947, and Ar- chitecfonica (Granosolarium) mcckana siihsplendida Palmer, 1947. Architectonica aldrichi (Dall, 1892) was collected from the Lower Claiborne of Mississippi and Architcctonica clahorata was obtained from the lov\er Claiborne and Gosport Sand of Alabama (Palmer, 1937). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author extends a special note of thanks to Roger W. Portell for allowing examination of Chipola Formation specimens under his care from both the Florida Muse- um of Natural Historv and Tulane Collections, as well as providing assistance with all photographic work and reviewing earlier versions of this manuscript. Additional appreciation is extended to Warren C. Blow, United States National Museum of Natural Histon; for the loan of specimens from the Gardner Collection, Andrew and Greta Murrav for the loan of Oak Grove Sand speci- mens, Cecil Sexton and Burt Haves for granting the au- thor permission to collect on their property' and to Dick Petit for his assistance with the acquisition of relevant literature. LITERATURE CITED Bieler, R. 1985. Die Gattiingen der Arcliitectoiiicidae (Gastro- poda: Allogastropoda). Teil 3: Architcctonica. Nipternxis, Hvliacus. Fjisolariiun ,\rcliivtiir MdlliiskciikuiKlc 1 l(r89- 117, Bieler, R. 1993. Architectoniddae of the Indo-Pacific (MoJIiis- ca. Gastropoda). Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart. 376 p., 3 pis. Frassinetti, D. and V. Covacevich. 1981. Arciiitectonicitlae en la Formacion Navidad, Miocene, Chile Central Parte II. Architcctonica (Architcctonica) nobili.'i kar.'itcni Rutsch. 1934. Boletin del Museo National dc Historia .\atnral 38: 147-154, 4 figs., 1 tab. Gardner, ], 1947. The niolluscan fauna of the .\lum Bluff Group of Florida. Ft. S: Ctenobranchia (remainder), As- pidobranchia, and Scaphopoda. United States Geological Suney, Professional Paper 142-H:493-656, pis. 52-62. Gardner, J. 1948. Mollusca from the Miocene and lower Pli- ocene of X'irginia and North Carolina. Ft 2. Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. United States Geological Sur\ev, Profes- sional Paper 199-B:179-279, pis. 24-38. Garrard, T. A. 1961. Mollu.sca collected by .Vl.\'. •'Challenge" off the east coast of Australia. Journal of the Malacological Socieh' of Australia l(5):2-;37, pis. 1-2. Grav, J. E. 1847. A list of the genera of Recent Mollusca, their sviionvma and tvpes. Proceedings of the Zoological Soci- et\- of London 15:129-219. Jung, P. 1969. -Vliocene and Pliocene mollusks from Trinidad. Bulletins of .\nierican Paleontologv' 55(247>:2S9-657, pis. 1.3-60. Keen, A. M. 1971. Sea shells of tropical West America. 2nd ed. Stanford Universih- Press, Stanford C.\, xiv + 1064p. Ladd, H. S. 1982. Cenozoic fossil mollusks from western Pa- cific islands; Gastropods (Eulimidae and Volutidae through Terebridae). United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper 1171:iv + 100 pp., pis. 1—11. MacNeil, F S. and t). T. Dockerv III. 1984. Lower Oligocene Gastropoda, Scaphopoda, and Cephalopoda of the \'icks- burg Group in Mississippi. .Mississippi Department of Natural Resources, Bureau of Geologv- Bulletin 124:1- 41.5, pis. 1-72. Mansfield, W. C. 1930. Miocene gastropods and scaphopods of the Choctawhatchee Formation of Florida. Florida Geo- logical Sui-vey Bulletin 3:1-185, pis. 1-21. Marks, J. G. 1951. Miocene sfratigraphv and paleontologv- of southwestern Ecuador Bulletins oi .\merican Paleontol- og>-33 (1.39):1-162, pis. 1-9. Maurs', C. J. 1917. Santo Domingo hpe sections and fossils. Part 1: Mollusca. Bulletins ol .American Paleontologv' 5 (29):1-251, pis. 1-39. Merrill, A. S. 1970. The family Architectonicidae (Gastropoda: Mollusca) in the western eastern Atlantic. Unpuhl. Ph.D. thesis, Universitv- of Delaware: .3.38 pp. 42 pis. (University' Microfilms International, Inc., Ann Arbor, No. 71-6444.) Olsson, A. A. 1922. The Miocene of northeni Costa Rica with notes on its general stratigraphic relations. Pt. 1: Bulletins of American Paleontologv- 9 (.39):1-167, pis. 1-15. Olsson, A. A. 1932. Contributions to the Tertian,- paleontologv- of northern Peni. Pt. 5. The Peruvian Miocene. Bulletins of American Paleontologv- 19 (68):l-264, pis. 1-24. Ols.son. A. A. 1964. Neogene mollusks from northwestern Ec- uador Paleontological Research Institution: 256 p.. 38 pis. Palmer K. \'. W, 1937. The Claiborni.m Scaphopoda. Ciastro- poda and Dihranchiate Cephalopoda ot the soutlieni United States. Bulletins of American Paleontologv- 7 (32), pt. 1, 1-.548, pt. 2, pp. .549-7.30 pis. 1-90. Palmer K. V. W. 1947. Univalves and index: p. 207-563. pi. 26-56. 62-65, In: Harris. G. D. and K. \'. W. Palmer (eds.) The Mollusca of the Jackson Eocene of the .Mississippi Emhavment (Sabine River to the .■\labama River). Bulle- tins of American Paleontologv .30( 1 17): 1-5:53. pis. 1-65. Petuch, E. J. 1994. Atlas of Flonda Fossil Shells (Pliocene and Pleistocene marine gastropods) Spectrum Press, Evans- ton, .394 pp., 100 pis., 20 text-figs. Pilsbrv-, H. A. 1922. Revision ofW W. Gabb's Tertian.- .Mollusca Page 28 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 of SaiiU) Doinini^o. Proceedings of the .\cadeinv of Nat- ural .Sciences of Philadelphia 7.3;:3()5-t:35. pis. 16-47. Pilsbn-, H. A. and H. \. Lowe. 19.32. West Me.\ican and Cen- tral American inollusks collected by the H.N. Lowe, 1929-3L Proceedings of the .\cadeniv of Natural Sciences of Pliiladelphia 84: .3.3-144, pis. 1-17. Robertson, R. 1973. On the fossil histoiy and intrageneric re- lationships of Philippin (Gastropoda: Architectonicidae). Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil- adelphia 12.5:37-46. Roding, P. F. 1798. Museum Bolteniannm sive catalogus ci- mehonmi e tribus regiiis naturae. . . pars secunda. . . J. C. Trapp, Hamburg, viii 4-199 pp. Rutsch, R. 1934. Die Ga.stropoden aus dem Neogen der Punta Gavilan in Nord-Venezuela. Abhandlungen der Schweiz- erischen Palaeontologischen Ge.sellschalt 54-.5.5: 1-169. 20 figs., pis. 1-20. Sacco, F. 1892. I molluschi dei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria, 12 (Pyramidellidae [fine], ringiculidae, So- lariidae e Scalariidae [aggiunte]). C. Clausen, Torino, 86 pp.. 2 pis. Scheltema, R. F. 1979. Dispersal of pelagic laivae and the zoo- geography of Tertians' marine benthic gastropods. In: Grav, |. and h.. J. Boucot (eds.) Historical Biogeographv, Plate Tectonics and the Clianging Environment. Oregon State Universitv- Press, CorvaUis, pp. .391—397, 6 figs. Yokes, E. H. 1989. An overview of the Chipola Formation, northwestern Florida. Tulane Studies in Geolog\- and Pa- leontology 22:1:3-24. Yokes, E. H. 1997. Notes on the fauna of the Chipola For- mation— XLin. Additions to the molluscaii fauna since 1947. Tulane Studies in Geolog\' and Paleontolog)' 3:211- 216. Woodring, W.P. 1928. Contributions to the geolog\' and pale- ontologv of the West Indies. .Vliocene mollusks from Bow- den, Jamaica. Part II: Gastropods and discussion of re- sults. Carnegie Institute of Washington Publication 38.5: i— vaii, 1-.564, pis. 1-40. Woodring, W. P. 1959. Geologv' and paleontologx ol Ciuial Zone and adjoining parts of Panama. Descrijition of Ter- tiaiT mollusks (Gastropods: Yermetidae to Thaididae). United States Geological Sunev. Professional Paper 306- B:l-2.39 pp.. pis. 24-.38. THE NAUTILUS 115(l):29-34. 2001 Page 29 On the publication date, authorship, and type species of Umbracuhnn and TijJodina (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia: Tylodinoidea) Angel Valdes Dopaitnu'iit of Iinertebrate Zoologv and Geolo!^' Golden Gate Park California Aeadeniv of Sciences San Francisco, Ca'9411S USA avaldes@calacadeniy.org ABSTRACrr The genns name Umbrncidmn Schninaclier, 1817 is a senior svnionvm of Umhrclhi Lamarck, 1819, (liistroplax de Blains-ille, l'819.'0//i/;n'//(( de P^enissac, 1821, Umbclhi delle Chiaje, 1831, and Ojjcrciil/itiim Morch, 1852. Other names previously intro- duced for this genus are not available in the meaning of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Several au- thors have alternatively considered Patella sinica Gmelin, 1791, or Patella iiinhracitla Lightfoot, 1786, to be the type species of Umbraciilum. However, since none of these species was listed in the original description of this genus, they are not eligible to be the hpe species. Acardo iimbella Lamarck, 1801 [= Um- braciiliim iindjraciilitin (Lightfoot, 1786)] is here selected to be the type species of Lhnbraculum. In addition, a valid des- ignation of tApe species for Umbrella, Ombrrlla. and Opercu- latum could not be found in the literature; Umbrella iiidica Lamarck, 1819, is here selected to be the type .species of these genera. Thus, these three names become objective syiionyiiis. The genus name Tijludina Rafinesque, 1814, type species Tij- lodina piincfidata Rafinesque, 1814 [= Ttjlodina pervema (Gmelin, 1791)], by nionotvpv, was published in 1814 and not in 1819. Additional key words: historical re\ision, nomenclature, type- species designation. INTRODUCTION The genera Uinhroculuni and Ti/lodiiui imlutle relati\ely \vell-kiioy\n opistliiihranch mollusks, recently rede- scrihed liv W'illaii (1987). Thev appear to he closely re- lated opistlidliranchs, classified yyithin the Umhraculo- idea Dall, LSS9 (Willan, 1987), or more correctK- T\lo- dinoidea J. E. Gray, 1847 (Willan, 1998). Both taxaare characterized hv a dorsal, external shell, resembling an umbrella or C'liinese hat. Members of Uiiil)riiadiiiu and Ttjlodina have been known since the late 17()0s. hut so far only a few species belonging to these genera have been described. According to Bum (1959) there is only one valid species of Umbracuhnn distributed througliout all tropical and subtropical seas, whereas Thompson (1970) distinguished an Atlantic and an Indo- Pacific spe- cies, and Marcus (198.5) recognized a third species from the Caribbean Sea. Thompson (1970) suggested that all species of Tijlodina should be merged into a single one, whereas Willan (1987) considered that this genus con- tains five valid species. Lhnhracuhun and Tijlodina are also known from the fossil record (\'aldes and Lozoviet, 2000), and several fossil species of Vmhraculum have been described. Another related genus is Anidoli/ta Wil- lan, 1987, txpe species Auidoh/ta diichcni Lcnen, 1846, which contiiins less than five valid species (Waren and di Paco, 1997). Two other genera previously assigned to the Tylodinoidea are Bctiinia Jousseaume, 1883 and Spiiicclla Rang and Des Moulins, 1828 (Pnivot-Fol. 1954; Willan, 1987). Bcrtinia lias been recently trans- ferred to the Patellogastropoda (see Kasc and X'aldes, 1997), and the systematic position of Spiiicclla rem genera as well as other related literature. DISCUSSION Species of Tylodinoidea were named and described lor the first time in several classic papers. These animals, known only from the shell, were thought to be patello- gastropods (Cnielin, 1791; Bosc, 1802). or a single valve separated from species of the bivalve genus Acardo Commervon /;/ Brugiiiere, 1789 (see Lamarck, 1801). Page 30 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 Figures 1-3. Classic illustrations of Umbraculum. 1. Marti- ni's (1769) 'Parasol Chinois'. 2. Dorsal view of Chemnitz's (1788) 'Umbella Chinensis'. 3. Ventral view of Chemnitz's (1788) 'Umbella Chinensis'. \\\ illustrations originally in color. Mo.st of the classic descriptions of species and genera of Tylodinoidea are not consistently binominal, and there- fore most of the names introduced at that time are not available (International Conmiissicjn on Zoological No- menclature, 1999: Article 11). Davila (1767) and Martini (1769) described species of Umbraculum for the first time, under the names 'Lepas Umbella Chinensis' and "Parasol Chinois' (Figure 1) respectixeh'. Chemnitz (1788) compiled early descriptions of T\lodin(jidea un- der the name 'Umbella Chinensis' (Figures 2-3), includ- ing "Operculatum laeve' of Linnaeus (1753), Favart d'Herbign\'s (1775) Parasol (>hinois', Patella paira Da Costa, 1778 and de Favanne's (1780: 1784) Parasol Chi- nois'. All these references appear to be .species of Um- braculum except Da Costa's (1778) Patella parva, which is a sviionym of the patellogastropod Tectum virginea (Miiller, 1776). The works ol Martini (1769) and Chem- nitz (1788) have been placed in the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Works in Zoological Nomenclature. Lightfoot (1786) introduced for the first time a bi- nominal name for a species of Umhraeuluni. Patella uiii- hracula Lightfoot, 1786. Curiously, Patella timbracula Lightfoot, 1786 was not listed by Sherbom (1902), who only alluded to Gmelin's (1791) descriptions of species ol T\lodinoidea: Patella sinica for Umbraculum, and Pa- tella pcnersa for Ti/lodina. Dance (1962) revised Light- foot's (1786) work, which meets the criteria of publica- tion of the Code (International Commission on Zoolog- ical Nomenclature, 1999: Article 8). The V.\lid N.\me .\nd Type Species ok Umbr.\cvlvm The \emacular name Umbella' was used in classic lit- erature to designate species of T\lodinoidea (Davila, 1767; Chemnitz. 1788). Lamarck (1801) described a new species of mollusk, Acardo umbella Lamarck. 1801, based on vernacular references bv Davila (1767) and Martini (1769). These tsvo references are descriptions and drawings of shells of Umbraculum, and therefore the species Acardo umbella Lamarck, 1801, belongs to this genus. One of these references. 'Umbella Chinensis' of Chemnitz (1788), was published in binominal form bv Lamarck (1801) as Umbella chineiisii. ApparentK'. La- marck (1801) was the first author to name Umbella in the binominal form, but he introduced this name in the SMion\m\' of Acardo, therefore rendering it unaxailable (International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1999: Article 11.6). Gray (1847) considered that 'Um- bella' was originalK' and validl\' introduced by Chemnitz, and selected 'Patella umbellata' to be the t\pe species of this genus. Lamarck (1801) believed that Acardo represented a bivalve mollusk, and that Umbella chinensis was de- scribed bv Chemnitz (1788) based on a single valve of his new species Acardo umbella Lamarck. 1801, How- ever, a re-examination of the description and illustrations by Chemnitz (1788: 341, pi. 169, figs 1645-1646), clearly shows that 'Umbella Chinensis' is a species of Tylodi- noidea (Figures 2-3). This was recognized hv Schu- macher (1817) and Pilsbrv (1895-96). The genus Acar- do, Upe species Acardo ciustulaiius Comnier^on in Bruguiere, 1789, was later found to be an epiph)'sis of a whale, not a mollusk (Deshaves, 18.30: Gra\-, 1847). ApparentK, Lamarck (1812) recognized that his Acar- do umbella was not a valve of Acardo, but a different genus of gastropod mollusks, and introduced for the first time the genus name 'Ombrelle', with a verv short de- scription and no specific names associated with it. How- e\'er, Lamarck's (1812) work is not consistentK' binom- inal and does not meet the criteria of availabilit)' of the Code (International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature, 1999: Article 11). Years later, Lamarck (1819) again used the name 'Ombrelle' for this genus of gastro- pod mollusks, this time also Latinized as Umbrella. At the same time Lamarck (1819) described two new spe- cies. Umbrella iudica Lamarck. 1819. and Umbrella med- iterranea Lamarck. 1819. and regarded Gastroplax de Blmnville. 1819, as a .svnomTn of Umbrella. De Blaimille (1819) based Ga.stroplax on a single species, 'Patella om- bracula Chemnitz', with valid binominal name Umbra- culum umbraculum (Lightfoot. 1786), of which it is the t\pe species In* monotvpv Lamarck's (1819) paper is consistently binominal, and Sherbom (1925) and Neave (1939) regarded it as the first valid introduction of the genus name Umbrella. In addition, Lamarck (1819) de- scribed for the first time the soft parts of a representa- ti\c of this genus, a task later completed by Moquin- Tandon (1870). In the following years, and during most of the 19th (-entun, the genus name Umbrella gained A. Valdes, 2001 Pai^e 31 unhersal acceptance. Examples of usage of this name are the papers hv Menke (1828). Rang (1829), Deshaves (1830), Phihppi (1836), Sowerbv (1839), Cantraine (1841), Herrmannsen (1846-49), 'Soulevet (1852), Fi- scher (1880-87), Vavssiere (1885) and Locard (1892). Most of these authors considered Lamarck's (1812) work as the first valid description of this genus, and subse- quently Herrmannsen (1846-49) [1849] selected 'Patella umbrella Chemn.' as t\pe species of the genus. The first valid introduction of the genus UtnbrcIIa is Lamarck's (1819). 'Patella umbrella Chemn.' is not a valid species and was not originalK' listed in the description of the genus. Therefore, Herrmannsen's (1846—49) [1849] is not a valid tspe-species selection for Umbrella. I have not been able to find in the literature a \alid designation of t\pe species for Uinbrclla Lamarck, 1819. thus Um- brella indica Lamarck, 1819 [= Umbraculiim unibra- ciiltim (Lightfoot. 1786)] is here selected to be the tspe species of the genus. Schumacher (1817) described the genus Umbraculiim based on references to Martini's (1769) 'Parasol Chinois', de Favanne's (1780; 1784) "Parasol chinois', Chemnitz's (1788) 'Umbella Chinensis', Acardo iimbcUa Lamarck, 1801, Patella umbellata Bosc, 1802, and Acardo orbi- cularis Megerle von Miihlfeldt, 1811. Subsequently, Pils- bry' (1895-96) [1896] selected Umbraculum sinicum (Gmelin, 1791) to be the t\pe species, and at the same time considered that several of the species cited in the original description of Umbraculum were .s\nonvms of 17. sinicum. Otlier authors (Thompson, 1970: Marcus, 1985; Willan, 1987) considered Patella umbracula Light- foot, 1786, to be the tNpe species of Umbraculum. Ac- cording to the Code (International Commission on Zoo- logical Nomenclature. 1999: .\rticle 67.2). since Umbra- culum .finicum (Gmelin, 1791) and Patella umbracula Lightfoot, 1786, were not included in the original de- scription of Umbraculum. neither of these two designa- tions of tvpe species is valid. I have not fomid in the literature a valid selection of t^pe species for Umbra- culum; accordingly, Acardo umbella Lamarck, 1801, which was included in the original description of L'//i- bracidum. is here selected to be the bipe species of this genus. According to Pilsbr>' (1895-96), A. umbella is a junior svnomTn of U. sinicum. which is also a junior sMi- on\m of U. umbraculum (see Willan, 1987). There is no (juestion that Umbraculum and Uittbrella were described with the same features, and most authors regarded botli names as sMiomins (see Willan, 1987). Pilsbr\- (1895-96) noticed for the first time that Um- brella was validK' introduced b\- Lamarck in 1819, and not in 1812, and therefore that Umbraculum was a se- nior SMionym of Umbrella. In the following years, ;ill authors followed Pilsbry's opinion, and the genus name Umbrella has not been used as valid for more than one hundred years. The latest papers I found using the name Umbrella as \-alid are those b\- Va\ssiere ( 1885) and Lo- card (1892). Since Pilsbry's (1895-96) paper, the genus name Umbraculum has gained universal acceptance and it is now in constant and exclusive use. Other Svncjwms of Umbraciiam Some of the vernacular or unavailable genus names in- troduced for species of Umbraculum in the classic pa- pers mentioned above, were later latinized or became available bv other means. These names are thus junior svnon\TOS of Umbraculum. Fenissac (1821), latinized for the first time the name Ombrella, based on the French spelling 'Ombrelle', also used by Lamarck (1812; 1819) for Umbrella. Delle Chiaje, 1830-31 [1831] again laHn- ized the genus name Umbella. this time not in svnon\inv, and therefore he is the author of the name. Miirch (1852) made available the genus name Operculatum for the first time, which is a binominalization of 'Opercula- timi' Linnaeus, 1753. In the original descriptions of both Ombrella and Operculatum several species were listeil and no t\pe species was designated. I ha\e selected Um- brella indica Lamarck, 1819, which is mentioned by Fer- ussac (1821) and Morch (1852) to be the t\pe species of both genera. Willan (1987) suggested that Spiricella could be a s\n- onvm of Umbracidum. but this genus is clearK distinct and probably not even a member of the T\ lodinoidea (see Valdes and Lozouet, 2000). The Date of Pubfkatiox of TYLoni\.\ The genus name Ti/lodina was originalK' and \alidly in- troduced b\- Rafinescjue in 1814 and not in 1819, as sug- gested by some authors (e.g., Pilsbr)-, 189.5-96; Willan, 1987). Several sources (Herrmannsen, 1846—49: Sher- bom, 1925; Neave, 1939) already pointed to the work bv Rafinesque (1814) as the first \alid introduction of the name Ti/lodina. Pilsbr)' (1895-96), and subsecjuently other authors, considered that the genus Tijlodina was introduced for the first time bv Rafinescjue (1815), who mentioned the name Tijlodina without a description. Accorcbng to Pils- bn- (1895-96), Tijlodina Rafinesque, 1815, is a iiomen nudum. Later, Rafinesque (1819) published a full de- scription of Tijlodina. which was regarded b)' Pilsbr)' (1895-96) as tlie valid original description of the genus. However, Rafines(jue (1819) mentioned: "Since the 12th and latest issue of my Journal cncijclopedique de la Si- cilie [Rafinesque, 1814] is not in Paris, and it w^as almost completeK destroxed tluring the two consecuti\e ship- wrecks that I suffered, I am sending you the characters of eleven genera of mollusks and poKps. among the 36 new genera that it cont;iins, begging you to publish them again ". It is evident then, that the genus Tijlodina was actualK- first described in 1814, and that most copies of the 12th issue of this paper were lost in the mentioned shipwrecks. I found a copy of Rafinesque's (1814) work at the li- bran- of the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle in Paris, but as Rafinesfiue commented in 1819, i.ssue 12 (volume 2) is missing. However, there are still copies of that work available in public libraries in the United States. Fitzpatrick (1911) described in detail Rafin- Page 32 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 e.sques (1814) work and mentioned the 12tli and la.st i.ssue of \()liime 2 (pp. lfiI-196). Tlii.s is.sne include.s a chapter entitled "Soniiolo^ia. Definizioni di .36 nuovi Generi di Aniniali niarini della Sicilia, pp. 161-166" that contains tlie original description of Tt/lodiiui. A part of this chapter, including onl\' 1 1 of the 36 originalK' de- scribed genera, was published again h\ Rafinesque (1819), repeating the description of Ti/loclina. According to Fitzpatrick (191 1) there are full copies of Rafinesque's (1814) work at the Librar\' of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and the Library of the Histor- ical Societs' of Penns\lvania. Another cop\', lacking issue 12 of vohnne 2, is at the Library- of the Congress. There are more copies lacking several issues in other public libraries in the United States. Sherboni (1925) cited Raf- inesque's (1814) paper and mentioned the page number with the original description of Ti/lodiiui (p. 162), so it is ver\' hkely that he also saw one of the remaining com- plete copies. UnfortunateK, I had not direct access to an\' of Rafinesque's (1S14) complete copies of this work, which, due to its raritw are no longer available for loan or reproduction. Binney and Tryon (1864) compiled the papers by Raf- inesque, but thev did not include the paper of 1814 on Ti/Io(lina. onl\- the papers of 1815 and 1819. This was probabl)' the reason why Pilsbiy (1895-96) and subse- quent authors erroneously determined 1819 as the orig- inal publication date of Ti/lodino. lcies of Tijlodina was kncmni to Rafines(jue. Pilsbr)' (1895-96) considered several valid species of this genus to coexist in the Mediterranean Sea. In light of Willan's (1987) review of Tijlodina it appears that there is onK oni- valid Mediterranean species, Tijlodina pcn- crsa ((Jmelin, 1791), which is most likelv a senior s\ii- onvm of T. piinctidata. CONCLUSIONS After the critical review of the pertinent literature, the valid name, e.xact date of pul^ilication, and hpe species of the genera Unihracidiim, Tijlodina. and their junior sMionvms has been determined. In order to clarifv the results of this work a summary svTionvTny is presented here. Vinhnindiun Schumacher, 1817: 177-179. Type species: Acardo umbella Lamarck, 1801 [= L'//i- hracidiun umhraciduni (Lightfoot, 1786)], here desig- nated. -I- Umhirlla Lamarck, 1819: .3.39-.34.3. T\pe species: Um- hrrllii indira Lamarck, 1819 [= Vmbracnlum nmhra- culum (Liglitfoot, 1786)], here designateil. + Gn.stn>j)lnx de Blain\ille, 1819: 182. T\pe species: Uin- hmculum iimbraailxim (Lightfoot, 1786), by original designation, originally cited as Patella ombracula Chemnitz'. + OinhrcUd de Fenissac, 1821: x.\i.\. T\pe species: Lhn- hirlld inilini Lamarck, 1819 J= Umbracuhun mnbiri- cidmit (Li^littoot, 1786)], here designated. + Umbcllfi Delle Chiaje, 1822-1831 [1831]: 2()(). 209. 213. T\pe species: VmhcUa inediterranca (Lamarck, 1819), bv monotvpy. + Operadatiini Morch, 18.52: 137. Tvpe species: I'inhrrlhi indica Lamarck, 1819 [= Umbraculum umbrnciilum (Liglitfoot, 1786)], liere designated. Tijlodina Rafinescjue, 1814: 162. Type specie.s: Tijlodina punctidata Rafinesque, 1814 [= Tijlodina pcncr.sa (Gmelin, 1791)], bv monotspv. -I- jofiiinisin di Monterosato, 1884: 149. Tvpe species: Ty- lodina citrina Joannis, 18.53 [= Tijlodina perversa (Cimelin, 1791)], bv original designation. -I- TijlodincUa Mazzarelli, 1897: 596-600. T\pe species: Tijhxiiiicllti trinrhc.sii Mazzarelli. 1897 [= Tijlodina pcncr.sa (Gmelin, 1791)]. bv monohpv .\CKNOWLEDGMENTS I am \en gratehd to Lam ('urrie and Patricia Shea- Diner, of the Libran of the (California ,\cademv of Sci- ences, for their invaluable help in compiling the litera- ture necessarv for the completion of this paper. LITERATURE CdTED Hliuiix, W. G. and G. W. Tnon jr. 1864. The complete writings of Constantine Smaltz Rafinesque on recent & fossil con- cliologv. Bailliere Brothers, New York, 96 pp, + 3 pis. Blainxille. II. M. D. 1817. ,Sur la patelle allongee de Chenniitz. Bulletin des Sciences, par la Societe Philomatiqne de Par- is, for 1817:2.5-28. A. Valdes, 2001 Page 33 Blaiimllc. H. M. D. de. 1819. Siir laniiiuil dv la Piitclla oin- liraciilii (k' Chemnitz. Bulletin ties Sciences, par la Societe Philoiiiatique de Pari.s, tor 1819:17.S-1.S2. Bosc, L. A. 1S()2. Hi.stoire naturelle des cotjuille.s, contenant leur description, les moeurs des animanx qui les liabitent et lenrs usages. Volume 3. Detenille, Paris, 292 pp. Bum, R. 1959. Comments on the Australian umbraculacean Mollusca. Journal of the Malacological Societv of Australia 1:28-30. Cantraine, F. J. 1841. Malacologie mediterraneenne et littorale, ou description des mollusques qui \i\ent dans la Medi- terranee, ou sur le continent de I'ltalie, ainsi que des co- quilles qui se trouvent dans les terrams tertiaires Italiens. Nouveaux memoires de I'Academie Rovale des Sciences et Belles-Lettres de Brnxelles 13:1-173, pis. 1-6. Chemnitz, J. G. 1788. Neues svstematisches Conchylien-Cab- inet fortgeseket und nun bollendet. Volume 10. Buchban- dlung, Niiniberg, 376 pp. + pis. 137-173. Chiaje. S., delle. 1830-1831. Memorie sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza \ertebre del regno di Napoli, Vohniie 4. Societii Tipografica, Naples, 214 pp. [Dates of publi- cation: pp. 1-116 (1830), pp. 117-214 (1831)]. Dance, S. P. 1962. The authorship of the Portland Catalogue (1786). The Journal of the Socieh' for the Bibliography of Natural History- 4:30-34. Davila, P. F. 1767. Catalogue svstematique et raisonne des cu- riosites de la nature et de fart, qui coniposent le Cabinet de M. Davila, volume 1. Briasson. Paris, 571 pp. + 22 pis. Da Costa, E. M. 1778. Historia Naturalis Testaceonmi Bntan- niae, or The British Concholog\': containing the descrip- tion and other particulars of natural historv ot the shells of Great Britain and Ireland. Privately piiblished, London, 318 pp. + 7 pis. Deshaves, G. P. 1830. Encyclopedie Methodi(jue. Histoire na- turelle des vers. Volume 2. Agasse, Paris, 594 pp. Favanne, J, G. de. 1780. La Conchxliologie ou histoire natu- relle des coquilles de mer. d'eau douce, terrestres et fos- siles. Avec un traite de la zoomorphose, ou representation des animaux qui les habitent (Ed. 3). Bure, Paris, 848 pp. -I- 80 pis. Fa\'anne, G. J. de. 1784. Catalogue systematique et raisonne, ou descnption du magnifique cabinet appartenant ci-de- vant a M. le C. de [La Tour d'Auvergne). Quillau, Paris, 558 pp. -I- 9 pis. Favart d'Herbignv, C. E. 1775. Dictionnaire d'histoire natu- relle: (jui concenie les testacees ou les coquillages de mer, de terre et d'eavi-douce. Avec la nomenclature, la zoom- orphose, et les differens systemes de plusieurs celebres naturalistes anciens et modemes. Volume 3. Pierres, Paris, 80 pp. Fenissac, A. E. J. de. 1821. Tableaax .systematicjiies des ani- maux mollusques cla.sses en families uatTirelles, dans les- quels on a etabli la concordance de tons les .systemes: suiv- is d'un prodrome general pour tons les mollusques ter- restres ou fluviatiles, wants ou fossiles. Bertrand, Paris, xlvi pp. + 27 pp. -H 110 pp. Fischer, P. 1880-87. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paleon- tologie Conchyliologique, ou histoire naturelle des moll- usques vivants et fossiles. Savv, Paris, 1.369 pp, + 23 pis. [Dates of publication: pp. 1-112 (1880), pp. 11.3-304 (1881), pp. .30.5-416 (1882), pp. 417-608 (1883), pp. 609- 688 (1884), pp. 689-896 (1885), pp. 897-1008 ( 1886). pp. 1009-1.369 (1.887)]. Fitziwtrick. T. J. 1911. Rafinesque: A sketch of his life with bibliograplu. The Historical nrpartnunt of Iowa, Des Moines, 241 pp. Gmelin, J. F. 1791. Caroli a Limu' Ssstema Naturae (Ed. 13), \'olume 1, Pars 6, Lipsiae, pp. 3021-3910. Gray, J. E. 1847. A list of the genera of Recent Mollusca, their sviionvma and Upes. Proceedings of the Zoological Soci- ety of London, ior 1847:129-219. Herrmaiinsen, A. N. 1846-49. Indicis generum malacozoorum primordia. Nomina subgenemm, genemm, iamiliarum, tribuum, ordinum, classium; adjectis auctoribus, tempo- ribus, locis svstematicis atque literariis, etxnnis, SMionvniis, Vohmie 2. Fi.scheri, Cassellis, 717 pp. [Dates of publica- tion: pp. 1-2.32 (1846), pp. 2.3.V.352 (1847), pp. .3.5:3-492 (1848), pp. 49,3-717 (1849)]. International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 1999. Inteniation;il Code ot Zoological Nomenclature, 4th edi- tion. International Tnist for Zoological Nomenclature, London, 306 pp. Kase, T and Valdes, .\. 1997. The enigma ot Bciiinia hiiUnia Jousseaimie, 188.3 solved. \'enus 56:233-240. Lamarck, J.-B. de. 1801. Svsteme des animaax sans vertebres, ou tableau genera] des classes, des ordres et des genres de ces animaux: Presentant leurs caracteres essentiels et leur distribution, d apres la consideration de leurs rapports naturels et de leur organisation, et suivant rarrangement etabli dans les galeries du Museum d'Hist. Naturelle, par- mi leurs depouilles conservees. Lauteur au Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 4.32 pp. Lamarck, J.-B. de. 1812 Extrait du cours de zoologie du Mu- seum d'Histoire Naturelle, sur les Animaux sans vertebres: presentant la distribution et la classification de ces ani- maux, les caracteres des principales divisions, et une sim- ple liste des genres. Musemn d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris, 127 pp. Lamarck. J.-B. de. 1819. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, presentant les caracteres generaux et particu- hers de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs classes, leurs families, leurs genres, et la citation des principales especes fjui s'v rapportent. Volume 6. Lauteur au Jardin du Roi, Paris. 232 pp. Lightfoot. J. 1786. A catalogue of the Portland Museum, lately the property' of the Duchess Dowager of Portland, de- ceased: which will be sold b\- auction, by Mr. Skinner & Co. on Monday the 24th of April 1786. and the thirty- seven following days at twelve o'clock. Skinner. London, \iii -H 194 pp -I- 1 pi. Linnaeus. C. 1753. Musaeuni Tessinianum. opera illustrissimi comitis. Salvium. Holmiae. 123 pp. + 12 pis. Locard. A. L892. Les co(]uilles marines des cotes de France. Descriptions des families, genres et especes. Bailliere, Paris. .'384 pp. Marcus. Ev 1985. Catalogue of the western .\tlantic warm wa- ter Opisthobranchia. 10. The western .-Ktlantic wann water Nota,spidea (Giistropoda. O])isthobranchia). part 3. Um- braculacea. Boletim de Zoologia 9:1-15. Martini. F. H. VV. 1769. Neues systematisches Conchylien-Cab- inet georchiet mid beschrieben. Volume 1. Raspe. Niiren- berg. 408 pp. + pis. 1-31. Mazzarelli. G. 1897. Contribute) alia conoscenza delle Tylodi- nidae. Zoologische Jahrbiicher. Abteilung fiir Systeniatik. Geographic und Biologic der Tiere 10:.596-608. 2 pis. Menke. C. T 1828. Sviiopsis methodica Molluscomm genenim omnium et specienim earum. quae in Museo Menkeano Page 34 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 adserv'antur; cum sviiomTiiia critica et no\aruni speciemin diagiiosibus. Uslar, P\Tnionti, 168 pp. Monterosato, T. A. di. 1884. Nomenclatura generica e specifica di alcune conchiglie Mediterranee. \'irzi, Palermo, 152 pp. Moquin-Tandon, G. 1870. Recherches anatomiques sur I'Ombrelle de la Mediterranee. Theses presentees a la Fa- eulte des Sciences Naturelles pour obtenir le grade de docteur des Sciences Naturelles. Faculte des Sciences. Paris, 143 pp. + 8 pis. Morch, O. A. L. 1852. Catalogus conchvliorum quae reliqiiit D. Alphonso d Aguirra & Gadea Comes de Yoldi, Regis Daniae Cubiculariorum Princeps, ordinis dannebrogici in prima classe & ordinis caroli tertii eques, volume 1. Klei- ne, Hafniae. 170 pp. + 2 pis. Neave, S. A. 19.39. Nomenclator Zoologicus, Volume 4 (Q-Z). The Zoological Societ\' ot London, London, 758 pp. Philippi. R. A. 1836. Enumeratio niollusconmi Siciliae cum \iventicum tum in tellure tertiaria fossilium quae in itinere sue observavit. Schropp, Berlin, 303 pp. + 28 pis. Pilsbry; H. A. 1890-91. Manual of concholog\'; stnictural and systematic, with illustrations of the species. Volume 12. Stomatellidae. Scissurellidae, Pleurotomariidae, Halioti- dae, Scutellinidae, Addisoniidae, Cocculinidae, Fissurelli- dae. Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia. 323 pp. + 65 pis. [Dates of pubHcation: pp. 1-192 (1890), pp. 19.3-323 (1891)]. Pilsbrv', H. A. 1895-96. Manual of conchology; stnictur;il and .systematic, with illustrations of the species. Volume 16, Philinidae, Gastropteridae, Aglajidae, Aplvsiidae, Ox%- noeidae, Runcinidae, Umbraculidae, Pleurobranchidae. Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 262 pp. + \ii pp. + 74 pis. [Dates of publication: pp. 1-112 (1895), pp. 11:3-262, i-vii (1896)]. Pruvot-Fol, A. 1954. Mollusques Opisthobranches. Fatme de France 58:1-460, pi. 1. Rafinesque, C. S. 1814. Specchio delle Scienze o Giomale En- ciclopedico di Sicilia, deposito letterario delle modenie Cognizioni, Scoperte ed Osserv;izioni sopra le Scienze ed Arti, e particolarmente sopra la Fisica, la Chiniica, la So- miologia, I'Agricoltura, la Medicina, la Legislazione etc.. Volume 2. Rafinesque. Palermo, 196 pp. Rafinesque, C. S. 1815. Analy.se de la Nature ou Tableau de I'Univers et des Coqis organises. Rafinesque, Palermo, 224 pp. Rafinesque, C. S. 1819. Descriptions de onze genres nouveaux de mollusques, pubhes en 1814. Journal de Physique, de Chimie, d'Histoire Naturelle et des Arts 89: 1.50-1.53. Rang, S. 1829. Manuel de iHistoire Naturelle des Mollusques et de leurs coquilles, ayant pour base de classification celle de M. le Baron CuNder Roret. Paris. 390 pp. + 8 pis. Sherbom, C. D. 1902. Index Animalium 1758-1800. British Museum, London, 1195 pp. Sherbom, C. D. 1925. Index .\nimalium 1801-1850, X'olume T-Z. British Museum, London, pp. 6364-7056. Schumacher, C. F. 1817. Essai d'un nouveau svsteme des hab- itations des vers testaces avec XXII planches. Schviltz, Co- penhague, 287 pp. + 22 pis. Soulevet, F. L. A. 1852. Mollusques. In: Evdoux, J. F. T and F. L. A. Soule\et. 1841-1852, Zoologie. In: Viillant, M. (ed.) Voyage autour du monde execute pendant les annees 1836 et 1837 sur la corvette "La Bonite" conimandee par M. Vaillant Capitaine de Vaisseau. Public par ordre du Gouvenienient sous les auspices du Departenient de la Marine, Volume 2. Bertrand, Paris. [Dates of publication: pp. 1-664 (18.52), pis. 1-45 (1846-49)]. Sowerbv, G. B. 1839. A Conchological Manual. Sowerbv. Lon- don, 130 pp. -I- 23 pis. Thompson, T E. 1970. Eastern Australasian Plemobrancho- moqiha (Gastropoda, Opisthobranchia). Journal of Zool- ogy 160:173-198. V'aldes, A. and P. Lozouet. 2000. Opisthobranch molluscs from the tertiary of the Aquitaine Basin (South- Western France), with descriptions of seven new species and a new genvis. Palcicontolog>i 43:457—479. Vayssiere, A. 1885. Recherches zoologiques et anatomiques sur les mollusques opisthobranches du Golfe de Marseille, 1. Tectibranchcs. .\nnales du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille, Zoologie 3: 1-181, pis. 1-6. Waren, A. and di Paco, G. 1997. Redescription oi AmdoUjta ducbcni (Loven), a little known notaspidean gastropod. Bollettino Malacologico 32:19-26. Wilkui, R. C. 1987. Plnlogenetic svstematics of the Notaspidea (Opisthobranchia) with a reappraisal of families and gen- era. American Malacological Bulletin 5:21.5-241. Willan, R. C. 1998. Order Notaspidea. /;i Beesley P L., G. J. B. Ross and A. Wells (eds.) MoUusca: The southern s\ii- thesis. Fauna of .\ustralia, volume 5, part B. CSIRO Pub- lishing, Mt'lbourne. ]ip. 977-980. THE NAUTILUS 115(l):35-36. 2001 Page 35 Notes A note on Liicina miilfilineafa 'Tuomey and Holmes" (Biv Lucinidae) Richard E. Petit' Research Associate Department of Invertebrate Zoology National Mnseuni of Natural Historv Smithsonian Institution Washington, DC 20560-0118 USA Lib.'arv APR 1 ^ 2001 Wov'~ The species name multilincata "Tuonie\- and Holmes" is in current usage for a species of Parvilucino that occurs in the Pliocene and Pleistocene of the Carolinas and Florida and in the Recent Fauna of the western Atlantic from the Carolinas to Brazil. Tuomev and Holmes (1S56: 61, pi. 18, figs. 16. 17) identified this species as Lucina multistriata Conrad (1844: 307). The\' did not cite the original description but cited Conrad's later usage (1845[in 18.38-61]; 71, pi. 40, fig, 6). UnfortunateK', in citing Conrad the\' mis- spelled the species name as multilincata instead of mul- tistriata. As Conrad is not onl\' shown as author of the binomen, both in the text and on the plate caption, but a reference to his work is also given, it is clear that mul- tilincata is an incorrect spelling. Holmes (18.58: 29. pi. 6, fig. 6) repeated die error, using the same spelling, and crediting authorship to Conrad. The first person to credit this name to Tuome\' and Holmes was Dall (1903: 1384) who recognized that the shell figured b\' Tuome\- and Holmes was distinct from L. multistriata Conrad and cited it as Phacoidcs (Par- vilucina) multilincata Tuomev and Holmes. He placed in svnon\'m\- the Recent Phacoidcs {P.) crcnclla Dall, 1901. Gardner (1944: 79) followed Dall and added the comment that the misspelling bv Tuomey and Holmes was a "happv blunder" as the species thev figured was not conspecific with L. multistriata Conrad. The validity' of Dall's action has ne\er been fjuestioned. However, a misspelling of an attributed name has never made sucli misspelling an available name. In both the current Code (Intemationiil Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1999) and the one just superceded (International Com- mission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1985), this is ad- dressed in Article 33, Among the man\' workers who have followed DaU and Gardner in attributing this name to Tuome\ and Homes, alwa\s incorrectK' dated, are Ab- bott (1974: 459), Bretsk-\- (1976: 263), R'ios (1994: 252), and Turgeon ct al. (1998: 38). Campbell ( 1993: 28, figure 63), in reporting the species from the Pliocene of \'ir- ' Mailing address: 806 St. Charles Road, N^ SC 298.52-2846 USA. )rtli .VIvrtle Beach, ginia, correctK' dated Tuome\- and Holmes but listed no SMiomms except for a typographical error bv Cooke. 19.37,' It appears that the earliest available name for the spe- cies figured b\- Tuome\- and Holmes and later authors as Lucina multilincata Tuomes and Holmes, is Panilu- cina crenella (Dall. 1901: 825.' pi. 39. fig. 2). Dalls orig- inal figure is reproduced bv Abbott (1974: 458, fig. 5290)." In recent correspondence with Drs. E. V. Coan and L. D. Campbell concerning this note, thev have ad\ised that the svstematics of Parvilucina of both the eastern Pacific and westem Atlantic are in need of revision. The comments of both on this short note are acknowledged with appreciation. LITERATURE CITED Abbott, R. T. 1974. American Seasheils. 2"' edition. Van Nos- trand Reinhold, New York, 66.3 pp., 24 pis. Bretskv, S. S. 1976. Evolution and classification ot the Lucin- idae (Mollusca: Bi\ai\ia). Paleontographica .\mericana 8(50):219-3.37. pis. 2.5-36. Campbell, L. D. 1993. Pliocene molluscs from the Yorktowii and Chowan River Formations in Virginia. Virginia Divi- sion of Mineral Resources Publication 127:i-\ii. 1-2.59. Conrad, T. A. 1838-61. Fossils of the Medial Tertiarv- of the United States. Dobson. Philadelphia. x\i + 89 pp., 49 pis. [.\vi + .32. pis. 1-17. 1838: 3;3-,56, pis. 18-29, 1840; .57- 80. pis. ,30-45. 1845; 81-89. pis. 46-49, 1861], [Reprinted 1893 by W. H. Dall. Philadelphia] Conrad, T. A. 1843. Descriptions of a new genus, and ol hven- tv-nine new .Miocene, and one Eocene fossil shells of the United States. Proceedings of the .\cadeniy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia 1:.30.5-.311. Cooke. C. W. 1937. The Pleistocene Horn- clav and Pamlico fomiation near Mvrtle Beach. S.C. Journal of the VViLsh- ington Academy of Sciences 27(l):l-.5. Dall. VV. H. 1901. Sviiopsis of the Lucinacea and of the Amer- ican species. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 23( 1237):779-.S.33, pis. 39-42. Dall, W. H. 1903. Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Flor- ida with especial reference to the silex beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie Ri\er Part VI. Page 36 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 1 Concluding the work. Tran.sactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science 3(6):viixiv, 1219-1654, pis. 4.S-60. Gardner, J. 1944. Mollusca from the Miocene and Lower Pli- ocene of \'irginia and North Carolina. U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 199-.\:1-17'S. [imprinted date 1943; actual publication date Januaa- 2S, 1944]. Holmes, F. S. 18.5laiiiiiii Schumacher IS 17. Reproduction of species in the genus (Uiirihuluiu is less known. Oie ( 193S) stud- ied the se.xual phases oi Cnicibiiliiin spinosuin Sovverbv. Page 40 HE NAUTILUS, W 15. Xo. 2 'I able 1. ('niiihtilnin tiiirifiil/i. (.'lianictcristifs ol oiiibnos (liiiiii',; iiiliac.ipsiilar di'vclopiiK'nt. Xalucs represent mean - SI) iiiniil)irs in parentheses indicate range. I'"igui"e 1. Adnlt shell i>l Cniiihiiliiiii iiiiiu'iihi Diirsal and \entral \ie\v. Scale bar = 13 nnii. 1> .Si/.e : p.m) Egg ■T I'.nilnro l'"nil)r\(i 4 l*'.arl\ \('li0 females produced a total ol '■''t~-'i egg ea|i- siiics; of these we raiukuiilv chose 125 egg capsules (be- tween I and 10 from each female). Egg capsules were se|)araled liiiiii the cluster, classified according to stage ot di'velopnieiil and kept ill .lO ml beakers inside tanks Patricia Miloslaxicli and Fahlo E. Pencliaszatli'li. 2001 Page 41 with aeratc-d and Millipore-filteivd (W'liatnian CI-' IV' Sfawatcr. Filtered seaw ater was renewed daik. 1''.^^ cap- sules were inculiated in tlie tlark at 2(i ^( .' in a I'reeision (SI SI incnhator. Ohsenations of ]\w and presencd malciial was duiu' witli a ZKISS dissecting microscope and a ZEISS com- pound microscope: measnreivients weic taki-n witli an ocular micrometer. Results aii' leported as mean ± stan- daid de\ iaiion, RESULTS The shell diameter anil height ol se\uall\ mature le- males of C. auricula ranged from 12 to 23 nun ( IS. 4 ± 2.6 mm, n = 30) and from 6 anil 10 nun (T.fi ± 1.4 www. w = 16) respecti\el\-. A significant coirelation was lomril l)et\veen female shell cliaTuetei- and capsule size (Pearson correlation coefficient r = 0.54. p < 0.01). that is. larger females brooded larger egg capsules. Howexcr. no significant correlation was foimil hetA\eeu female di- ameter and the numher ol capsules, eggs per capsule, nnmlx'r ol hatchliugs. nor hatehliug size. Di;\ Ki,()i>\ii;\r Females hiooded hetween 4 and 20 egg capsules m llie mantli' ca\it\ (12.4 ± 4.4. n = 30. Egg capsules hail a triangular shape, with one corner extendiTig to form a stalk, and were attached to the substrate at the base of this short stalk. The stalks are flattened onK al the base ol the capsule and the rest is thread-like, I'lic (.'apsnle walls were thin, fragile, transparent (figuri' 2), and the egg capsule was turgid. No exit plug was obsencd. Ivgg capsules measured bet^\■een 1.6 and 3.5 nun lengthwise (without the stalk) (2.5 ± 0.3 mm, n = 125) and 1,0 to 2.S nun wide (2.1 ± 0.3 nun. n = 125). The number of eggs per capsule \aried from 55 to 305 (161 ± 56. n = 56). Unclea\ed eggs were \ellow and measun'd approximately 220 (xni in diameter (figmc 2). All eggs undeiwent the first four clea\ages, 93'7( ai- rested dexelopment at this stage and were ingested b\ the lemaining de\eloping cmbixds (between 3 and 24 per egg capsule, 11.0 ± 6.0, n = 21) as nurse eggs. Within the capsules from a single female. embiAos de- \eloped ssnchronousK'. Gastrnlation is accomjilished when tlie ectoderm undergoes epiboK from the animal pole ami en\elops the other cells of the enibixo, l)e- \elopiug embixos measmed about 362 jjim when th<'\ started to ingest the whole niu-se eggs, the\ weie o\al- shaped, \ellow, with no \elar lobes nor shell (figure .3). M the end ol the ingestion stage, these emimos mea- sured about 616 |jLm in length; tliev were \ellow and the nurse eggs were tightK packed in their interior. M this point of their dexelopment, the embnos started to lau- nilialize each other. It was common to find two embnos feechng u[)on a third one (figure 4). Alter (he tannibal- ism stage, 1 to 11 embnos lemainrd m each capsule (7.0 ± 3.0, n = 21) and de\elopi'd the \elar lobes. The early intracapsular veliger measured about TOO [xm and was chaiacleri/ed b\ a small round velum, a sn\all loot. e\es. \en short and thick ci'phalic tentacles and sin- roimded b\ an organic matrix (figure 5). A fragile shell nieasuiing aroimd 72() fj.m developed from the organic matrix. The develojied velum measured 250 fim in di- ameter and liad white spots (figure 6). The intracapsular pediveliger slau;c had a reduced velum measuring less tli.m 200 |jLm iu dianielei-. Iiad elongated and thin ce- phalic tentacles, and a long foot (about 1 umi) with blown lines aioiiu the edges. When cakificatiou started (figure 7). the pediveliger shi'll measured about 740 |jLni. Pediveligcis were not able to swim wlien excapsniated into seawatei'. A lew davs prior to hatching i6 to 7 da\s), volk was obserxi'd inside ol the pediveligers. These volk resenes disappeai'ed almost con ipleteK b\- hatching, and onlv a small vellow s|)ot m the |)osti'rior region oi the ammal remained. Hatching occnrri'il as crawling ju\(>- niles with a brown cakified shell measuring 730 |xni in length, the slicil w.is velativelv smooth with thin hori- zontal lines separali'd 20 |j.m liom each other, juveniles had a vvell-deveiope; capsules with uiic-k'a\X'tl vSii^ (stasle 1). SfiiU^ bar = 1 .5 nun. 3. Mijg capsnie containint; both dcNclopini; cnihnos ilarjir! and nursi' Ci^ifs (small) lstam- 2: adclpliopluii^ ). Sc;ile bar = fiOO |j.ni. 4. Canniljalisni anions siblinsj cnibnos (staijc 3). Scale bar = 200 |xni. 5. Ivirly \eliger inside egg capsule (stage 4). Scale bar = fioO (j.ni. 6. Wliger with non-ealcilied protoconcli (stage .5). Scale bar = 250 jj.ni, 7. Prehatching (stage 6), Scale bar = loO \xm. Fatrifia Miloslax ieli and Fahlo E. PciR-liaszadeh, 2001 Page 43 Table 2. Brood characteristics and total production of li.ilcliliii'^s witliin the neims Cnirihuliiiii iNA = nol .i\ailalil( Species K'« size (j.nit Xo. capsules Xo. halclilin apsule jj Total hatchlinii production Hatchlin)nip<-ii(liuni (il seashells. Odvssev l^ublishing, Hoiiii Kong, 41 1 pp. ( 199S printing) Baiidel, K. 1975. Das Elinlinonalgchansc kaiiiiischer .Meso- und N'eogastropoden (Mollusca). Akadeinie der W'issenss- chaltcn inul der Literatur, Mainz, 1: 1-133. liandcl K 1976, Ohseivations on spawn, enihnonic develop- uiinl ,uid ccolog\' of some Caribbean lower mesogastro- poda. The Veliger IS: 249-271. liouchcl, I' 1989. \ review of poecilogonv in ii(il kill nunls: Neogene, Milrn. Sfiilii-iculii '/Jim ixth()]:)U(;tion Accdrdint;; to C'cni(iliinsk\ (197fi), the faniiK Mitiidae is characterizetl 1)\ "fusitorni, eloritiate-cAate or t\lin(lrieal shells which liaxc conwx or annulate whorls. iisualK a ii.uidw apeitiiic, Iroin 3 to 1 1 lolds on llic columella and a distinct siplional notch. Members ol this hnniK are found in tropical to temperate waters throughout the wdild where tlicN thrive' in intertidal areas down to ilepths not e.xceeilini; 1465 m (CA'rnohorsks, 19761. The first lossil exiclence of this faniiK' appeared in Uppei' Cretaceous deposits and numerous other fossil specie's have lieen collected and deserilied lioni I'ertian depos- its throu'^^liont ihe woild (( 'ernohoiskx, 1976). Gardnei" ( 1937) reportetl 16 species ol .Mitridae from the Alum Blnll Ciroup of Ploriila, "with probabK as nian\ nioie repre.sented bv material too imperleit to de- scribe.' ( )1 the 16 Alum Bluff species, ( Gardnei' listed 1 1 Ironi the (diipola Formation. Ol these, eirior di- rection Anterior canal modeialcK long, not shaipK' de- hued. broailK emarginate al the e\ti'eiiiit\; anterior las- ciole slightK swollen Nfaterial examined: FF 95999. length 41.3 nun. width 15.1 mm; UF 96000. lengtii 43,9 mm. width 15.1 mm. Type locality: USNM locality 2213, 1 mile below Bai- le\s I-'ern. ( Inpola liixcr. (.'alhoiin Ooimtx. I'lorida. Distribution: Milrn (irlro^h/jilia is a inoderateK rare spc'cies that has been loimd at two (,'liipola Formation sites along 'i'emnile ( a'eek in (!alhoun (.'ounty Floriila. and at a single site along i''aile\ ( a'eek in ("alhoun (3oini- t\. .According to N'okes ■ I9S9 . the sites along Tenmile ( a'eek probabK represent an .incieiit reel en\"ironnient while those al Farlex (,'reek suggest a back-reel habitat. Discussion: ( iardner ( 1937) described M. actco adnit form ol \l (irlc(>^li/i)liii This decision was based upon the Fact that both had similar shell sliapc-s. the whorls ot both bear the punctated spiral sculpturing described In (iardner ioji. cit.l and both had a similar number oi Coluinellar folds. The specimen illustrated in figures 2 is most similar to the holotxpe. Like the ho- lot\pe. it has 5 columellar folds and nearly the same number ot punctated spiral grooxcs on the last whorl (26 \ersus 2S in the liolot\pe). The specimen in figure 3 has onK four columellai- folds and about 20 punctated spiral grooves on the last whorl. Further examination ol 3 partiallv broken adult specimens iu this investigators collection revealed that all had 4 columellar folds. .\mong New World fossil niitrids onlv the Miocene MHia (ili)ia^rensi.s (•oraUiophila Olsson. 1922, from northern Peru, bears some resi'uiblance to M. (ictvonhj- pha. Olsson (1922) described M. ciirdllidjiltild as a slu'll seulptin'ed with slightlv elevated spiral cords separatetl b\ finek sculptured gr(.)o\'es. In M. (■onilli(>j)liil(i there is a Icjtal of five spiral cords on each ol the whorls except for ihe last, and the columella beais 3 [)roiuinent folds. Milrii iirlcc)^liij)h(i differs trom ,)/. coralliophila h\ its larger size {41.3 nnn and 43.9 nun for the adults versus 17 mm), larger nmnber of spiral cords ( 10 \ersus 5), and its larger number of columellar folds (4-5 \s. 3). Because of strong similarities between these two spe- cies. Cernohorskv (1976) believed that .\/. actcoiiUji>1tmolotf\-: Named after Calhoun CoimtA'. Florida. Discussion: l^'rom the examination of unmerous shell fragments it is evident that M. ciillutiiiiriisis attained a very large size with manv specimens reaching total lengths iu excess of 110 mm. In general shell shape and size of this species bears a strong resemblance to the living .Mediterranean Mitm fiisifonnis zoiialii Marrvat, 1818, and its fossil coimteipart Milra fiisifonnis fusijor- mis (Brocclii, 1814) from the Miocene and Pliocene de- posits of Portugal, France, Italv, Austria. Ilimgai-v, Po- land, England, and the Island ol Hhocles, ll is verv likely that .\/. flisifiiniii.s and M. zoiuilii share a coiimion an- cestor with M. aillHuincnsis. Milni fusifiiniiis can be distinguished from .\/. caUiou- iiciisis bv the more slender shell and ]ireseiice of well- developed [litled spiral grooves on the first five teleo- eoncli whorls ol the latter species, .\iiiong New World Neogeue s|ieeies. .\/ calliouiiciisis bears some resem- blance to Milrii tiltiii i(;abb, 1873) from the Pliocene deposits ol the Dominican Hepnblic as well as the Late- Pliocene species, Milni (CDoc/n/ig; Olsson, 1964, from the I'lsiiieraldas l'"ormatiou of Ecpiador. and Milrii siniiiisdiiii ilniihiiri Olsson. 19.32, from the I'lioeeiie Tunibe/ Formation of iiorthc'iii Pi-rii. 15olh .\/ lildii and M ciillioiniciisis are lusilorm-elongate shells reaching lengths in excess of I 10 mm with the carlv teleconcli whorls having disliiui spiral sciilptniing, llowever. .)/, nilhoiiiiriisis has ,i thinner lip and has 5 (i columellar folds. Ill addition, the spiral sculpture on the eaiiv v\li(irls of .\/ liliin li.is line spiral grooves with evei'x Can W. Schmclz, 2(){)1 Page 4' (ourtli one deeper (Pilslin-, 1922). while in .\/ nillii)ii- (ic/i\)s tlie spiral grooves are all tlic same deplli on tlu' earl\ wliorls. Mifrii swaiiisoiiii iliiulxiri ami M ini()(/r/;ig; are \\n\ similar and nia\' represent the same speeies. This simi- lai"it\ was noted li\ Om()horsk\' ( 197fS). who eonsidi ic-d M uoddriiii^i to lie eonspeeifie with M \niiiit\oiii iliiii- hiiri. Ahhott (1974) also listed M itdddriii^j^i as .i s\no- iiMii nl' M/tra swaiiisouii swaiiisiiiiii (Broderip, hS.'5(i), an imeonnnon Reeent "snhspeeies" that li\es in deepwaler Irom Sonth (Jaiolina to the Wist Indies, Milm cdllKUi- iirnsis is similai' to M. uuodriii'^i and M mi iiiii\i>iii diiii- lifiii in thai it is a lusiforni-elongate shell widi dislinet spiral senlptnring on the earK wlioils. llo\\e\er. unlike the latter, M cdllKnntoisis lias a less stont and twisted anterior eanal, it has 5-fi eolnmellar lolds. and has fewer spiral groo\es on the apieal wliorls. Among extant taxa. M. cdllioiincnsis is also similar to Mitni swaiiisonii antillciisis Dali, 1S(S9. Cernoiiorsia ( 197fi) listed this as a deep-water snhspeeies that oeenrs Irorn Nortli t'arolina to Yucatan and the .\ntilles. IJke M. calhoiDwiisis. M. swainsonii (Jiitillcnsis li.is 5~(i eol- nmellar lolils and has well-de\ eloped spiial senlpture. However, M. calluniiicnsis has a more slender shell shape, more dt'i'pK' impressed sutures, tewer spiral grooves, and the spiial seulptnring disappears near the aperture. It is possible that A/. (y;///ii/(/ic//,s7s is the lossil aneestor to the present da\ M swcdnsoiiii eomplex Irom the Carihhean pro\inee. New World ancestors to the fusiforni-shajied M I'lil- liiiniiiii\i\ date liaek to tlie Cretaceous. Tlu'se imliide ['alcufnsiiiiitrfi cloi>ni (Conrad in W'ailes, 1S54) from tlu' l'"ocene MoocK's ]5rancli Formation in Mississi[ipi (Doeki-n, 1977) and Mih-ii coiujiiisita Conrad. 1SS.5 li-om the Low- er Oligocene of the X'icksliuig (Iroup in Mississippi (MacNeil and Docken', 19S4). SiilifamiK Imliricaiiinae Troscliel. 1 Sfi7 Cienns VaIhi II. and A. Adams. 1S5.3 Ziha illacidatii (Woodring, 192S) (F'ignres fi — 7) Mitra (Tiara) hcnckcni iUacidata Woodring. 192.S. pp. 243. pi, 14, fig. 13 ("Miocene" [Late Pliocciicl Howdcn Foriiia- lion. Jamaica): Mitra I Tiara) luilmdita (;ui(lncr 19)57. pp. 4(IS 4(IV), pi, 4S. figs. il)-ll ("t iiiife lielow Bailc\'s FcriA. (Iiipnl.i Hiwv. ( )allHiuTi ( )ninit\. Fla, ', Description: Shell fusiform. iiiodeiateK slender. Pro- toeonch gloss\, witli 3 whorls. Sutures deepK mipressed. Teleconch whorls 7, con\ex. sculptured with strong spi- ral cortls and axial threads. Four spiral cords on the sjiire whorls. .Aperture narrowK lolnite. alioni li.ill shell length. Outer lip thm, the margin creiiale in h.iiinonx with the external sculpture. Parietal wall think gla/<'d, Colnmellar Folds 3, ohlicjne, e(|uall\ spaced, jiosterior fold more higldv elevated. Siphonal notch narrow, deep. Hol<>l\pe: mm. T\pc loc'alil\: maica. ISWi :5(i9i:i:i, length 10 mm. width fi.7 ■ate Pliocene Bowden Formation. |a- Distriliiilioii: liowdeii h'orniation in |ainaica and Clii- pola Information sites along lenmile ( aei-k. l'"arli'\ Oreek. and the ()hipola Hivcr in northern Florida. Remarks: 'Ailni ilhiiiddlii helongs to a grou[) of iiiod- erateK small mitrids that are scnljitnri'il with a presu- tural carina, spiral grooxcs or I'oi'ds and axial lirae in the inttaspaces. Cernoliorsk\ i 1991 ' tentafiwK jilaced nii- tritls with these characteristics in the separat(> genus /Jhti until the radnla of fixing spi'cies could he examined and compared with those lielonging to the genus ('an- rilla. Ziha illaciilala was descrilied li\ Woodring < 192S) from the Late-Pliocene Bowden I*"ormation of Jamaica. Later Gardner ( 1937) found a similar species in the early Miocene Chipola Formation tleposits of northern P'lor- ida and named it Milm iiiilrodila. Ceriiohorskx (f99f ). alter examining liotli Milm illacidala and Milm iiiilrod- itti stati'd that hoth shells are identical and, irrespeeti\'e of the age difference, listed .\/. milrodiUi in the sxnon- \'im ol the geologicalK N'ounger .\/. iUacidata. This ar- rangement is followed herein and. for comjiarison jiur- poses, the holot\]ies of .\/ iUticiilatn and .\/, initrndiln are illnstrati'd in figures H-7. Ck'uus Scahriidl/i Swainson. I SKI Subgenus Sicaiiisoiiia II. and -\. .\danis. 1S33 Scabricola (SuaiiisDiiia ) chipolaiia new sjieeies (Figure 8) Description: Shell Insilorm-elongate. moderatcK sol- iil. Pi'otoconch eiddeil, Sninre distinct, impressed. T(>- leconeh whorls 7. wcakK coincx. sculptured with 7-S pitted spiral grooves on the earlv whorls. Spiral grooxes ven' faint or ahsiiil on ihe pcnnltimate ami last whorl. .\perture hall the leiiglh ol ihe spire, elongate, fairly narrow and snioodi widiiii. Oiitei lip linn, outer edge smooth. Colnmella with thin i-allus, callns more promi- nent anteriorK. Colnmellar folds 4-5, moderately strong, oblique, eijiialK spaced and ol Cqnal size. Siphonal fas- ciole straight or slightK reciiiAed. si]ihonal notch prom- inent. Holotv ype: LI'" 93997. length 5(1,2 mm, widdi 1 1. T^pc localil>: Chipola Formation. Tenmile Creek, about 1,25 miles west of Chipola River (SK 1/4 Sec. 12, TIN. Blow'). (Calhoun Conntv. Florida Tiilane Unixer- sit\ localitx TL 951 ). Distribution: Sinhricola cliiitolinui is a \i'r\ rail' spe- cies thai has oiiK been collecled liom txxo localities along remnile Creek and a single location along the Chi- pola Bixcr. The txvo sites along Tenmile Creek are sep- Page 48 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 2 Figures 1-8. Mitritliic Inmi tlic l.dwcr Miocene (Jlupola Fiiniuition, Florida, 1-3. Milm i.\/(/rr/i (uicti'Jiijpha Ciidiier. WVi . llolohpe USNM 114;32S, Ient;tli U) mm, widtli 7.0 mm (Photograph of illustration in Cardner. UJ:,?: pi. XLX'lil. Kg. .5>. 2. Seleeted specimen, UF 95999; length 41..3 mm, width 1.5.1 nun. 3. Selected specimen, I'F ^)(S()()(): lengtli 4.3.9 nnn. witlth 1.5.1 mm. 4-5. Mitra (Fiisiinitra) callunincDsis new species. 4. Ilolohpe, UF 9598S. length 92.1 nnn. width 24.3 mm. 5. Parahpe A, UF .S7TiS4, length 60.5 nnn (incomplete specimen), width IS. 3 mm. 6-7. Zilui iUaiiddIa (Woodring, 192S). 6. Molotxpe. USXM .3694.33. lengtli 10 nnn, widdi 6.7 nnn (iiinstration (roni Woodring {192S) pi, 14, hg. 13). 7. USNM .3714.35. li()lot\pe o'i Mitra iititroilitii (lardner, 1937, length 27 mm, widtli S.S mm (illustration from Clardner. 1937; pi. 4S. fig. 10). 8. Srahricold iSuauisonhi'' clnpcilinid new species. Holot}pe, UF 95997, length 50.2 mm, width 14.7 mm. aralcd l)\ ;ip|)r(i\iniatel\ a liall mile, anil locati'il (ni (ip- posilc sides (il tlie eri'ek. Et\'m<)lc)g\': Xaiiu'd lor llie ( 'liipdhi Hi\ci' in nDrtlicni Florida. Discussion: Scuhhcdld cliijidldiiii is oiiK known Ircnii one complete and two liadK lirokeii spceinieiis. It is less hulixms and lacks the pronoinieed spiral sculpture eliar- acteristie of .\/(7;v; (icIi'H'^h/iilid (;;ii(lner (19.37). and is MUicli smaller and more slendt'r than Milid idlli(iiiiic)isi\. Tlie ilistineti\<' siiell sliape ol .S. rhiiHiliiiid rendered ge- neric allocation diffienlt. ,\n initial rex iew of fossil and extant New World mitrids h\ tins in\eslig;itor revealed that S'. chlpolanii was not compatilile with aii\ known .species. Howewr. a comparison of tins shell wiHi Indo- Pacific species showed that its shell features wire most similar to those in the gcmis Srabiicola. Memhers of (his geinis reach a length of fit) mm, ha\-e o-S eon\c\ or siil)angulate whorls, are scni|iliired with deep, pimelat- ed, or striated groo\es, have ,ui aperture thai is e(|u;il in length or longer than the spre. a collumel!;i with (i-S obliijue lolds, and ha\e a distinct siiihonal iioleli Sca- hricold rliijxildtid was assigned to the siil)'.^eiiiis Sniiiii- .soK/r; because ol its sk'mler and smoolhei' appearance and the punctated spiral scnlptuii' was conhned to the earK spire whorls. .Among extant lu(k>-l'aeifie specii'S S. scdhrirohi hears some rest'inhlauee to tlie sh;ilkiw -water, sand-dw idling sulispccies Sctihricold {Sicainsoiiia) cd.sta ((imeliu. 1791). liowe\er, S. casia has a stouter shell shape, fewer punctated spiral groo\es on the earK' spire whorls (.) \s. 7', le\\er i-olumellar folds {4-5 \s. 5-fi), and its cohimellar lolds are situated nioic toward tlu" antei'icH- end. Scdhiirold rliipolaiui is the first and onl\ known example of this genus Ironi the New World. OiiK il7): 273-52S, Cernohorsky W. ( ). IVWl. The .\litndae ol the Wodd. I'art 2 The .subfamilv .Mitrinae iDiicliuled and siibtainillcs Im- bricariinae and CAlindrdiiiitruiac .MniKi^r.ipiis nt Marine MoIlusca4: 1-164. Ddcken.T. D. III. 1077. .Mollu.sca nfthe .MixkKs Branch Kca- uiatiim, Mississippi. .Mi.>isissippi Ck'Dlegical, Kconoiiiic and Topographical Snncv, Bulletin 120: 1-212. 28 pis. Gardner I. A. 1937. The iiKilliisi.in launa nf the Alum Bliill group of Klorida. Part fi: Pteropoda, Opistolnanehia, and Oleiiohrauchia iin part). United States (ieological Snncv, I'rolesMdU.il Paper I 12-F: 251-435, pIs. 37— 4S. \l.ic\cil. P. S. aud I), r. Dockerv III. I9S4. Power Oligocene ( aistropiida, Sca|ihop<>da. aud (.'eplialopoda of the X'icks- liiiiH (aiiup ui .Mississippi Mississippi Departuieut of Xatiii.il lirsouKis Burr.iu ol (a'ologv Bulletin 124: 1- 41.5 pis I -72. ( )lssi)ii \ A, 1022, The Mioicui- ol uorllicru ( ^osl.i Kiel v\ith uolcs iiu its general stratigraphic relations, i'art I. Bulle- tins ol ,\ruericau Paleontoloirv 0 i.39': 1-167. pis. 1-15. Pilslin II \ 1022, H.-visiouofW.M.CahhsTertiaiyMollusca ol Sanlo Do il;o. Proceedings of the .Vcadeuiv of Xat- iii.il S.iriKcs ,,! Philadelphia 73: 305^35, pis. 16-47. <,'i I, I P, |r PJSO. Pleioptvginatidae. a new fuiiilv of uiitri- lonii gastropods ( Prosohrauchia: Xeogaslropodai, The Xaiitiliis 103: 1.3-10. Solil X P 1064. Xeogastropod.i. ( )pistliolii,incliia ,iiid B.isoru- luatophoni Iroiu ihr liiplev, 0\\\ Creek, aud Prairie Bluff ioruiatious. I uitnl St.iti-s Geological Snni'V. Professional Papia .531 B: |,5:5-.344. pis, 10 52, NokcN. 17 II, lOSO. .\u ovei-vii-w ol the < liipohi I'orui.itiou, uortliwestian Ploritia, Tuhme Studies iii (icolo^v aud Pa- lcoiitnl(..„n 22: 1.5-24, WiHiilnirj; \\ I' I02S, .Midrcuc iinilliisks Iroin Bimden, Ja- maica: pi, 2, (iaslropods ,uid discussion of results. Publi- cation 3S5. ( !arucgie Institute. Washington, 546 pp., 40 pis,. 3 figs. THE NAUTILUS 115(2):5()-.54. 200! Paee 50 Fisidiiim chkjuitanuni new species from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia (Bi\'a]\ia: Sphaeriidae) Crisliiin F. Iluarte Drpartiinieiito /.Doloiiui liiNcilchiados Museo df La I'lata 1900 La Plata, Buenos Aires. ARGENTLXA cituartc@niusL'o.k-ii\ iiiiiiilpi'iliiar ABSTRACT A new species nf Pifikliiim C. Pfeiffer. 182L from Santa Crn/ de La Sierra, Boli\ia, is liere described, Pisidiuiii chUjintinuiiu new species is defined In the striking o\ate slid! outline. l5ac!<- ward displaced bealcs. enclosed ligament pit, and In the pres- ence of two siphona! apertures and t\\o dcinihnmchs on eaeli side, Additunml kii/ (r('/(/,s, Soutli ,\nierica. freslwater, bnaKi', clam. INTRODUCTION Little is kiiowni ahnut the species ol the ij;emis Pisitliiiiii C. Pieifler, IS21. in Bolixia. At present, oiiK two species ha\e been reported troiii tbat eonntn: Pisidhim incicr- hrooki Kiiiper and Hinz, 1984, cle.serihed from a pond at 4100 ni altitude at Cordillera de lo.s Frillies (19°34' S. 65°45' W, ea.stem Potosi, BolKia), also reported from Nubi Lake (15° S. 69° \V) at 4fi00 ni altitude, near Ulla Ulla, and Pisidiiiiu rile Filsbn, 1897. reeentK reporti'd from Estaei(')n Parapetf, Sauta Cm/, de la Sierra (Itnarte. 1995). The species originalK describi'd as Pi\idiuiii (Pisi- diitm) tUiracciisc Pilsbn; 1924. and Pisidliim huliiiciisf (Sturanv, 1900) actually belong to the genus Sjiliafriinii Scopoli, 1777 (Kuiper and Hinz, 1984). .AddilinnalK, ( >/- das forhesi (Phiiippi, 18fi9) was erroueonsK cited b\ Pilsbiy ( 191 1 ) as a Pisidiniii species. Pisidhim cliiiiuildii- uni new species i'roin Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Boli\ia, is described in the present work. MATERIALS AND METHODS The source of materia! is described in the svsteuiatics section. The specimens were fi.\ed innnediatek alter col- lection in 80° etlianol. Specimens lor scaiming election microscopy were cleaned by repeated rinsing in distilled water followed by a short treatment (2-.3 seconds* in a 10% sodium hvpochlorite solution. For periostracum re- moval scNcral specimens were treated with a concen- trated solution ol commercial sodium. Linear measure- ments (shell length (SL), shell height (SH), shell witltli (SW) and pre-siphonal suture (PSS)), morphometric in- dices and ratios ((height index (HI = SH/SL), comexit\- index (Ci = SW'/SH), ratio hinge length (HiL):sheil length (IliL/SD), were calculated according to the cri- teria followed b\' Ituarte (1996). For each calculation (n = 21), mean and standard deviation values are given. P\)r comparatixe puiposes, specimens of Pisidiitm )iia- '^I'llaniniin (Dall, 1908) from the Princeton UniwrsitA' Expedition to Patagonia lodged at the .\cadem\ ol Nat- ural Sciences ol Philadelphia (ANSP) were useil. SYSTEM.ATICS Pisidiinu chiqiiilimum new species Figures 1-14 Diagnosis: l^istinguishable In somewhat low and markedh (nal shell shape, with low and liackAxard locat- ed beaks, position of ligament, internal but extenialK' visible, the presence ol branchial and anal openings, two demibranclis on each side and nephridia ol closed tvpe. Description: Shell: Tliiii, transluci'iit. of small to me- dium size (mean SL = 3.9 ± 0.25, maximum obsened size: 4.2 iimii. iu)t high (mean III = 80 ± 1 ). moderatelv eoii\t'\ (mean (^i = 61 ± 4). sh(>ll outline iiiarkeclK oval, elongate, anterior end produced in a shaip cunt', pos- terior end short. \vid(4v rounded, sometimes slightK' Inmcatcd and straight (figures 2. 3). Beaks knv, slightlv projecti'd above dorsal margin, narrow, displaced back- ward, located al about (i2'» ol SL. Shell surlace finely and soinevvhal iircgiilarlv striated, dull glossv, straw -vel- knvish. Hinge plate solid, liiuge line rather long (IliL/SL = 56 ± 2). Hinge: Right valve f figures 4, 5. 8': cardinal tooth (C;) strongly euncil m llie middle. (|iiite narnnv ill .iiileiioi- half. gr( allv cnlai'.ii'd in a vvcaklv groovi'd. rounded iii]'). Lateral Icclli robust, mner anterior lateral (.\l) long, vvidelv curved, cusp little displaced lonvard; outer .Ulterior lateral tooth i.MlI) i|iiite sliorl, ciisji (lis- Cristian F. Itiiartc. 200 Paec 51 Dib, CRTremoullles Figure 1. Location map. ♦: T\pf localih. tal; liiiu'i- postcrioi- lateral (PI) nearK straiij;lit, rather sliort. cusp sul)-central: outer posterior lateral (Fill) re- duced in size with distal cusp. Lett \al\e (figures fi, 7): cartliual teeth short, the inner (C\) triangular, lieiit up- waid, slio;htIv oblique in relation to antero-posterior ;L\is. the outer (C4) a narrow, uniforTulv cuned blade, (|uite oblique, overlapping C, at posterior half; anterior lateral tooth (AID strong, straight, cusp sub-central; posterioi- later;il tooth (FID relatively short and weak, cusp distal. Ligament pit enclosed, deep, inner margin straight to slightK' sinuous, concave at posterior entl (figiu'e 8). Es- cutcheon long, lanceolate, well marked b\ a delicate line (figure 9). Ligament long, strong, internal, even though \isible, from outside, in anterior halt through a\en nar- row, and in some cases rather long, gap between \aKt's, ne\er protnided (figures 9, 10). Ligament length is 23 ± 1% of shell length. Anatotnij: Anal siphon and branchial inhalant opening present. Pre-siphonal suture rather long, lepresenting 1 1 ± 2 % of SL (figure 13). The branchial inhal.inl opening is determined bv a weak fusion of the imier mantle lobes, without muscular .sphincter; a weak ventral re- Irattoi' muscle is preseul. Anal siphon well-developed, a p;iir ol powerful siplioual retractors present (figure 13). Muscle scars (S scars), corresponding to the inner radial iiumtle muscles, well marked. King apart from the pallial line, those corresponding to anal siphon retractors coa- iescent wilh |)osterioi ;i(ldiKlor muscle scars (figure 11). limei' and oiilci' drmibranchs |iresent. Outer denii- branch siiuillii-. lornied li\ 11-1.5 \er\ sliort descending filaments, reaching back to the 14-16"' filannMit of inner demibranch (figin'e 12). Brood ])ouches dexclop some- what upwai'd and poslcriorK ol inner deiiiilnanchs (howi'xei' in contact wilh. or slightK coveretl b\. the as- cending lamella, which is well dexeloiied) (figiu'e 14). Each brood pouch contains 3 — \ embrvos ((.'mbn'onic shell length: 1.25-1.40 nnu). Xephridia of closed l\pe. dorsal lobe \ariable in shape. coimnouK sub(]nachate (figure 12i, lateral loop not \isible in dorsal \iew. T>pe localih': Unnamed pontl at "La Siberia", a site west of C.'omarapa, Manuel Caballero Frcnince, Santa Cmz de la Sierra Department. Holixia (figure 1); M. C;. Cuezzo coll.: 09/0S/199T. Et^Tnologj': The name refers tt) (Jliic^uitos. afioriginal inhabitants of the lands presenth' kiiown as "Llanos de Chiquitos" (central-eastern Rolixian plains), near die tvpe locality Type material: Holot\pe and parat\pes in the mala- iiilogical collection. Museo de Historia Natural "Xoel Kempft Mercado", Santa Cniz de la Sierra, Bolivia (MHXB 34734). Other p:uat\pes: Department of In- \ertebrates. Museo ile La Plata (MLP 5362); Depart- ment of Inxertebrates. Museo .\rgentino de Ciencias Xaturales (.M.VCX 34734); Fundacion Instituto Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. .Argentina iF"IML 14235 and 14236); and Museum national dllistoiri- Xatnrelle. Paris (MXTIX mmumbered). DLSCUSSIOX Pisidinin rhujinliiitinn new species can be easiK identi- fied among South .'Vmerican Fisidium species b\' its strik- ing oval shell outline with low and narrow beaks and internal (howe\'er \isible Irom exterior' ligament. The new species is also characterized b\ two. inner and outer demibranehs on each side, two siphonal openings anil nephridia of closed t\pe. Pisuliinii cliiiiuitinnnii new species resembles I'isi- (liiiiii iiu'iirhniiiki Kui])er ;uid llinz, 19S4 from Pern and Holixia. which is the onK known species Irom tropicid Soutli .Americ;i with both, branchial and anal siphonal openings (Itnarte. 1995'. /' lueierbrooki differs from R chkjuitaninii in li.ixing a more convex shell (Ci = 77 — 80). fullci' and more backward displaced beaks. Pisiduim chicjuUdnuin new species is mcwt similar to those specimens from Ecuador and Peru figured and reported In Kui])cr iind Ilinz (1984) as PisidUnn cnscr- liniuni 'Poli. 1791'. :i F.urasian species, extremelv vari- able in shell shajie and currentK regarded ;ls cosmopol- Page 52 THE NAUTILUS, \(il. 115. No. 2 Cristuiii F. Ituaiie, 2001 Paw 53 Figures 2-1 I. I'i^iiliiiin ,lii,iiiil,iiiiiiii new spccicv 2. Ilololvpr .\III\H> :{-Il. I'arahpis \ll,r5:>(S2. 3. I'lisli-nor xicw ol a specimen. 4. lliiii;e ul a rii;lil \aKe. 5. linjit \aKe. detail ol eaidiiial lodtli li'j;aiiieiil and anUTicir lateral teeth. (>. llniiie ola left valve. 7. Left valve, detail of ligament, cardinal teeth, and pcislcnor Literal tixith S. Detail olcanhnal tooth and ligament ola ri>Jit vaKe. 9, 10. Dorsal \iews of two spicimens showiiit; \aiialiility in shape and leii<;th ol tin' i^aj) hetween \aKes. 11. Inner \ie\\ ol' a ri<.;hl \,il\r margin, showing seais ..I mner radial mantle nmscles and anal si])iion retractor larrowhead). .Scale hars: Kigures 1-7. 11 = 1 imu; Figures = ()..5 mm; l'"igures !). 11) = 2(K)|j.in. itaii (Biireli. l97o: Kiiiper. U)(i(i, U)S,x Kiiiper ami Ilin/,, 19S4; Holopainen and Kiiiper, 19S2). H(we\er, these .specimen.s are larger than /' cliiiiiiitiiinini new species (mean SL from measinenieiits gi\eii In the aiitluns was: 4.51 ± 1.31 and maximum shell length: 7 mm', haxiiig more ci'iitral beaks ami less produced aiiteiinr end. I''iii- theriiKiie, /' rJiUjUitiimiiii new species diHeis Irdiii /' Cdsciidiium in heing less eon\c\, with Iowit and iiaiKiw- er beaks, decidedk' loeatetl baekAxard. Moreo\er. /' clii- ijuitaiuun has a comparativeK long pre-siphonal sntnre, being about 1 l-lo'/f of tlie shell length, whili' /' cdscr- Idiiiiin has a shorter one eomprising ea. lOOi ol shell length (Holopainen and Kiiiper. I9S2: Korninshin. 1996). Pisiiliiiiii (■hujiiitdiiinii new species shares with V'lsi- (liiini dKhu-llddiiinn (Dall. 190S) tile sanu- si|ih(iiial ai- laugemeiit. the t\"pe (il nephndia and tlii' imniliei' ul tlemibranchs. Howexer, /'. iiui^clldiiicuni. the oiiK /'(\- Uliiim species from Argentinean and (diilean Patagonia known to ha\e two siph(nial openings aiul two deini- branehs. dilters trom P. chhiiiitdniun b\ the more cen- tral position ot beaks (mean = 5(i'7f, range 53-5S'7r ol SL), shorter presiphonal suture, representing about 7.7% ot shell length, and shorter ligament (mean = 19%, range: I\l\ tri)iici),so(i''ii\i''i).r.s ABSTRACT A new speeies ot Xndibranehia. belonging tii the genus lui- vnriniis Cra\, 1S50. is deseribed. It ditlers Ironi ntlier speelis ol that genus inaiiiK b\ its rhinophoial uniaiiieutatinii: l-'iiiii- linu.s cleiHilcxiaf new speeies has tliree large. lAeilappiii'j; flanges v\ith the upper margins free, like three eups. in alninsl all the speeies the rliiiiophures are papillated or laniellatrd. The external anatoiii\, radiila. and reprodnctise system are Ar- seribed and eompared with those of other speeies ol the genus \ table eompariiig summarizing the ditterenees amongst the speeies ot the genus Fincuiiiiis is ineluded. Atlditiiiiiiil krij ncnls: Xndibranehia. taxononn. IXTHODUCTION The genus Fiiiiniiius includes fourteen speeies charae- teiized b\ the presence- of a cleioproctic position of the anus. The I'crata are arranged in areheil clusters, lacking enidosac, the niasticatoA edge of the jaws have sex era! row'S of denticles and the radular teeth aie inodideil to feed on the eggs of other gastropods. The teeth Iuim- \eiv elongate cusp and conipleteK' lack or have \en re- duced denticles. In thi.s paper, a new species ol this ge- nus from tile eastern Pacific is described and a eonipar- ison with other Favoriitus species is presentetl. SYSTEM. \TI(:S Genus Faioriini^ (;ra\. 1S5() Favoriniis clciialcixa new species Figures I -7. Table 1 Description: Flxtcnuil (indtoiiuj: The IukU Is elon- gate (figure 1). The largest specimen examined was 15 mm long in chstended state. The bocK has up to 7 eeratal groups ini each side. The three anterior groups are horseshoe-shaped, while the rest are oblicpu' rows slightlv ciir\'ed at their distal end (figure 2b). The number of cerata in the clusters was Hi. 12. 11. 5. 4. 2, and 2 in a specimen 14.5 mm length The eerata have a smooth surface. The genital papi fi. 12. The eerata I lies on the right side at the lex el ol the first eeratal group. The amis lies on the same side at tlie lexel ol the seconil eeratal group. The liiiuophores are bhint-tiiiiii'd and liaxe three large oxerlappiiig llaiiges with the iijiper margins frt'c in the niaiiner ol three tups ifigure 2a). (.)n the aiiteiiiii" ami posterior surface of tiie rhinop- liores there is .i thin crest jiimiug the Hanges. The" oral tentacles are long and cxliiidrical antl the propoilial tentacles are long and (lossess a xential. longitudinal grooxf. The loot is relatixelx broad and the tail is long antl piiiutctl. The backgroiiml color is translucent white. On the lieatl antl back there are fine opaipie white dots, which can come together as spots of different sizes, except at the base of the rhinophores and base of the oral tentacles. The oral tentacles are translucent white at the base ami opaipu- xxhite along their upper middle. The rliinoiihiiics are dark broxxii except for their base, xxhicli is tiansliieeiit xvliite and their a[)exes. which are opaipie white. The eerata liaxe xxhite spt)ts tlistribiitetl on their surface; at the lex'cl of the cnidt)saes the sptits join as an irregiilai' ring around the cerata. Internallv to the cerata. the exteiisioiis ol the tligesti\e gland are pinkish (figure 2c). All the digesti\e branches of a cluster of cerata are joinetl at the liase of the cluster. The tligestixf blanches are pink in color. The loot is traiisluceut xxhite. liitiiiiiil (iiKilKiiiii: Txxo specimens xxcre ilissectetl, with 14.5 and 15 mm length. Salixarx glanils xx'ere nt)t found. The radnlae liaxe H) anil 20 teeth, respectix'cly. .Ml the teeth consist ol an archetl base with an elon- gate cusp. Both sitles oi the cusp are smooth and the apex is sh.irplx pointed (figures 3a; 4). There art" no basal denticles. The twt) jaxvs are large and amber in cohn-. The masticatory edge is long and eunetl ttnvard the conxt-x lace of the jaxx' at the outt>r mitldle (figure .■5b). .\lt)ng the eilge are four or fixt' roxxs of small et)n- ical tlenticles and a marginal roxx of long conical ilen- ticles (figiu'es 3c. 5'. The reproductixe sxstein is ilhistr;iled in figure fi. Tlie Pase 56 THE NAUTILUS. Vol. 115, NO. 2 Fimiro I. I'lnithnusclciiiilrxiac. F,\lcni,il \ii'\v. goiiail empties into a liennapliniditie diut. wliieli en- larges in anterior tlirection as an ampnlla. Tins is lon^j; and coiled, l)itnreatin<4 at its anterior end into the def- erent dnct and the inner o\idnet. The deferent dnct is short; it I'nlarges into a short prostate, which leatls to the penial papilla. |nst anterior to the penial papilla, the jirostate gix-es \\a\ to a straight post-prostatic dnct that connects to the penial papilla. The jienis is con- ical, nnarnied, and pointed apiealK. The inner o\idnct connects to a small and spherical seminal receptacle. Tlie inner oxidiict coiniects to the onter oviduct, which penetrates the li'male gland, '{"his latter is large and envelopes the seminal receptaile. From the female gland, the vaginal dnct proceeds to the genit;il orifice. Type material: Ilolot\pe: .VINCN 15.05/3205 1 12 mm length, leg. Francisco J. (Jarci'a, 12 Feb. 1997; I'ar- at\pe: MNCN I5.0.5/.322.30. 2 parat\pes, 7 and 5 mm length. Isla (Joiha, Pacific coa.st of Pananui. intertidal zone. le. 3 specimens, leg. Terrence .M. Gosliner; CASIZ S8222, Islas Secas. Pacific Coast of Panama. 19.2 m depth. 5 specimens. Iese glands in o\u' specimens. The unisticaton' edg(> oi the jaws has the outer middk' cuned toward the cou\ex surface oi the jaw in /•' clciialcxiac. while in F. fsiini- i^aiiiis it is straight. The radnlar teeth are similar in both species. The penis ol /•' Isiiniiianiis is u-shap(>d with the two limbs closeK pi'essed (Willan. 19S3i. F. chiialcxiac has a conical penis and it is straigiit. The internal organs ol the reprodnctixe sxstem ot F. tsu- ni'^anii\ ha\e not been described. F cIciKili'xiiic has a similar color pattern to F inir- (ihilis Baba. 1955. In both species the rhinophores are dark brown, with the apex whitish, the surface oi the notnui and cerata are ])ro\ided In small white spots and the cerata ha\i' a geneial pinkish color. HowexiT, other external features distinguish both species. F. iiiirahilis has the rhinophores pertoliated, the cerata set in 12 groups on eitlur side, the general ground- color is whitish inclined to brown on the back and dorsal surface of the In-, id. llie oral tentacles and an- terior edge of the toot are \cllow. and eacli cera is marked with a purple spot down the ti]). F. clenalrxiac has the rhinophores with 3 cup-shaped llang(>s, the l)od\ onK" has up to 7 groups ol cerata on eitiier side, the general grouTid color is whitish with opaque wliite dots more or less concentrated on the surface of the bod\-, the oral tentacles and foot are wliite, and the cerata lack a purjile spot and haxc white spots round- ing the base ol the cnidosac. In a eom[iarison between /-'. clcnalcx'uic and the rest of the Favoriiiiis species, the clearest feature permit- ting a differentiation is the ornamentation ot the rhin- ophores. Features of tlii' anatonn and coloration of Faioriiiiis species are listed and compared in Taiile 1, making it possible to differentiate F. clciialcxiac from Pasie 58 THE NAUTILUS. Vol. 15. \() lanlo I. (Iianu'i tcrs <)t spt'cics ()t / innnniis Body Rhinophores Cerata Species Relcrcnces Distriliutioii Hlimuplinrt's Crrata coloration coloration c(tioration Kadiila F. I'U'uaU'xUif Present article (Galapagos Is- 3 cup-siiaped Sllionlii 'IV.uisliu.-i.l Black brown \\'hite spots on SiMOolh land. EiLstcrti flanges wintf uith witli the a[)e\ the surface l\Kific coast opaquL- uintc- white and euitlc)sac- of Mexico. Costa Hica and Panama spots Digesti\e gland pink F. hranchialUi (Rath- ke in .Vliiller. Ednmnds & Marcus Eastern Atlantit and M.-ditn- l-2Imlhs Sllinolll Translucent white with a Brown, tip white Upper part white oi>a(]ue. Di- Smooth 1S()51 (1977). Hn.- vnt-Fol (1954). Catta- ne()-\'ietti et al (1990) laiiraii Sea \'ariahlc pat- trni of opa(jne wliite blotches on the back ges-ti\ f gland \xiriable. brown, \ello\i-. red. green F. jouini (Risbec. Risbec (1953) New CiiKdoma Lauiallate NA Translucent Brown with the \A S denticles 1928) white ape.v red F ^ouaroi (Risbec. 192.S) Risbec (19.531 New Caledonia 2 nnt^s NA Vellc.w with lar^e opa(|Ue white spots Opaque white Digestive gland yellowish ft denticles F. iit>lnci'u~s (Ri.shec, Risbec (19.53) New ('alfduni.i Lamrllate NA Head xellow Pnikish widi the White \u.let 7 denticles 1928) lirecmsli, bodv white with \'io!et lilints ape\ \ioiet E pacifiats Baba. Baba (1937) Japan Indistinct con- S,nn,.|l, Translneriit Chocolate-tinted Dark vellow. Smooth 1937 strictions ;Uong the whole lent^li white except at the distal third which is col- orless with a white cap and a pmple mark- ing below /'" Japan icus Baba. 1949 Baba (1949). Baba & Ha- inatani (1964), Gosli- ner (1980) lapaii, Hawaiian Islands 2 or 3 hulhs Papillalrd Yellowish with dense opat|ni' wliite except the cerata Translucent white Digestive gland red, \ellow or yellowish brown. wiUi opaque white apices Smooth F. perfoliatus Baba. Bal)a (1949) Japan Perfbliated Snioolh Pale rose Brown Digesti\e gland 5 dentic-les 1949 \eined with rose- red F mirabilis Baba. Baba (1955). Japan Perioliatt^d Smr.i.tli Wiiitish. inclined Dark brown Brownish with a Smooth 19.5.T VVillan (1983) lo litowTi on ihe hack puiple spot down the tip F auritulu~\ Marcus, Marcus (19.55). Trnpua! West 2..I 3 l.nll.s Sm(...th Trausjucent Browii, tip white W hitc epitlennai Smootli or 1955 Marcus fie Marcus (1963). Ed- munds (1964), Ed- niunds ix Marcus (1977). Thompson (1980) Atlantic white or gra\. with white spots; the area behinil the rhiuo- phores had an orange ci'Uter pigment; di- gesti\e gland ;i]most c«k>r- Icss or pink. gra\ish or dark browii; cuidosac white tinv later- al denti- cles F- pannucfu-, Biini. 19fi2 Bum. 1962, Kd- nuiiuls. l9(iS Austraha Papillate Smotith White White Kawn with white tips NA F. ts-untntinu.-i Baba & .•Mw. 1964 Baba & .'Vbe (19fM. 19751. Uilluii 1983 Japan, eiustem Australia 2 l.nll.s n, 3 (.viilappinti iLiniics with tlirir nppi^r iiiariiins free S.n..ntl. Tiansiiuenl head golden \ellow or hrownish yel- low; hod\' deuseK' cov- ered witli opaque white spots; anteri- or margin of loot \ellowish Black White dotN down the tip. Cuidosac black. Diges- tive gland or- ange Smooth F ^hatu-tisis Ed- munds. 1968 Ednnuuls 11968), E<1- tiMirids iSc Marcus (1977). Ortea (1982) West Africa l(;lianai 3 small swellings Smooth Translueenl gra\isli-while. A few white dots on head, oral tentacles, back and tiiil Tip clear gra\i-sh with wliite dots, the rest pniple-hrown or maroon A few white dots on surface, and a few white glands at tip. Digcs- ti\c gland cream or brown wth |)iiiple-bliiw-U hlol.hes 7-S tlcnti- cles FraiK'ist'i) |. (larcia and [esus S. Troncoso, 2001 Page 59 Table 1. (j)ntiriiu'il Specio R.-rrn-iKr nislniiiilHi Hlin,..n],< HckK iloiMtinii Rliinopliorfs toloration Ci-rata ^■olorutini Radula F hihinus I.niKli.' \ L.-tiKlH- \- Tlioiiipsnii 1^)74 Tlioiupson ..19741, Kd iiinruK (S: Marcus (1977) /■ M/fVi/s Ortra I9S2 Olira ^UJSili \urtK. Caiian Klaml^ LMlaiitu Ocean I - Ilii^-sli.iprc swcllmi's : small Iniil.- Sninotli K.iint stra\v-\cl- Inwisli and sciin li\alnic, Sliintnji wiiilc pijiTiicnt on tlic dorsiil sulcnl ilic oral tc-ntaclcs, conlinuinti hackwards Ix-twccn tlic ilunnplioK-s Tiansliiccnt uiiitc with npaiplr white niitrkiri'^ on head, dorsum and oral Irn- tacK's VcIIowisli-hrown Faint vclltmish- Smootli l>rt)\\ii witli a niirrow al- most black strip on tlie posterior side White W'iiite opa(jne 4—5 deiiti- clfs XA = Iiiliiniiatioii iKit a\;Lilalilc the otlif 1" species b\ the presence of sinootli radiilar teeth (F. joiibini. F. i^ouaroi. F. violaccus. F. jiciinlid- fus. F :j_luiinii\i\. and F. iitrnis lia\c dcntiinlatc teeth). The radnht ut F. iKiuiuiccu.'i Burn, 19(i2, lias not been descrihetl. However, tliis species dillcrs Ironi F flciiiih'xidc 1)\ tlie rhinopliort's and coloration. 'Hie cerata are smooth in F clenalcxidc (in F iiip<>iilcii\ tlie\- are papillated) anil tlie iinier o\iduct does not have a swelling for a fertilization chamlier as was de- scribed in F juponicus Baba, 1949 and F gluinctisis Ednmnds. 19fi8 (Baba ami Ilaniatani. 1964: Ethnunds. 196S). F iijidiivHsis has a small penial st\let. ACKNOWLEDCMENTS We wish to express our ifi-atitude to Terreiice M. Gos- liner and Hans Bcrtsch lor snppKing ilata on th(< dis- tribution of till' specii's, SEM photographs, and for their comments about the manuscript. Michael Miller for assistance in digital imaging and transmissions of Figure 4. i-aionnus clciialcxmc I.clt. SEM iiiirro^iapli ol a lailulai tootli. Hit;iit. SEM iiiicrograpli ola l.itrra! view of the radiila. Pase 60 THE NAUTILUS. X'ol. 115. No. 2 I'l'mire 5. I'dioiiiiiis cli-ndlcxidc. SEM iiikTo^rapli iif the iiia.stiL'iiton cilijc <>l till' |u\\. tlic SKMs, and Richard (l. Willaii for snppl\in5 us with some hihlioij;raph\' and lor his foniini'iits rctiard- ing thi.s |)a])ci-. We also tliank .Anemia I'.spafiola Ar (^oopcracicni International and Institnio Xaeional de Heciir.sos Na- sr-^- PP Figure 6. FaiDriiiiis clciiiilcxiar. Heproductixe sv.strin Ah hrc-xlations: a, aiiipniia; dii. (lol'ertMlt duct; fg, fciiialc gland: lid iicrniaphroditic duel; io. inner o\iduct; oo, outer o\i(liirl: |)p. peuial papilla; sr seminal reeeplacle; \d. \agiiial duel. Figure 7. nistrihiitidii ol F^fniiis Baba and .\bi'. 1964 Irom Eastern .Australia. Journal ol the Malacological Societ\' Austnilia 6: 71-79. THE NAUTILUS 11.5(2):62-67. 2001 Paee 62 Population cKiianiics and growth rate of the turbinid gastropod Lithopoma americanum (Molkisca) m Bisca)iie Bay, Florida, USA Silvia Macia' Center for Marine and F,n\ininni<'ntal AnaK'ses Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmosplieric Scienee Universitv of Miami 4600 Rickenbacker Caiise\\a\ Miami, FL 33149 USA ABSTRACT The i;astropod Lithopoma americanum is a common, albeit lit- tle-studied, inhabitant of benthic communities from Florida to the West Indies. \ survey of L. americanum populations was conducted throughout Biscaviie Bay, Florida, USA. Abundance of the species was highest in the northeastern portion of the Ba\' and decreased to zero in the southeastern portion. This pattern may be the result of h\drod\iiamic and salinit\' regimes that could prevent the recruitiuent and sunival of lanae in the inner portions of the Bav. Abundance of a population of L. (imericanum at a permanent site within tiie Bav was monitored for a three-vear period, during which gastropod densitv de- clined from 26 gastropods. nr' to zero. The reasons for this population crash are not cleai", but ina\ have been caused b\ high rates of predation and/or iiitraspecific competition cou- pled with a lack of recruitment. Ciniwtli rates of L. amcricamim were higher under laboraton conditions (0.46 mm -week'') than in the field (0.25 nun -week '), suggesting that field pop- ulations may be food-limited. Crovrth rate of individuals was also negali\cK correlated with size. Additional kei/u'oirLs: Turbinidae. Aslraea- Seagrass, ecoliigv, Mollnsca, Clastropoda, IXT1U)UUCTI()\ The marine gastropod Lithopoma (iiiieriraiiiiin (Gmelin, 1791), formerly known as Astracti (iiiicrinniinit and often confused with lAthopouw tectum (Ligiitfool, ITSfi), is found from central Florida, US.\, through the West In- dies, with occasional, non-reprodueing individuals re- ported a.s far north a.s North Carolina, USA (Morris. 1975; Emerson and Jaeohson, 1976). IJllioponiri (imeri- camim resides in both soft- and hard-hotlom coniuni- nities, including seagrass beds, roekv shores, and gor- ' Current address; Hofstra Univcrsitv .Marine Laboraton. Box 90, St. Ann's Bay, Jamaica, hunil(?(w j;unaica.com () goinan/algae-doniinated hard-bottom habitats ilhizlett. 19S4: McC^^lanahan, 1992). Individuals of this species are most connnon, however, on seagrasses (ThaJassia testii- (liiiuDi and Sip'iiiiiodinm filiforme), vv^here thev feed pri- luariK on t'piplivtic algae (Emerson and [acobson. 1976; X'anMontlrans et al.. 19S2; X'irnstein, 19S7: Klumpp et al.. 1992; McClanaium. 1992; MeClanalum and .Muthiga, 1992). Given the feeding habit ot L. anwricanuni as a gr;izer of epiplivtes, its feeding aetivitv can have important eon- sequences for the seagrass community Epiphvtes com- pete with seagrasses for available light, anil can poten- tiallv reduce the photosviithetic eapacih of the seagrass (Howard, 1982; Orth and vanMontfrans, 1984). In such a case, reduction of epiphvte cover bv gastropods and other grazers can increase the productivitv of the sea- grass population, as well as the seagrass connnuuitv as a whole (Howard, 1982; Howard and Short, 19S6;'()rth and vanMontfrans, 1984). Lithopoiiui iniu-ricduuui is also an important member of the seagrass eonnuunitv as it represents a trophic link between the prim;in producers and higher-level preda- tors such as crabs, lobsters, and fishes i H;mdall. 1967: Targett, 1978; .McClaualian. I992V Nerv little work has been done on /. aiiwiicaituiiL thus the research pre- seuteil here proposes to provide basic information on growth i;it(.'s, population dviiamies, and distribution ot /,, iimoicdiium [lopulations within Biseavne Bav, soutli- erti i'lorida. USA. M.VfKHIAl.S AND MliTHODS Bis(:a\\i; lU'i Sin\ i:-! The popuLiliDU densilv of /.. iniliiiciiiiuiii tlniiu',^li()ut Hisc;ivne i5av. Floiid;i was quantilied ;it v;uious sites in the ba\ ( ligiu'e 1 i. Most suiAevs vvxM'e conducted during the summer of I99S, with ;idditiou;il sites sunevcd in the sunuuci" ol U)99. At each site the number ol /.. S. Mafia, 2001 Faw' 63 Figure 1. Population densih of the ijastropod IJthopotiui ainciiiiniiiin at \arious sites tiinmij;iioiit Bisca\ne Ba\, Florida. WP = West Point field site. N'uniliers indicate the mean nuni- lier ol (gastropods -ni"- at each site. Sites marked 0 had no L iiiiifriciniuiu, eithei" withm or ontsKJe of the cjuadrats. At sites with an asterisk (°), L iiiiirriiiiiiiiiii were present in low niiiii- liers lint ohsened onl\ outside ol the quadrats. LIndeiliiied .sites were suncxed in snmiiu'r 1999; all otliers sniAoxed m summer 1998. (iiiiciiciiiiiiin was (juaiitihcd in ■^ilii witli \isiial (.■ensiiscs ol 15 haphazard liir (|ua(lrats. \\\ seagras.s hhidcs and drift algal mats within cac'h i|iiadrat were eareliilK iii- ■spected, but this tccliiii(|iie nia\ haw created a liias against veiy small individuals. Because the same tech- nique was used for each sune\. li()we\er. this bias sliouid not affect comparisons among tlie diilerent sites. Water depdi at each site was measured, and all sites were classified into three di'ptli categories: shallow (0.7- 1.5 m), moderate (1.5-2.5 ml, and deep (2.5-.3.7 iiii. Sites were also qualitatixeK classified b\ substratum into t\\o categories: sparse' Thnl/is.sui tvstiuUiunn seagrass lap- proximateK- < 250 slioots m -) and dense 7' tcsfiiiliniiin (> 250 shoots ni"-). Sites representati\e of these cate- gories were selected in all regions ol the ba\ (uortlun-ir central, and southern), so that there was no (i\eiri(linii geographic pattern to their distribution. W'lsj- PoiXI Pui'l 1 \ll(i\ D'lWMlC s i,ung-term i three Ne.irs). moMitoriug oi a L. amcricaimm po|)ulatioii was conducted at a single site (West l^)int) in northern Bisca\iie Ba\' (figtu'e i i. 'i'his site is a dense (o\in- 500 shoots in -) seagrass {T. t('stii(liit>iiii> bed with deptlis of 0(1 ISO em I \iaeia, 2000). Montlily smveys were conilucted Iroiii September 1995 to Septemi)er 199S. .\t each siuaia lixc parallel 50 m transects were laid out 5 III apart. ( iaslriipods were \ isiialK t-ensnsed //( situ within a 0.25 in- (juadrat at fi\c randomk' selected points alouij; each transect (except for the first tx\'o sur- \"e\s, in which oiiK 15 and 10 total quadrats I.'5 and 2 transects], respectixcK. wire coiintedi. .\s with the abo\i' stuiK, there iiia\ ha\e been a bias against ww small individuals, but this bias shoukl not allect com- pai-isoiis among the different months. Shell iieight of gastropoils (maximum distance between apex and base ol the shelli within the quadrats was also measured with calipers. Growth R\tk Exit ■.him i:\ts Twent\-fi\e L. fniicricaniini were individnalK' marked with a distinct s\inbol painted on the shell and main- tained ill an eiiipl\ oiitdonr tank (80 X 50 X 40 cm) with a How -lliniiigli siipph ol seawater Previous at- tempts at niaiiilainiii'j; L. (imcricduiun in other larger tanks in which seagrass had been planted inihcated that the gastropotls remained on the sides ol the tanks, leed- ing on the algae growing there, and did not spend nmcli time on the seagrass itself Thus, lor ease of retrie\al of the gastropods, the smaller, emptx' tank was used lor the growth rate experiments. Shell height of eacli snail was measured weekK from September .jO-Deeember 3, 199S. Snails were classified into 4 size classes: 10.1-15 mm. 15.1-20 mm, 25.1-.3() mm, and 30.1-35 mm (no snails in the 20-25 nun size class coidd be found in the fitdd at the time of this ex- periment). Some marked gastropods died or were lost duiing the coiiise ol the stiuK. OuK those indi\iduals lor which at least 4 consecaiti\e weekly measurements were available were used in the anaKses. .^s a result of these losses, and because \er\ few individuals of tlie larger size classes could be found at tht' initiation of the experiment, the following are the final number ol snails measured in each size class, rt\spectively: 13. 5. 4. 2. .All available vveeklv growth increments were averaged for each indiviilnal, and these values were used to calculate a mean growth rate i imu-week"') for each size categon'. HKSl'LTS Bis( viM-: Bvi SiHVF.v Individuals of Lilliojioiiiii amcricamnu were most com- mon in the northern jiart of Biscavne Bay (figure 1). Sites marked with a 0 in fis^nre 1 represent sites in which no snails were observed either in the quadrats or in the surrounding area while swiminiiig about the site. Two Paije 64 THE XAUTILU.S. Nol. 115. Xo. 2 Table 1. .\iial\sis ot l.ithopoma amcricniinm ;il)un(l;iiicc :i( various sites tiiioiiglioiit liiscaxne Haw Florida. Assmnjitious ol noniialih' and lioinosccdasticih were mil met, thus the data were analv/ed with the nonparainetric Seheirer-Ka\-Hare e.\- tensiou of the Kniskal-W'allis test. S( illici ■ dl \1S I' P water (l<'ptli .•) .3.39.44 3.9S 0.029 substratum 1 .3.50.94 4.12 0.0,50 depth °sul)stratum 2 200.66 2..36 Oils error 34 85.11 site.s (marked 0°) had L. aincncaiiiiiii present but in such low density- that the\' did not occur witliin the quach'ats (figure 1). No snails were ohsened in the extreme south- ern extensions of the !)a\-. .\lthon^h the northernmost site sampled had a densit\ ol .5.3 ijastropods- m -. most sites had less than 1 gastropod -ni -. When testing for the effects of water depth and suh- stratuni on snail densits'. neither the assumptions of nor- malit\- nor honioscedasticit\ could he met. Thus, the non-parametric Scheircr-Ha\ -Hare extension of the Kniskal-Wallis test was used in lieu ol a parametric t^\()- wav.\NO\'A (Sokal and I'mliH. 1995). The Scheirer-Ra\- Ilare e.xtension ranks .ill \alnes (with the lowest value given a rank of 1 i and uses the ranks to perform an ANOV'A. Litliopoiitd aiiwriraniiiii was significantK more abundant at dense seagrass sites (0.5 ± 0.3 (SE) snails- nr-) than at sparse seagrass sites (0.1 ± O.I snails- m-) (table 1). There was also a significant elfect of water depth on snail densitA' (table ll. but this result is equivocal. When using actual abundance tiata moderate depth sites had the highest mean abuntlance (0.42 ± (J, 41 snails-m"-). lollowed b\' shallow (0.33 ± 0.17 snails-ni -) then deep (0.24 ± 0.09 snails-m -) sites. When using the rank data. howe\er, the pattern was rexersed, with deep sites hav- ing the highest mean lauk (25.3 ± 2.7). followed b\ shallow i2().9 ± 3.0) and moder.ile sites (15.3 ± 2.3). Finthermore. a separate linc.ir regression aualvsis found no significant correlation belweeii water depth aiul abimdance of I, aiiifric/iiuiin (p = O.Sl; r- = 0.0()2i. Thus, no clear relationship between depth and |iopula- tion densitv of gastropods can be delerniiiii-d lidiii these auaKses. Wi-;si- Point P()Pii.,\tist abmrdance of gastrojiods coincided wilh I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I S N J M M J S K J Nr \1 J S J MM J S I I 'JOS Figure 2. Aliuud.iuce iuieau ± SE) ol a LilhiijhniKi timcri- cinuiiii population at the West Point field site in Biseavue Bav, Florida, from September 1995 to September 199S, the smallest mean shell size. S.O ± 0,2 nun. Excluding the two snncvs when onlv one gastropotl was found (Mav and |nni' 199S). there was a significant negative correlation between L. amciicaiuun population densitv and mean shell height (df = 22; F = 23. .SO; p < O.OOOlj, with an r- value ot 0.53. Mean size of L. ainciiraiium at the field site increased at a rate ol 0.23 mm .week ' from September to No- vember 1995 (increase in mean shell height from 8.0 nun to 9.6 nun in 7 weeks) and 0.27 nun -week ' from November 1995 to March 1996 (increase in nu'an size Iroiii 9,6 imn to 1.3.9 nun in 16 weeksV During the three vears ol the studv a single recruitment event was ob- servi'd. occurring between |ulv .iiid ( )et(ilier I996(figure 3). (;ia)v\rii H vn-: Fapkhime.xts Cu'owth rate ol /, iniiiTicdiniin maiutaini'd in llie l.ibo- ratoi^v was iuverselv correlated with initial shell height [di' = 23; F = 11, '.3S; p = 0,003). with ;iii r value' of 0,34, Snails in the smalli'st si/e categoiT grew at the laslcst rate (0,46 ± 0,06 unn-week ' \ while snails in tin' largest size category grew at the slowi-sl r.ile lO, 14 ± 0,04 mnivveek ') (figure 4). niscissiox The .ibnnd.uiee ol l.ilhopomii (niiiiicdiiiiiii in Biseavue 15;iv decreased Irom northeast to southwest, with the tiieatesl abundance ol I, (iincricaiiuiii in the northeast- ern corner ol the liav, Xo gastropods were louud in (lie sondieiii portion ol the bay or along most ol its western b;■')(. II 1- 4,4(1 '<:- ritlfk ii -1- S/yi, II :- n rf [kVn II 4- (),yi> 0 2- n l-T t{1 114- 7/')(. ■■:- U4- S/4t) u::-^ rTL n, nJTI 1 T-,-, na- 9/V(, if- -rrfl-l ^-"hrlirhn joHItti-. -rwfl lO/'X. H^TUffl^, 1 :«>(> ^m-^K m-n-Rn. ib_ 4;'i7 Ml jm (,/V7 ^^iIktu n nrm 7;47 -CLL Hm ? S 11 14 17 20 I I I I I n !( [f III I I I I I I M ? S 11 14 17 211 2? shell height (mm) Figure 3. Si/.v rn.'(]iK'iic\ distrihiitioiis Im a |ii)|)iilaliiiii dI Utliiipiiiiui (iiiiciicinuiin in Bisca\iii.' Ba\. I'ldiuhi, Inim Scp- Iciiilicr 1995 to August 1997. Population size after Anij;nst 1997 was tiKi small lor ineanin<:;lnl size tre(|ueiK'\ distrlKutions. to larj^e ciian<2;es in salinitx n\siiltin^ Irdin licsliwatei" ca- nal disci larjffs troni the urban and aLi;rii'iiltural aieas ol Miami (Fatt, 19Sfi; W'anij; and Cajfer-Sliahica. 19SS). sncli changes arc nut a i-ansc ot ini)rtalit\ lui' .idiill /. niiii-i- icanum (Irlamli ct al.. 1997, identified therein as L tec- tum). Freshwater discliargcs to the Ba\' nia\ not alleet adult gastropods, hut the lanal stages of gastropods and other in\crtelirates are often nuich more sensitixc to sa- linitx changes (Kinne. 1971). .Sni-Mxal and settlement ol lanal L. aiiirricaiinin ma\ thus he nt'gati\el\ alfect<'d in these western areas of Biscavne 13a\^ where salinitv lluc- tnatioiis are most scM-re (Fatt, 19'SfS; Wang and ('iiler- Shahica, 19SS). Recruitment to the imier portions ol llie Ha\ iua\ also he limited h\ the pre\ailing water circulation patterns. ll\drod\iiamics in Bisca)ne Bay are dominatetl h\ wind 0 6- -1 f ,„_^ 4 •-' I1 1- ii<>iiin iiiiirrictniiiiii was con- diictetl ill the I'lorida l\e\s. .\lc( .lanahan and Muthiga 1 1992) round /- iiiiii'iicaiiiiiii to he the dominant gastro- pod species in scagrass areas ol Florida Ba\, with a don- sit\' (if 3.8 gastropods-m -'. (Gastropod ahimdance was also i|iiaiitilie(l through a sei-oiid iiielhod lliat measui'cd densitx as the mimlier ol gastropods seen per hour of seai'cli time, giving a \alue of fi9.3 gastropods lujur ' (McClanalian and Muthiga. 1992'. .\ pre\ ions studx cov- ering the same area l McC'lanahan. 1992i ri'ported a liiiiher deiisiU of 200 gasliiipoils ■ hour '. .Assuming a lin- ear relationship hetweeii data collected with the t\vo techni(jues. the higher value ol gastrojiods liour ' rep- resents approxim.itciv II gastropods- m ■ for the sea- grass habitat Maxiiiiimi (leiislt\ III /.. iniici'icdinini in Biseavne Bav. 2fi gastropods- III -. was much higher than that found in Florida 15av. This population densitv was not sustained loi- long, however. (lr(ippiii'.i lo 13 gastropods-m - in just twd months, and a^aiii lo 9 gastropods-m - within 5 months. Tw(i ve.us lalei'. llie ahundance of 'gastropods had declined to ne.iilv zero, and remained so for the duration of the sliidv. .V concinrent stiidv at tile same Page 66 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115, No. 2 site f'ouiul HI) siii-li dcc-liin' in (lie local popiilatiDii ol sea urchins, Li/lccliinus varic<^titii.s. nor was there e\idence of an\ cataslrophic ciiantics in water temperature or sa- linity'(Nhicia, 2()()()). No emptv />. autcricnimin sliclls were ohsencd during the studw sugge.sting (hal niigiafion oiil ot the site and/ or consumption b\' a predator that di'strins the shell were the reasons tor the sutlden population collapse. In comparison to se\fral oilier (Caribbean gastropod spe- cies, ho\ve\er, L iiinriicaiuiDi has the slowest rates oi mo\ement (nieasnreil as displacement from an initial lo- cation), averaging ouK 11 cinila\ ' (Hazlett, 19S4). Tlius, mo\ement ol the species is relati\el\' slow, and migration out of the site doi's not a|ipcai- to be a likel\ explanation lor tlie rapid didp in abundance of L. iinicr- icanmn. Spin\- lobster, crabs. I'asciolarid gastropods, and vari- ous fishes are potential predators oi gastropods such as /,. (imericamim (Rand;ill, 1967; Targett, 1978; Mc- Clauahan. 1992). The I'asciohiriid gastropod Ffiscioltiria lulipa, the majid crab Lihiiiia diihia. ;iiid the pufierfish Spliocroidcs testiidinciis were commouK obseived at the Bisca\ne Bay site, and mav have been at least partK- responsible for the decline in abundance of L (luivr'i- cantun. A similar predator-meiliated crash in gastropod abundance was reported for a population ot Anachis avara, another seagrass bed resident found in Bisca\iie Bav, Florida (Hatfield, I9S0). This species demonstrated large seasonal fluctuations in population densit\' as a re- sult of high periodic predation rates as well as seasonal recruitment events (Hatfield, 1980). Whatever the reason for the initial decline in popu- lation si/.e of L. ainchcaiium. the occurrence ot onl\ one significant recruitment event in .3 vears is likelv to have plaved an iinpoi1;iut I'ole in the !ai-l\ oi recown' of the population. .^ recruitment pulse began in |ulv 1996, reaching its peak in October of that vear. This recruit- ment event was not able to sust;Lin ihc population, how- ever, as gastropod abundance l)cg;iu to decline steadily after December 1996. The growth rate of Z^. aiiicnctniiiin maintained in out- door tanks was behveeu 0.14 and 0.46 nun -week ', with smaller snails growing at a laster rate than larger indi- viduals. The snails at the field site in Biscaxne Ba\, with a mean size less than l.i unn. grew at appro\iruateK' 0.25 mm -week '. nuich more slowK than the 0.46 mm -week ' obseived for similarK sized snails in the lab. This discrepancy suggests that /, iiiiuriciiiuiin in the field are food-limited. T\\f lal)orator\-maiutaiui.'d gastro- poils were feeding on the epiphytic algae growing on the sides ol the tanks. These algae ma\ be more ;ibnudant or mitritious than those found on the seagiass blailes in the Bav, thus providing the snails with a superior lood source. As in the {'"lorida [)opnlation ol /,, (imcncduiun stnilied here, the congener L. iinilosd (Wood, IS28) from (Cali- fornia, USA, also e.vliibited an inverse relationship be- tween population densitv and individual gastropod size (Alfaro and (iaqienter 19991 This pattern icsulted from intraspecific competition among the snails i.\llaro anil (Caipenter, 1999). If the tjuantitv or (jnalitv of food avail- able to L. (iinciicdinim in Biscavne Bav seagrass beds is poor, as suggested bv the growth rate data, the inverse relationship between snail size and abiuidance mav be caused bv intraspecific competition. Alteniativelv, sucli ;i iclationship could be the result of an umisuallv suc- cessful recruitment event, followed bv high levels of mortality (possiblv as a result ol predation pressure), with tlie remaining individuals simpiv continuing on tlicii- normal growth trajectory. Although it appears that intraspecific competition and pretlation previ'ut Litluiponui (imcrictinuin from main- taining hi'j;li population densities. (.)Ccasionallv large but short-lived [)opulations sucli as the one in Biscavne Bav mav temjiorarilv increase the productivity of the seagrass commnuities in which they reside. Tlu-ougliout the Bav, L. tiincriciiiiiiiii provides a temporallv and geographically heterogeueons sornx'e of (rrazinsr that mav release sea- grasses from epiphvtic competition lor light. Snail pop- ulations also proviile a heterogeneous food resource for higher-lev i-l consumers within the seagrass eonminnitv food web. Overall abundance ot L rniiciicditiiiii ihionghoni Biscavne Bay is low. but given the abnu- daiKc of suitable seagrass habitat in the Bay, there exists tiie potential for successful recruitment events that could affect the populations of lioth priinan producers anil higher consumers in the seagrass couimnuitv. ACKNOWT.EDGMENTS .\ianv people helped in the fieldwork reijuired for the completion of this research, autl I am indebted to them all: B. Orlando, P. Biber, T Jones, L. Kaubuan. A. Mo- rales, M. Brown, D. Lirman, [. Montague. .\1. Blanco, M, liobinson, and K. Irlandi. I thank Mike Robinson and lv\o auon\ mons reviewers tor pi'oviding ven helpful comiMculs on eaiiiei" draffs of this m;iiiiisciipt. l-'iiiaiicial support lor this project, for which 1 am evtremely grate- ful, came from the NO.\,\ Coastal Ocean Program .\vvard #N,\37RJ0149. The Sauibel-( :;ii)tiva Shell Club, .mil the RSM,'\S .Vrionvniniis l^onoi- Awaid. l.nKKVll RE CITED All. IK). .\. (.'. ami K. C. CJaipcnter I'^m). liivsical .iiul hiiiloi^ical piDccsses iiiffiiencing zonation patterns of a siihtidal pop- uhitioii of the niaiine snail, Astraca (LitJiopoma) tiiidosa Wood, 1S2S. |()unial of E.\periineiital Marine Hiologv' ;uui l':ri)logv 24():2.59-2S.l iMiicrsiiii, W. K. ami .\l. K, j.iiolisdii l!)7(i. i'lic Xiiiciii an Mu- se ii I Natural I liston ( liiulc In SliclK \ II nil \ KiMipl, \(\\ \(irk. 1S2 pp. l''all. I (^ li)S(i. (;aiial Impact on l^isiavne liav Salinities. M..S. I'lu'sis. tiii\crsil\ ol Miami. Coral (iiihles, 229 pp. Il.illiiiif Iv H. U)SO, Xalmal I iisloiv and population lliictuution of the gaslropoil Aiitirliis ai ma (Sav> in a tropical seasjiass iiahitat. Miami. I''loriila. Bulletin of Marine Seience ■)(); HOI (il2. S. Mafia. 2()()1 Page 67 Hazlett. B. A. 19.S4. Dailv iiiowiiuMit ol some tnipital marine ijastropods. Marine Belia\ii)rai PliNsiolo^x 11:35— IS. Ildwaid. R. K. 1982. Impact of teecliiig attixitio.s of epiluiilliic aiiipiiipods on surface-fouling of eels;ra-S.s leaxes. .Aipialic Hotan\ 14;91-97, Howard. !•!. K. ami K. T Sliort. U)S(i. Seai^rass i^nmlli aiul suni\(irsliip under tin- inllnenee ol i'pipli\tc ma/crs Aquatic Botany 24:2.S7-:3()2. Irlandi. E.. S. Macia and J. .Serat\. UJ97. Sallnit\ rednelmn from freshwater canal discharge: effects on niortalil\ and feeding of an nrcliin [Liitccltiiuis Vdrii't^iitiis) and gastro- pod {LithofiDiiKi ti'tiiiin). 15nlletin ol Marine Science (il: 869-879. Kimie. (). 1971. Salinit\: animals: nixertelaales. hi Kiinie. ( ). (ed.) Marine Ecologv. Wjlnnie 1. Part 2, \\ ile\ lnteisi.-j- ence. London, pp. 821-995. Klumpp. D. W,. J. S. Salita-Espinosa. and M. D. Fortes. 1992. The role of epiplntic peripiix'ton and macroinxertehratc grazers in tile trophic fln.x of a tropical seugrass cimnnu- nit\-. Aquatic Botan\- 43:327-349. Lee. T.'\ :ind C. Booth. 1971. Circulation. In: Bader R. C. and M. A. Boessler (eds.l .■Xn Ecologic:il Stuck of Sontli Bisca\iie Ba\ and Card Sound. LIui\ersil\ ol .Miami. Cnral Gables, pp. 111-1146. .\l;icia. S. 2000. The effects of sea urchin grazing and (hill algal hlooms on a sulitropical seagrass bed counnunit\. Journal 1)1 E\perimental Marine Biologx and Ecologx 246:53-67. .McClanahan, T. R. 1992. Epibentliic gastropods of the Middle Florida Kevs: the role of habitat and cinironmental strt'ss on assemblage composition. |ournal ot Fxpcritnental Ma- rine Biolo2> and Ecolog\ 60:169-190. McClanahan. T B. .uul \, .\. Muthiga. 1992. Comparative sampling methods lor subtidal epibentliic gastropods. |onrnal el I'Aperinient.il Marine Biolog\ and EcologN' 164: 87 nil. Morns, 1' .\. 1975. A Field Cnul,- to Shells of the Atlantic and ( inll ( Coasts and the West Indies I liMi^hlmi .Mifflin Coiii- p.iiix Boston, .3.30 pp ' 'rth. 11 I .mil ] \,in-\h)ntlr,iiis. I9S4. Epiplnte-scagrass re- LitKinships with .111 emphasis on tlie role of micrognizing: a re\ie\\. .'\i|ii.iti( Bo!.iii\ 18:4.3-69. Handall. J. F. 1967 Fixid habits of reef fisiies of the West Indies. Studies in Tnipieal Oceanographs' 5:665-847. Sokal H. H an. I |- \ liolilf, 1995. Biometn.' \V. 11. Freeman and ( .(Jiiip.iin. \i\\ ^ork. 887 pp. Swakoii. v.. A and |. I). Wang. 1977. Modeling of tide and wind induced How in south Biscavne Ba\ and Card Sound. L'ni\crsit\ ol Miami Se:i ( iraiit 'fechnical Bulletin .'57. Cor- al C;ables. 14 4 pp Targett. T. E, 1978 l-'oml rescmrce partitioiiiiig b\ the puller- fishes S)>licicr(Hcl(-< splin^cri and Splini-rDules Icsludineus from liiscaMie Baw Florida. Marine Biolog\ 49( I !:83-9I. \aiiMontfrans. j.. R. |. Ortli :iiid S. A. \'a\. 1982. Preliminan studies of grazing b\ Hillnim i/iiiiiiu on celgrass peiiph- \ton. Atjuatic Botaus 14:75-89. \ irnstein. R. W. 1987. Scagrass-associaled iincrtcbrale com- munities of the southeastern U. S. A.: a resicw. Florida Marine Research Pnbheations 42:89-115. Wang, J I), and S \; Corer-Sh:ibica. 1988. The effects of f res! i- water canal discharges on salinities in Biscaviie National Park. Report to the National Park Seniee, Miami. 17 pp. THE NAUTILUS 1 lo(2):6,S-75, 2001 Fa«e 6S Anatomy of Boonca jcidisi (Olsson and McGinty, 195(S^ (Heterobranchia: Pyramidellidae) from the western Atlantic, with comparisons to other species in the genus John B. Wise Houston Miisciiin o( Natural Sciciuc One Hi'iiiiaiiii (jixlc l)ii\c Houston, Texas TT:«(I-I7!)H USA j\\ise@lnnns.ort; ABSTRACT Booneajiiilisi lias a tliirk, t-onical shell witli spnal eouls crossed by perpendicular axial ribs, wliii'h are absent on the lower half of the bodv whorl. The smooth, heterostrophie protoconch is oriented 120° to the teleoconch axis and submerged 30-35% within the first adult wiiorl. Its head-foot, like those of other members of the genus, is translucent antl lentiginous, with an unnotched mentum. The tentacles, with tentacular pads, are subtriangular, connate, and \entro-laterall\' folded. Tlie buccal pump is divided into anterior (bpl) and posterior sections (bp2), with bp2 three times longer than bpl, Boitiicd jddisi is a simultaneous hermaphrodite and piddiK'es a noii-entieulai- ized speruiatophore, (Characteristic Icaturcs (e.g., alimentan tract configuration) allocate tins species, previously included in the genus Odostomia . in the 'j;enus Koonea. A description of the genus and a discussion ol the Included .species are pre- sented. Additional key unrds functional morphologv, s\steinatics, new combination. ()d(>\li)iiiiii. P\ ramidelloldea, Heterostropha. ixTiionrcTioN In 195'S, Olsson and Mi(iiul\ deseiilicd tlic specie.s Odostomia {Chn/sairula) jadisi. This taxnn, as well as 5.'3.3 other species and suhspccies iucludeil In llieir work, were obtained "niostk (roui l-ioeas del Torn island. Pan- ama. (Caribbean Sea. It is clear IVotii llieir records that O. jadisi was colleetcd on the island; liowe\er. it remains unclear exactlv where. 'I'lie inatcrial obtained (lining tiieir 1953 expedition was from "shore collecting and bv the picking of bcacb drift, earebillv selected In the field." Later, Rios (1970) listed this species from noitliern Bra- zil, while van Rcgtcren Aitena (1975) collected it In two locations in Suriname. More rccenllv. (y jddisi v\as col- lected alive at Sebastian Inlet. I'dorlda. US.\, which al- lowed lor anatomical stiuK and its alloealloii In the ge- nus Boonca. .\ dcserijitioii ol the genus and spec ies and a discussion ol species eiiireiilK assigned lo the genus are iirovided. MATERIALS AND METHODS Specimens ol Booiic/i jadisi were collected bv scrubbing the undersides of inter- to subtidal rocks. Debris were separated through a series of sieves, the smallest with a mesh size of 0.25 nun. Mud and sand was rinsed oil bdiii the inateiial with seawater, and specimens sorted miller a dissecting microscope. Living snails were main- tained in bowls of aerated seawater. Snails were photo- graphed with a Pentax 35 mm camera mounted on a Zeiss Tessovar dissecting microscope. Sliidls were cracked with a vise and removed, and snails were dis- sected whole. Whole animals and alimentan and repro- ductive svstems, betore and alter excision. v\cre stained with toliii(hne blue to enhance moiphological detail. Line drawings were produced under a Leica MZS tlis- secting microscope with drawing tube. Shells and oper- enla were cleaned bv sonicatiou. air-dried, coated with gold-palladium, and examined under a |EOL [SL 6000 scanning electron microscope set at 5-10 K\'. Institu- tional abbreviations are: .^NSP. Academv ol Natural Sci- ences ol I'lilladelphia; LISNM, National .Museum ol Nat- ural Histoi'v. Smitlisoniau Institution: IIMNS, Houston Museum ol Natural Science. sY,sri;M viics b'aniilv Pv r.miidelhdae ( u'av. I S40 Siiblaniilv Odostomiinae Pelseener, 192S (a'lius Hooiica Robertson, I97S Botincd belieilsiiii, 1;)7S: .jlil. I'vpe sjiecies: jdiniiiid sciiuillidd (.',B. .\cl.uiis. IS;>9, bv original desi'j;iiatl()t naiTowinii posterior to propodiuni, widening and naniiwing again posteriorK to a hlunt tip. Posterior pi'd- al '^land producing attachment thread. Tentaeles sul)- triangular, connate ( = conjoinetl at tentacular bases, see Wise 199fi; p, 455, figs. 2rA-C), ventrodaterall\ folded: tentacular pails present. Eves suhepitlielial. on median sides of tentacle bases, ,\nterior iiientum edge imiiotch- ed and mentuni not bifurcate ( = not biseiled longitu- dinallv). Intnnert-proboscis aperture on \entral side ol head, dorsal to meiituiii base. Dorsal and xcntral ciliateil strips |ommg on mantle I'ool at posterior cut! of mantle ca\it\. \eiitial ciliated strip gland composed of uiostK white cells, with a lew scatteretl \ellow to orange cells, underking 2()-25'/( of most anterior portion ot \entral ciliated strip. Small, ob- long pigmented mantle organ (PMO) composed primar- il\- of bright \ellow cells, although generalK' some num- ber of clear, orange, green, browii, or ri'd cells present depending on species. Intro\ert joining buccal sac. which is composed of sucker, mouth, sheathed st\let with separate opening, oral tube, and stxiet bulb. Buccal sac joining buccal pump, which is di\"ided into anterior (bpl) and posterior sections (bp2). E.sophagus originating on \entral siirlace ol bpl-b[i2 junction, Salivan' gland ducts entering gut and extending parallel to one another within walls of bpl and entering stvlet bulb without exiting alimentan' tract. Salixan glands not attached distallv to esophagus. Penis globose or small, with rounded anterior and liiilboiis posterior, Peni,s located outside and \entral to nene ring, Non- cnticularized spermatophores transterreil ilnring mating and usnalK (although see below) attached to posterior portion of snail's neck (e.g., in Boom/i sciiiiiintld ' or deep within mantle ca\ibi' on dorsal mantle wall to lell ol e\- cni-rent siphon (e.g., in B. iinprcs'ia and /■> luMititi filial Bintiicd jiidisi (Olsson and McGint\, 195S) new combination (Figures 1-13) OildstKiiiid iClinisdllidii) jadisi Olsson and McCIiiits', 1958: 43, pi. 1, (igs. 11a, 11: Abbott, 1974: 294. no. 3497. Mcncstlio jmlisi (Olsson and McGintw 19.5S): Ode and Speers, 1972: 7, Chnjsdlluld j(i(li\i (Olsson and McOintx. 195Si: \aii Hegteren Altena, 1975: 78, figs, 33a. b. Hi.)v 19V)t: IS7, pi, (il. W'l- 874. -Material examined: Holot\pe ot Oilostuniid \C'lin/- Millhla) jailisi Olsson and McGintx 195-8, AN.SP 21 191b. T\pe localit^: Bocas del Toro L, NE Panama, March 1953. T\pe lot of ()(/()s/(i/;i;(; t('Iin/\(illi(l(i ' iiinhd Hall and Bart.sch, f911, U.S\M 2232-S4, 7 specimens (a dis- tinct species examined for comparatixe puiposes), T\pe localitx': Bernnula. All specimens fortius stnd\' were col- lected' at Sebastian Inlet. Florida, USA (27°51.fi' \. S0°26.9' W), b\ author uruler rocks just west ol the bridge, on the' north side of the inlet ( 199.S-2()0()), Voucher specimens ol' B. jadisi IIMNS C:at. No. 49()fi9, Ta.vonomie remarks: Dejong and Coomans (1988^ suggested tli:it the species is closeK related to C/i ;"i/.sr;/- lidii iiitihii ii):tll and Bartseh, 1911). E.xamiuation of tin- txpes ol this species ii'sciiled that this .species is con- chologicalK simil.ii to /> jiidi\i llowe\er, as noted l.)\' Dall and Bartseh (1911: 2S(ii in their original descriji- tioii, ,ind b\ ne|oiig and ('oomaiis i 1988), the proto- concli. unlike those ol most |)\ ramidellids, is scored b\' spiral grooNcs. The t\pe lot ol C. itioba (7 specimens. L'SNM 223284) contains a siiecimen, originalK desig- nated as the figured t\pe . llowc\cr, this t\pe was not figured in the original description (Dall and Bartseh, 1911:286). Description: Shell dnd iijicrcnhiin I'iiiiii'cs 7— S '; Shell white, thick, conical, at least 3.5 mm in length, with 5- b adult wiiorls (figurt's 1. 2, 8). Teleoconch whorls with 4-5 spiral cords parallel to sutures. ( a)rds of upper wliorls ci'ossed b\ perpendicular :i\ial ribs, giving a can- cellate appe:irance (figures l-3i. hitersection of ribs and cords (forming \v\\ slight nodes) delineating nunierous. fairK deep, generalK rectangular depressions. Bod\' whorl appioximatcK 5iV'/t of shell length, witli ouK iiji- per one-half of spiral cords crossed In' axial ribs, bower lialf with onlv spiral c-ords, separated by grooves c-on- stnicted of linear series of irregnlarK' shaped depressions (figures 1, 2). Oxate, auricular aperture with scalloped thick outer lip and llnted base. Recessed, single, acute colnmellar fi>ld on upper half of columella peipendicular to coluniellar axis. Smooth, heterostrophic, protoconcii oriented 120° to teleocoiR-h ;ixis. submerged 30-35% within first adult whorl, with earliest portion of proto- concii partialK exposed (figures 4, 5), Operculum brown, auricular, paucispiral, with su!)centric nucleus, lacking notcli to accommodate colnnu'llar fold, and completeK closing aperture i figures (i. 7), Hcdd-fnot and iisiri/d udiw (Fif^un's U-IOJ: Head-foot transluct'Ut. lentiginous, with scattered wiiile c-ells. Pro- podium with \eiT .slight medial indentation antl rounded antero-lateral edges (figures 9, 10). Foot narrowing pos- terior to propodiuni (pd>. then widening to gradnall)' ta- per to blunt apex. Pechil gland i producing attachment thread) within posterior end of (k'c'p and long medial groove (pmg) extending from miiliUe to posterior end of \entral surface of foot ifignre 10). Tentacles subtrian- gular, connate, vcntro-lateralK fiilded. Tentacular pads present. Exes widelx sp:ucd. bhick. with lenses beneadi epithelium on median sides of tentai-les ite'. .Anterior mentuni (me) edge mmotchetl and not longitudinailx bi- sected (figure 9). Digestixe tissue of xisceral mass pale orange, xelloxx- broxxn or light brown, witli red flecks. Miindiitan/ tract (Fiffirr 11 <: Hetnicted introxert-pro- bo.scis (p) extending posteriorlx from its aperture on xeii- tral side of head, dorsal to nieiitum base, to enter ce- phalic hemocoel. Proboscis joining biiccd sac (hs) that is connected to buccal pump. Buccal pump dixided into anterior (bpl) and posterior sections (bp2), xxith bp2 three times loiima tli:m bpl: bji 1 round in cro.ss-.section. Page 70 THE NAUTILUS. \ol. 115. No. 2 Table 1. Species a.ssigned to tlie neiius Booncti Holiert-soii. 197S. .-\ngle of protoeoncli ineliiuiHoii (= deviation scnsu Knii;ht et al. 1960i. "r siiliinerijeiice witliin teli'oconch and ratio.s of hjil and hp2 lor se\('n species ol B(n)iira. Tlie uut anatfimies of/? hiMilurnli'i. />' khijiiiiiii and /i' sainiii .iic unknown. NA = Inlorniatioii luit a\ailai)li" Species .Angle {") Snhniergence (%) hpl vs. I)p2 Boonea l>i.sutiiralis (Sav, 1822) B. cincta ((."aipenter. 1864) B. iinprcssa (Sav, 1822) B. jndisi (Olsson and McGinty, 1958) B. kinpana Hon and Nakannn'a, 1999 B ok/iiininii Hon and Okntani, 1996 B sciHinudn (C.B. .Vdanis. 18.39) B. soincri (Aerrill and Bnsli. 190(1) B siuunui Hon and Nakaniura, 1999 B. iiiitliitnuHitlii Ilori and ()kntani. 1995 120 130 130 120 140 135 120 130 130 135 40-45 30-35 40-45 30-35 50-55 33.3 40-45 40-45 30-35 50 NA 1,0:1.0 3.0:1.0 1.0:3.0 NA 1.0:1.7 51.5:1.0 NA 1.0:1.4 2.0:1.0 thickened along last one-third of its length; hp2 wider, somewhat lateralK' flattened, distalK roinuleil (figure 11), Esophagius (es) elongated, witli tnherculate surface, originating on \entral surface of alirnentai-v tract at junc- tion of l)pl-l)p2. Esophagus extending into \isceral mass to join stomach. SalivaiT gland ducts (sd) entering ali- mentaiy tract immediately anterior to hpl-hp2 junction, e.xtending parallel to one another within walls of bpl, and entering st\let bulb (sb) without exiting alimentary tract. Paired sali\ai"\' glands (sgl) not attached distallv to esophagus. Well-developed vesicles (sglt\) forming tei- minus of each gland, I'allidl cavitij: A]iterior mantle eilgc finch plicate, with small, single dark ceils at suiface and larger, aggregates of white cells just posterior to mantle edge. Dorsal and veTitra! ciliated strips joining on mantle roof at posterior end of mantle ca\itv. \'entral ciliated strip gland com- posed of mostK white cells, with a few scattered \ellow or orange cells, underKing 20-25% of most anterior por- tion of ventral ciliated strip. Small, oblong [pigmented mantle organ (P.VIO) consisting of ven' dark brown cells suspended in a matrix ol niaiuK vcllow cells. PMO re- leasing thick, bright \ellow exudate when snail is dis- turbed. Kidnev suspended from mantle roof inimediate- Iv jiosterior to P.VIO. Peiicardi:i! ea\it\ with heart com- posed of single auricle and \cnliiele, immediatelv pos- terior to kidney at jmiction of maulle ea\il\ and \iseeial mass, Reprofliictivc st/stcDi (Figure 12): Simultaneous her- niaphrf)dite, with ovaiy and testis within loiiules of single gonad ( = ovotestis). Gonad filling concave side of vis- ceral mass, Ovotestis connecled to seminal vesicle bv narrow hermaphroditic duct. Short duet joins seminal vesicle to coelomic gouoduct. This |)ortiou of gonoduet inchides fertilization chamber and convergence points of seminal receptacle and albumen, mucous and pallial glands. Reproductive .svstem monaulic. Common pallial gonoduet extending anteriorlv beneath mantle floor to open on right side of head, anterior to right tentacular base above dorsum of foot. When retracted, penis lies inside cavit>', outside and ventral to nene ring. Penis with rounded (retracted) to slightly attenuated (protract- ed) anterior end (atp), widening to ciliated (c), bulbous posterior (bbp) (figure 12). Posterior muscle fibers (nif") attach penis to cavitv. Penis extending to outside via me- dial opening, immediatelv' ventral to nientum, \on-cu- ticularized spermatophores extruded through gonoduet opening. Spermatophore placement not obsened, how- ever, in one individual, it was attached to an opercuhun (figure rS). NeiTous si/stem: Epiathroid. Nene ring, including vis- ceral ganglion (but minus o.sphrachal ganglion and buccal ganglia), is highlv concentrated and encircles alimentan tract. The outl\ing osphradial ganglion is coimecteil to supraesophageal by long nerve extending across nen'e ring immediatelv anterior to proboscis. Buccal ganglia attached to surface of prinian' retractor muscle (figure 11, prni' at distal portion ol inverted proboscis, EeologA' and Distribution: hi silii feechug was not obseived, althougli on several occasions in the labora- torv, B. jadisi fed ([uite readilv on Ccriihidco costata (pers. obs.) Boouca jadisi occiu's from Florida, into Texas and south to Uruguav (Ode and Speers, 1972: .\bbott, 1974: Rios, 1994).' Rios (1994) reported it on San^assum in Brazil. DISCUSSION Robertson i 197S, U)9(i) h:is aigued that slu'll eli;uacter- istics provide poor clues loi' developing liv jiotlK'Ses of Figures 1-8. Scanning electron niieropliotograplis ol sliell and oi)ere\ilnni ol Booiu-a jadisi 1. Apertnral vit'w. 2. Dorsal vii'w. Scale bar = 600 |xin. 3. Enlargement of upper portion of teleoconeh to reveal detail ol sliell sculpture. Scale bar = 100 |jLin. 4. Apical view of protoconch. Scale bar = 100 nin. 5. UatiTal viev\ of protoeoncli. Scale bar = 100 |j.ui 0. 7. Opcrcninni. 6. .Mtachment side. 7. Unattached side. Scale bar = 100 |j.iii 8. Shell with speiinatophore attached to opeiciiliiiu. Scale bar = 500 jj-in. spin = sperniatopliore. B. Wise. 2001 Pa«e 71 ra-'e 72 THE XAUTIIA'S. \ol. 115. No. 2 pd- Figure 9. Livins^ Boonca jinlisi. Sc;ile bar = 1 iiiiii. iiu' uu'iituui, [xl = propodiiiiii, te = tentacle. pn)i)iiu|iiit\ witliiii the F\ raniick'lliilac. 'I'iic p\ laiiiiiU'llid genus Boouea contain.s stneral .species with dilteriini; in- terspecific shell nu)iph()l()i(hi \s. iiii- pressa or himiumUs). inchidint:; protoconi'h c()iifiy;nia- tions. as well as interspecific variations in angle ol incli- nation anil percent oi protoconcli sul)inerpfcfcn irrddidits. ('nii'ihulnin stridltiiu. MiHlinlu^ miHliahis. Pldcopcc- tcii lud^clldiiiciis. Ccukcnsid dciiiissd. C.rcncUd drciuirid (see Koheitson and .\lan-Lasto\icka, 1979); New Brvni.swick. Can- ada to New York. USA. H. seminuda (C.B. Adain.s, 1839); Did.sloiud dllcnidtiim. Civ- piduld fornicdtd. C. pldiid. Cnissostrcd i:ir0iucd. MciTciuirid mcrcendria. Arfitijxctc ii irnuhdiis. (.' 'jjhhus. Cnicil>uliiiii stri- dliim. Modiolus inodiohis. Vldcopciicn iiid'^cUdiiicns, Mi/tilii.s cdiilis. Urosalpinx liiicrcd. Ili/diidssd oh.soletd. Ndssdriiis trivil- tdtus (see Robertson and Man-L:isto\ii'ka. 1979); Prince Ed- ward I., Canada .south to Florida; Texas. USA. B. cincta (Caipenter, 1864): .\slri-ti iiiidiKd. A. ^^ihhcrosd. Nor- ri.sid uorrisi. Hdliofis sp. (see l,;il''iillelle, 1977); Santa Barbara, Calilomia, US.*^, soutli to ('.ulf of ( l;ilil()rnia, Mexico. B. jadisi (Olsson and McCintx. 1958); Host ;// situ unknown; in the laboraton-Cc/-;7/i(V/iY/ costdtd (this study); Florida, into Te.xas, USA, and south to Urni^uav. B. someri (\errill and Bush. 1900): unknown: Berniiid;i soutli to Texas. USA (see Ode. 1993). B. iiiulxtiiiocohi lion ;Ln(l ()kul;nii. 1995: I'liilxniiiiiii iiioiiih- ffnim. (see Hon ;in(l ()kut;iin. 19951; Tonnoka Ba\. Ixunia- nioto. Japan. B. okamurui Hon ;ind ()kut;ini. 1996: ('(dius okamolni. C. sdZdukd t/oshioi. I'.. Jidiiilds (see Hon and ( )kntani. 1996); Okataura Beach, Hachijo Iskuid, |.ip.in B. Huoana Hori and Nakaniura, 1999; Bdiiidlia i iicsci'iis (see Hori and \ak;nnnra, 19991; Vaniat;uchi Prelectiue. |;ipan. B. kinpinia Hori ;ind \;ik;unnr;i. 1999: proh;iliK Aliiiiti pcr- tindtd (see Hori ;in(l \;ik;iiiMua, 1999): '>ania'j;uclii Pi-electure. Japan, ways) to Dr. M. Rice and her st;iri at tlic Snutlisdinaii .Marine Station at Ft. Pierce, Morida. This is Siiiithsoii- ian .Marine Station Contrihiilion No. .515. LITERATI) iu<: (:rn<;n .\bbott. 1^ T 1974. Anicrican seasiiells, 2"' ed \aii Noslr;iud- Reiniiold (Jonipany. New York. 663 pp.. 24 pis. Adams. C. B, 1839. Observations on .some species olthe ni.uine .shells o( .Vlassachusetts, with descriptions ol' live new spe- cies. Boston Journal of Natural Hislon, 2: 262-288, pi, 4, Broiiii, H, G, 1848, Index palaeoutologicus oder iibei-sicht der bis jelzt bckannten fossilen Orgauismen, unter mitx\ir- kunij der JJ, Prof, II, R, Cloppert und llerm, \, Mover, ,'\, Nomericlator palaeoutologicus, in ;ilph;ibelisclK'r Ord- nimg, E, Sdiwei/erbartsche, Stuttgart, U\X.\I\' +13S1 pp, ( .■;n-pen(i r, P P. 1S64, Suppleuientarx report ot the present state ol oui' knowledge with regard to the mollusca of the west coa,st of North America, Report of the British Asso- ciation for the .\d\ancement of Science for 1863: 517- 686, IXiII. W H ;ind P, Bartsch. 1911, New .species of shells from HcrniiuLi. Proceedings of the United States National ,\lu- seuiii 40; 277-288, f)cjiing, K, -VI. and H. E. Cooiiians, 1988. M;Lnne gastropods Irom ('\ir;iy;io, .\niba, and Bonaire, E. |. Brill Publishing Coiiipain, Leiden. Netherlands. 153 pp.. 47 pK. Erettei. \'. ;iiid .\. (Jraharn. 1949. The structure aiul mode ol lite ot the Psrauiidellidae. parasitic opisthobrauchs. |our- nal ol .Marine Biological .Association ol the United King- dom. 28: 493-532. Ilas/.pnmar. C. 1988. (.)n the origin and evolution ol iii.ijor gastr()])o(l groups, with special reference to the 8lrepto- ni'uni. |ouru,il ol Molluscan Studies 54: 367—441. lion, S, ,uiil r, ( )kiitani. 1995. A new pvrami. 'Ilic cctcipaiiisi- tisni oi' BoDiicd and Fdi'ilfia (Gastropoda; 1\ raiiiulcilid.ie). Bioloiiical i5iilletin 157: .320-333. Saurin, E. 195S. Pvraniidellidae de Pho-Hai (Sud-\ let-Nani). Annales de Ki Faculte des Sciences, Saisjon. I95S: (S3-S(S. 9 pis. Samin, E. 1VJ59 l'\raiiiulellidac dc \t;a-'rran<4 i\ icliiani!, .An- nales de la Faculte des Sciences, Sai, .\ii;il(iiii\ ami limelional moiphologsot the feetliug striicliiiis ol llie eiloparasilic gastropod Bootica iinprcssd i l'\i;imidellidae). Malacologia .35: 119-1.34. Wise, |. B. 1996 Moiphologx and pli\logenetie relationships of certain p\ laiiiidellid ta\a ( I h'terohrancliiai. .Nhilacologia 37:443-511 Wise, |, B. 2000, .\iKitom\ :iiul s\slciiialic placemeiil of .S«//(7/r( laciiilfitd ((iastropoda: P\rainidellidae: Saxellinaei. |our- nal of Molluscan Studies 66: 199-124. THE NAUTILUS 115(2):76, 2001 Paee 7R Notices Tables i)f contents ol The \iiiililii.s now a\ailcil)lr onlnic Till' tal)lrs ol contents ol I lie Xiiiililiis are Ijcinii nploadcd inio llic joninal wchsitc i\\A\A\.slicllninscnni,on^/ nantilns-conteiits.Iitnii ). \\ c lia\e so lar uploaded 60 ont ol tiic I 15 \olnnics ol tlie join'nal. Tlie tallies are ciirrentK' a\ailal)lc in html format ("Hat" files), lint we hope to make the contents laiul associated ke\A\drds) searchable in the \'en' near future. Please I'eler to the website for adilitional inloiination and instructions to authors of The Xinitiliis. ^3^^S i/JT'fS 'J KJV-^ This publication is sponsored in part b\ llie State of Florida, f^epartnient ol Slate, Division ol ( Jiitnial .Alfaii's. and the Florida \i"ls ( ,'oniii il INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS THE NAUTILUS publishes papers on all aspects of the biology and systematics of niollusks. Manuscripts describing original, unpublished research as well as review articles will be considered. Brief articles, not exceeding 1000 words, will be pubhshed as notes and do not require an abstract. No- tices of meetings and other items of interest to malacolo- gists will appear in a news and notices section. Manuscripts: Each original manuscript and accompan)ing illustrations should be submitted in triplicate. Text must be typed on one side of 8y2 X 1 1 inch white paper, double spaced throughout (including literature cited, tables and figure captions), with at least 1 inch of margin on all sides. All pages must be numbered consecutively. If printed on a word processor, the right margin should be ragged rather than justified. Authors should follow the recommendations of the Scientific Style and Format — The CBE Manual for Authors, Editors, and Publishers, which is available from the Council of Science Editors, Inc., 11250 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 8, Re.ston, VA 20190, USA (http://www.cbe.org/ cbe). The first mention of a scientific name in the text should be accompanied by the taxonomic authority, includ- ing year. Latin names and words to be printed in italics must be underlined; leave other indications to the editor. Metric and Celsius units are to be used. The sequence of sections should be: title page, abstract page, introduction, materials and methods, results, discus- sion, acknowledgments, hterature cited, tables, figure cap- tions, figures. The title page should include the title, au- thor's name(s) and address(es). The abstract page should contain the title and abstract, which should summarize in 250 words or less the scope, main results and conclusions of the paper. The abstract may be followed by a maximum of 8 key words. All references cited in the text must appear in the literature cited section and vice versa. In the litera- ture cited section, all authors must be fully identified and listed alphabetically. Follow a recent issue of THE NAU- TILUS for bibliographic style, noting that journal titles must be unabbre\iated. Information on plates and figures should be cited only if not included in the pagination. Ta- bles must be numbered and each placed on a separate sheet. A brief legend must accompany each table. Captions for each group of illustrations should be t\ped on a separate sheet and include a key to all lettered labeling appearing in that group of illustrations. All line drawings must be in black, high quality ink, clear- ly detailed and completely labeled. Photographs must be on glossy, high contrast paper. All figures are to be consec- utively numbered (figs. 1, 2, 3, ... , NOT figs, la, lb, Ic, . . . NOR plate 1, fig. 1 . . .). Illustrations must be arranged in proportions tliat will conform with the width of a page (6% inches or 171 mm) or a column (.3V4 inches or 82 mm). The maximum size of a printed figure is 6% by 9 inches or 171 by 228 mm. All illustrations must be fully cropped, mounted on a firm, white backing, numbered, labeled and camera ready. The author's name, paper title and figure number(s) should appear on the back. Original illustrations must be between one and two times the desired final size. It is the author's responsibility that the line weight and let- tering are appropriate for the desired reduction. Original illustrations will be returned to the author if requested. Col- or illustrations can be included at extra cost to the author. Voucher Material: Deposition of type material in a rec- ognized public nmseum is a requirement for publication of papers in which new species are described. Deposition of representative voucher specimens in such institutions is strongly encouraged for all other types of research papers. Processing of Manuscripts: Upon receipt, every manu- script is acknowledged ami sent for critical review by at least two referees. These reviews serve as the basis for ac- ceptance or rejection. Accepted manuscripts are returned to the audior for consideration of die reviewers' comments. Final Manuscript Submission: Authors of accepted manuscripts will be required to submit an electronic version of the manuscript correctly formatted for THE NAUTI- LUS. The formatted manuscript may be sent as an e-mail attachment to nautilus@shelhmiseum.org or in a diskette, preferably prepared using an IBM PC^-compatible text pro- cessor. Original illustrations may be submitted separately by regular mail or as digital files (zip disks or CDs), preferably in TIFF or BMP formats. Proofs: After t)'pesetting, tvvo sets of proofs are sent to die author for corrections. Changes other than typesetting er- rors will be charged to tiie author at cost. One set of cor- rected proofs should be sent to the editor as soon as pos- sible. Reprints and Page Charges: An order form for reprints will accompany the proofs. Reprints may be ordered through the editor. Authors with institutional, grant, or oth- er research support will be billed for page charges at the rate of $60 per printed page. Manuscripts, corrected proofs and coiTCspondence re- garding etUtorial matters should be sent to: Dr. Jos6 H. Leal, Editor, The Nautilus, P.O. Box 1580, Sanibcl, FL 33957, USA. @ This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48- 1 992 (Permanence of Roper). FHE NAUTILUS Volume 115, Number 3 October 31, 2001 ISSN 0028-1344 A (juarterhj devoted to malacology. EDITOR-IN-CHIEF Dr. Jose H. Leal The Biiiley-Matthews Shell Museum 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road Sanibel, FL 33957 MANAGING EDITOR Christina Petrikas The Bailey-Matthews Shell Museum 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road Sanibel, FL 33957 EDITOR EMERITUS Dr. M. G. Harase\v)'ch Department of Invertebrate Zoology National Museum of Natural History- Smithsonian Institution Washington, DC 20560 CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Riidiger Bieler Department of Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, I L 60605 Dr. Arthur E. Bogan North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences Raleigh, NC 27626 Dr. Philippe Bouchet Laboratoire de Biologie des Invertebres Marins et Malacologie Museum Nationiil d'Hi.stoire Naturelle 55, rue Buffon Paris, 75005 France Dr. Robert T.Dillon, Jr. Department of Biology College of Charleston Charleston, SC 29424 Dr. Eileen H. Jokinen 8234 E. North Shore Road SaultSte. Marie, MI 49783 Dr. Douglas S. Jones Florida Museum of Natural Ilistor)' Universit)- of Florida Gaine.sville, FL 3261 1-2035 Dn Harry G. Lee ISOl Barrs Street, Suite 500 Jacksonville, FL 32204 Dr. Charles Lydeard Biodiversity and Systematics Department of Biological Sciences Universit)' of Alabama Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 Dr. James H. McLean Department of Malacolog\' Los Angeles Count)' Museum of Natural Histor)' 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90007 Dr Paula M. Mikkelsen Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History NewYork, NY 10024 Dr. Diarmaid O Foighil Museum of Zoology and Department of Biology University of Michigan Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1079 Dr Gustav Paulay Florida Museum of Natural Histor)' University of Florida Gaines\'ilie, FL 32611-2035 Mr. Richard E. Petit PO. Box 30 North Myrtle Beach, SC 29582 Dr. Gaiy Rosenberg Department of Mollusks The Academy of Natural Sciences 1900 Benjainin Franklin Parkway Philadelphia, PA 19103 Dr. Angel Vildes Department of Malacolog)' Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90007 Dr. Geerat J. Vermeij Department of Geolog)' University of California at Davis Davis, CA 95616 Dr G. Thomas Watters Acjuatic Ecolog)' Laboratory 1314 Kinnear Road Columbus, OH 43212-1 194 Dr. John B. Wise Houston Museum of Natural Science Houston, TX 77030-1799 SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION The subscription rate per volume is US $35.00 for individuals, US $56.00 for institutions. Postage outside the United States is an additional US $5.00 for surface and US $ 15.00 for air mail. All orders should be accompanied by pavTuent and sent to: THE NAUTILUS,'R0. Box 1580, Sanibel, FL 33957, USA. Change of address: Please inform the publisher of your new address at least 6 weeks in advance. All couununications should include both old and new addresses (with zip codes) and state the effective date. THE NAUTILUS (ISSN 0028-1344) is published quarterly b)' The Bailey- Matthews Shell Museum, 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road. Sanibel, FL 33975. Periodicals postage paid at Sanibel, FL, and additional maihng offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: THE NAUTILUS PO. Box 1580 Sanibel, FL 33957 TH EtoNAUTI LUS CONTENTS Wtiiniic 1 15, Xiunhcr 3 October 31, 2001 ISSN 002H-J344 D. L. Geiger The idenliU i>\ Hulit>li\ \li>iitiiliiiiioriiiis Rccxc, ISKi linm B. Owen the Meditei laueaii Sea l( iasliopmla: Netiiiastropoila: Halioti(lae) 77 /\ntoni<) Bonfitto .\ii\li'i>(l(ijiliiiillii (/ro/ri/i oxiv new species I Casliopoda: Mauro Morassi 'Inmdae ' Iroiii Veiiicii l!eil Sea. with ikjIi's on .\ r//rev//s Bruno Sabelli (MeKill. H)()Hi 84 J. R. Slono A chalistie anaKsis i>l speeies n) Ltnuhis I ( ^astrojioda: Stromhiilae) 90 Yuri I. Kanlor Redisco\'en n\ CankUa dorri W'atteliled, 1SS6. with Richard Neil kilburn discussion (it its s\steiiiatic jiositioii (CJastropotla: Neoi^astnipdda: Xassariidae: Wiwodaiilii^ 99 Jeffrey C. Nekola S\steinatii's and cc()l(i'_:;\ nl Cdstrocoptd [iUislrocojitd* Brian F. Coles nyf^iTsensis ((iastropoila: Pu|iillidae), a new species oi laud snail from the Midwest nl the United States of America 105 Erratum 83 Book Re\ iew 114 , '' °3'^°^nic ins:.;j;,Qi NOV 1 4 2001 UTililA'V] ^f T^kW^^ t/ K 1 w f' ^H Wt>^ V Tliis pulilication is sponsored in part l)v till' State ot Florida. Department of State. Division ol Cnltuial Affairs, and the I'lorida Arts ( !onneil THE NAUTILUS 115(3):77-83, 2001 Page The identity of Haliotis stomatiaefonnis Reeve, 1846, from the Mediterranean Sea (CTastropoda: X^etigastropoda: Haliotidae) D. L. Geigei Research Associate, Santa Barbara Museum ot Natural Histon 2559 I'lirsta del Sol Road Santa Barbara, CA 93]()5 USA cLLgeigerCg'hot mail. com B. Owen V () 1^()\ (id I Ciialala, ( :A ;r)H5 USA bu/abiiianln'nicn.on' ABSTRACT Haliotis stoiiKitiiirfonnis Ree\e, LS46, is slii)\\n to be a sniior S)iionym ot H. ncfllcctci Philippi, LS48. A Icctotspc is here di-s- ignated. Soft parts, radula, habitat, and behavior of the species are described and compared to those of other oblong species with which //. \l(iiii(iti(icf('n)us has been conhised in the past. Size at maturit\' is estimated to be 21.95 mm using shell mor- phometries. The species is confirmed as a fourth species in the Mediterranean Sea liased on discrete differences in shell mor- phologN' and epipodial moi-jiholog)'. The species is restricted to Malta and SiciK, Additional kcij aord.s: Gastropoda, Haliottilae, Mediterranean, taxononn. soft parts, radula. shell, behavior IXTHOlJUt.TlON The familv Haliotidae is a vvell-kiiovvn group ol gastio- pods, paiticularlv due to the economic inipurlance of larger species in the seafood indnstn'. .Accortlinglv. the focus of most studies has heen on the conmiercial spe- cies found in teni[ieiate waters, whereas ihe tropical ali- alone species havi' received less atti'ntion. Tiie global treatment of all ahalone tiixa of Geiger (UJOS; 1099; 2000), Geiger and Poppe (2000). and (ieiger and (iioves (1999) has renewed interest in this familv. As was to he expected, some of tlie more ti-ntativc conclusions ol Geiger (1998) have heen confirmed, vvliile othi-rs are in need of revision. Here we correct the record ol the high- ly contentious taxou }lidioti\ stoinuruiffonnis Reeve. 184fi, with hearings on a seconil tavon. //. ur200 shells, fi animals (3 alive in ;i(|n;irinm ol .\. Wright, .Mal- ta), all from Malta; four shells from (Catania, Sicilv, Italv (leg. Danilo Scnderi, B()(C, L.UCM 1.52723). Haliotis lidnnulata Linnaeus. 17.5S. Ir tli<' Mediterranean; > 1.000 shells. > 750 animals. Utiliolis squnnuila Reeve, bS4fi: > 250 shells, > 50 ;niimals. Haliotis clissoiui (Ire- dale, 1929): > 100 shells, 2 dried bodies. Standard scanning electron microscope (SEMI tech- niques were emploved; for details see Geiger (1996) and Stevv;irt ;uid (Ceiger (1999i. The radula terminologv' fol- lows that usive. 184(i (Figures l-t. 7-fl. IH. 19, 20 > llaliolis '.loiiialiaiiorinis Ri'cve ^fS46a; 57). — Reeve 1 1 S4(ib; species 7.3. fii;. 74). — Sovverby (1882: 2(i-27, pi. 3, figs. 22-23, pi. 14, fig. 113).— Kaicher (1981: 2897): copyof Reeve's figure. — Ubaldi (1993: II, 3-2). Listed ;js unspec- ified svnonvni. — Geiger (2000; fi.3-64, 68, figs. 14. 147, 150).— Geiger and I'oppe (2()()(); 88-89. fig. 74. pi. 2 figs. 1-3. 5a-b).— Owen et al. (2001 ). not: Haliotis sloinatiarfonnis. — Wagner and .\bbott (197S: ()()-2()l) 1= H rrtnV/|.— Talmadge (19(i3; 1.34-1.35. fig. 5) [= H. irtri«|.— Ostergaard (1935; 7, 34) [//. sp.].— Page 7S THK XAlTILrS \ol. 115. No. 3 Figures 1-4. S\\v\h ot H. sioiiuitiiicfonnis. 1, 2. Bahar-ic-ciiirluui. .Malta, 2-3 m, 6 Nov. 1999, length 24 mm, BOC 15. 3, 4. Sciutu il-Kl)ir rocks, verv clo.se to the tiiiv islet of F"ilfla, .South of Malta, 2 m taken live, 7 Mav 1995, length 24 mm, BOC 4. Figures 5-(i. Shell o{ Hiilioti.s (lissiiiui. Site 142. Astrolahe Reef, Fiji, length 17 nmi. |K(;. Casto de Elera (1896: 424) [= H. sp.].— Pilsbn' (1890: 89, pi. 49, figs. 30-35) [= H. sp.].— Fischer and Fi- scher-Piette ('l939: 263) [= H. sp.].— llahe and Kosiige (1964: 7) [= H sp.]. H. ncuJccta Fhilippi (I84S: 16).— Pliilippi (IS47-IS51: 91-92. pi. 9 figs. 4a. 4b: .see tieiger 11998: note 8] for error in figure lalieling). — Ubaldi (1987: 285). Reference to spe- cie.s as v;did, but not figured.— Ubaldi (1993: II, 3-1). Listed as unspecified sviionym. Geiger (1998: 96-98, figs. 20-21). Type Material: Three .speciiiien.s of H. stouiatiacfor- mis are deposited in the I5.\1.\II ( 195().:3. 16.22-24). One ol the specimens (36 iiim length) corresjionds in size to tlie one llhi.stnited hv Hee\e (lS46h: pi. 17 Rg. 74) and bears a pajier label in(htating "T\pe". Thi.s .specimen (Geiger and Poppe, 2000: pi. 2 fig. 3) is here designated as lectofspe; tlie otlier t^vo specimens (Geiger and Pop- pe, 20()(): pi. 2 figs. 1, 2) become paralectot)pes (shell length 30 mm and 45 nmi). .\11 three specimens have a similar coloration and correspond more or less to Heeve's fignn>. sp^ Discussion of Synonvmv: llaliotis sti>iniitiacfi>n)iis is a senior .synonvm ol //. nc^lcrln. The t\pe material in the BMNII consists ofspecimens of the Medileiranean species known now from Malta and SiciK. The tspes have several characters in cominon with recentk eol- lected, Mediterranean specimens. Direct ciiiii]iai isnn witli tile t\pe of//. tw common in .Malta. P'urtliermorc the two original ilescri|iti()ns (see below) show a number ol close similarities, which are indicated b\- numbers in curl\- brackets: |1) the o\erall oval oblong shape of the shell; {2j the conve.\it)' of the shell; |3[ the spiral sculpture; 14} tiie fine folds seen in the juxt'uile part ol the shell: |51 the ven' eccentric spire. Translation of Original Descriptions: "Species 73. (Fig. 74, Mus. C^nming. ) llaliotis stomaiidcformis. Shell oblong ovate |1|, xeiv conxi'x 12], spiralK striated |3), radiallv fineK' plicated (4|, spire nearh' terminal (5|, elevated; five perforations open: marbleil with oli\e and green. Lives in New Zealand." "76. Haliotis iicjilccta Ph. liaUotis with a o\al oblong shell |1), somewhat convex, with spiral striation jSj, white, with red maculatioii; with 4-5 open holes; part lietween the holes and the margin convex (2); spire small. side\v:ivs |5|. Length 1 1'"; width R-6.5'"; height 3- 3.5'". Home: Sit ilv. rare. Spii'al grooves and lidges approximatelv 34-32 be- tween spiie ;nid holes, approximatcdv 7 between the holes and the uuu'gin: little conspicuous, radiating tolds finalK extinguished towartls the spire 14|. Differs Irom voung //, niiiosfi |i,am;u'ck. 1S22 or R eeve. 1846':^ an( liniicllosd 1' bv (he more iiairow lorni illdl /'(/giw/ 11'" long but 7.5'" wide' 2' bv the nmeh snuiller spire |5|, 3) bv the p:ni between the spile :uid the holes much more convex 121. I' bv the p:irl between the spii'c and the margin si mi lark em i vex. not at all giooved. and 51 bv the ledge can"\ing IIk- holes mil distinct: ;ind also 6' bv the less picniiinenl spire. Description: Sliidl (figures 1-4) arched, medium vvciglil oi- ihickness. nuLxinnnn size 45 nun (jiaralecto- tX'pe). Spiral cords smooth, ol variable stieiigth, 20-35 between suture and row ol holes. One slicing cord usn- D. L. Ceitrer and B. Owt'ii. 2001 Paa;e 79 Figurt's 7-15. SI-'.Ms ol ladiilac 7-11. llnlinU^ \hiiiiiili,iijiiiini\ ISOC 7. Oxcnicw (il i.uliil.ir ribbon, scale bar = .500 |jliii. 8. Rac'liidiuii ami hit. ml tdotli I. Scale bar = 1(1(1 jxiil 9. l.alna! Icrtli .5-5, Sc.ilc bar = Kid (iiii. 10. Cusps of inner marginal teeth. .Scale bar = 5(1 ijini 11. Cusps (if'uiiikllc ruart^iual tcetli. Scale bar = 2(1 |jlim 12-1.5. Kacliidiau and lateral tooth 1 of some oblong abalone species. 12. Haliotis clc^ans. US.\.\1 .■5(i(iy4(l, 13. Iliilictis tlissoim. JKC, .Astrolabe Beef. Site .No. SS, in Cnjptoplax lar- VM'fonuis with coralline algae. Februan 1995; note sliaip angle lormed by cutting edge and primary ridge of lateral tooth I. Scale bar = .50 )j.ur 14. Haliofis ;J(ihni. Note shaip angle lormed b\ cutting edge and jiriman ridge ollaleral tooth 1. Scale l)ar = 200 (xm. 15. Uiiliotis s(punnata. SBMXH. East of Cape I'resfon. Hetinard Haw Western Australia. Scale !)ar = 200 (xnr Fiijui-es 1()-18. Representati\e epipodial section (A llnliuli^ spp Hi. IhilUHis sloimitiiicfttniiis. B( K 17. Iliilinlis tiihcrciilatii. SB.MXli e\ DLC. 18. Haliotis sqnnatiniis were made in acjuariums. The species is veiy active at night, last mo\- iug. and \er\' light sensitixe. It moves nuicli faster :iu 21.95 nun (arrow) the number of open holes does not change with size (p = 0.11). Insert: histogram of number of open holes for shells larger than 21.95 nun: mean = 4.2 (SD = 0.66), mode = 4, n = 146. 2001). One specimen o/ H slotudliacfonnis grew from approximatelv 25 mm to appioximatelv 35 mm in one vear. We were able to estimate size at maturit\ irom shell mni-phological dat;i. nameK length and the number of open holes. Breakpoint regression anaKsis on data from H. tuherculata has shown that the breakpoint tor these tA\'o \ariables corresponds closely with published size at maturit\' as deteiniiiied from gonad studies (Geiger, 199S). As in H. luhcrculatn. in H stoiiuitiacfonnis there is an a weak trend to increase the munber of open holes with size (m = 0.13), although linear regression anaKsis was onl\ marginalK significant (r- = 0.016, F, .^^ = 3.24, p = 0.073, n = 200) o\er the a\'ailable size range (13.5- 42.0 nun). Breakpoint regression auiilvsis with Quasi- New ton loss function (r- = 0.72) determined the break- point to be at 21.95 nmi (figure 20), which is taken as the best estimator oi size at nuituritx. Linear regression anaKsis for specimens larger tluin 21.95 mm is insignil- icant (r- = 0.017, F, ,_,, = 2.54, p = 0.11, n = 14fS! with ;i mean number of open holes of 4.2 (SD = O.fifi: figure 20). Haliotis stomal iacformis matures at a considerabK' suKiller size than //. tuherculata (33 nun), but both ma- ture at appro.ximalcK luill their m:i\inmm size. Remark.s: D.X.\ se([uence data oi the Uistone 3 gene ir;igment confirm that H. stoiiiatiacfonni.s is distinct liiim //, luhcrculntn . the .32S bp lr:igmcnt shows 23 dis- ci'ele dillcrenccs. Intcispecilic \, illation between other species pairs ol llahi>li\ sp. i:iilges Irom 12 to 24. No intiasjiecific \ariation was detected in similar DN.\ se- i|ui'nces of three specimens ol //, nihiiiinosa Recne, IS 10. :uid two specimens ol //, varid Limiiiciis, 1 75S, ((ieigcr, iiiipnbl. d;it:i.). DISCUSSION C^oiiiparisons: I luliolis dissoud i I'lgures 5-fi, 13): This Wcstein l':icific species is disliibiilcd Irom the Marian:is. D. L. CvU'vr aiul H. Owen, 2()()1 'aee SI Micronesia, New (^aletlonia. to 'lon'j;a. lis s[iir,il cokIs are nuieli coarser and their numlier l)et^^^■en ihr sulinc and the row oi treniata is approxiinatcK 12. e pared to > 20 in H. stoinatidcfiiniiis. The nniiilier n\ open lioles is approxiniatek tlie sanu' in // ilissmia i4-5i and H. stonuitiacfonnis (.3-H. mode = 4'. Th(> coloration is off-white with lar^e, irre(j;ular c<)Io?-ed aieas in lirown. red, and i^n^en tones. Finlher illustrations of the speeii-s can lie lonnd m Kaicher (1981), Geiijer ( UWS: 2()(l()i, and Ceiger ami Poppe (2000). R.MJl'L.^ (Fignre 13): The radula shows the s(ron'.,;I\ ansadar lateral toolh I sci-n in some ollirr indo I'acilic species, such as //. iiniii and //, ;J(ihni (imilni. 1791 (cf. Geiger, 1999, figure 141. Tlie epipodinm and hvpoh- ranchial gland are cnrrentiv unknown; the two dried specinu-ns ilid not allow their assessment. liilliotis stjiKiDKild: I^'onnd predomnuintK m Westeiii Australia, hut additional specnnens hdiii \ ietnani and Indonesia lia\c come to light in recent \r.iis iCiei^cr. 2000; D. Reid, pers. connn.; .\. 'iliompson. pers. comm.). It is mueli larger (7-(S cm) than II. sttiiiidlidc- fonnis (4.5 em). Compared to H. .stoiiialiaii'oniiis. the spiral cords ol iiido-l-'aeific specimens ol // siiiuiiiKiIri are somewhat stronger, and \en much stronger in West- ern Australian specimens of H. sijunuuitii. which e\eii bear coarse scales. The nmnlier of holes is much greater (6-9, mode = 8) as compared to f/. stdiiuitiriffoniiis (3- 6, mode = 4). Tlu' first open hole nl // sijiuiiiuild lies well in the posterior part of the shell, \\here;is in // stomatiacfonitis it is found in the anterior halt. The coloi" is usualK uniform ilark reddish brown to si'pia. Iiregular folds in the eark whorl are onK' known from one spec- imen Ironi Indonesia (IDLCJ .\.\B 13g). In most sjieci- mens the concentric sculpture is confined to stronger growth lines. The species has been illustrati'd in Hinton (1978), Ei.senbersi (1981), Kaicher (1981), Wells and Bn-ce (1985), DJiarma (1988), Wilson (1993), Ca-igcr (2000), and Geiger and I'oppe (2000). Radula (Figure 15); The central field is similar to that of H. stoiiuitiaifiiniiis. Lateral teeth 3-5 ilo not be;ir denticles. The denticles on the nuirgiiial teeth are s\ in- metrical. EpIPODRI.VI (Figure 18): Ilnlintis SijUiniKlid ;m. Ubaldi (1987). I'oppe and C;oto (1991), Geiger 120001. Gt.i.^er and Foppe (2000), and Owen et'al. i20()l). R\i)i i.\: Hachidian tooth tnipe/oid. cutting edge con- \e\ without ihiekening. Lateral toolli 1 primary' ridge wilhniil eon(.a\e depression, secoudaiA' ridge snuiHer than piinuiiA rid'^e. inserting ;it 2/3 ol the height of the lootli, Later;il leetli .'1-5 without denticles. The marginal teeth show s\ iiiiiK'triciil denticles on cusp. Fi'ii'onn \i (I''ignre 171; The epipodinm is ol moder- ate width, i.e.. much wider th;m in // stnnidtidcfonuis. The ilorsal margin be;irs ichitiveK small tentacles. bareK' extending beNoiid the mai<4iii ol the leafv small Haps. The small Haps bear priman and secondan undulations and ha\e a hirrowed snrhice towards the face of the ("pipodiuin. Till' imdiilatiiig mid-epipodial fold is well dexelopeil. Tlii' l:n'e bears papillae 1-4 mm long at \'an- iii'j; densitit's. The \eiiti;il portion ol the epipodinm is lar^ir ;md minors in struclnre the dorsal iialf. Some small tentacles are nestetl within the furrowed part ol the \eiilial poilioii. Hist(>i"\: file 1 1 inliisioii smroimdinii //. \ti>iiidtieor(ls are olteii \cv\ teiitativi'. because neither voucher material nor illustrations were axailahle: Udliolls tli.ssoiui (Ircdalc, 1V)29) — Ostergaard (1935; 7 [as sto- inatifomis]. 34 [as stoiudldclonius]). referring to speei- iiieiis ironi Tonga, noted (p. 34): "Ree\e remarks that this species is well distinguished bv its conspicuous convex ob- long torni." This makes an identification as H dissonii \er\- likel>. Haliotis cxiiiiia Dnnker. 1863 — Casto de Elera (1896) made reference to a Philippine .species and gave H. cxiffid Dnn- ker, 1863. another controversial taxon (cf. Geiger, 1998). ;ls a .snionvm. Pilsbn' (1890) sxnonvmized H. cxigud as used bv some anthois undci // .stoiudtidefonnis. and grouped H. squdinaUi with //. .stoiiuitidcfonins. The ma- terial Pilsbr\- (1890) based his treatment on came I'nnn New Caledonia and Tonga, and was in the 3 cm range. The description, the si/e of the specimen, and Pilsbn's pi. 3. fig. 4. make it IikcK that he was discussing H. chithrdtd Reeve, 1846. llo\\c\er. pi. 49. figs. 30-35 of Pilsbn I 1890). show quite a different species. Haliotis sijudmatd Reese. 1846 — Specimens labeled H stu- iimtideformi.s in the BMNH supposediv from the SolouKm Islands and NMW from \'iti Levu, Fiji, actuallv represent H. squairidtd. Geiger (199S) sviionymized //, stamdlidc- fnnnis under H. .sciudiudid. Udliiitis vdiid Linnaeus, 1758 — Some more elongated speci- mens of the hvpei"variable //. i/iiid were separated 1)\' Tal- madge (1963: 134-135, fig. 5) as a distinct subspecies, H. varia .stoinatidcfonnis. an opinion followed bv Lindberg (1992). Wagner and Abbott ( 1978) considered the Uvo taxa synonymous. Unknovvni species — Fisclier and Fischer-Piette (1939) men- tioned a specimen from Tanna. X'anuatn. It mav either refer to H. dissond or to H chithrdtd ^ Habe and Kosuge (1964) synonvmized unil(>r //. stoinalidfionnis three dis- tinct species: H. hdiih'i/i Ancev. 1881 (= //, jdcnciisis Reeve, 1846); H. j)hiiiata Sowcrbv 1882; ;inil //. cri'hns- nilpta Sowerby, 1914. We ;ire iiii;ilile le e\en guess wliat species was discussed. Ubaldi considered // sUnndtidcjor- ini.s either a valid species from the Fainipe;in-Mediterra- ne;m area (1987) or a s\n(in\in of :l t;i\()ii tlL;it \\;is not .specified (1993). Sowerby (I882i on llie oilier IkukI. impressed in a now vindicated renegade opinion, that H. nc^lccta Phili[)iii. 1848, is either a .synonym (]i. 26-27: "The \ariet\' figured in our la.st plate represents // ncji-cl/i I'hilippi. and is undoubtedly identical with our present species [H. slo- iiuiluicfdnnis]."), or a v;iriet\ leaption hir pi. 14: "IIS. H. stomotUicformis. R\e. var. nc^cdn I'lr See f. 22, 23. — Malta") ol //. stoinaliacfoniiis. Ilnlinlis nc^hTfa is itself an overlooked taxon. which \\;is lentati\el\ resur- rected as a valid species by Cieiger ( HW8) ba.sed on seven shells from Malta. We are now in possession ol addi- tional material, including animals, wlneli allows iis to conclude that H. sloDuiiiacfomiis and //. iic^h-cta lep- re.sent the same biological species from the iskuid ol .\l;ilt;i and Sicily in the .Mediterranean Sea, and thus to confirm the existence of a h)iu-tli abalone species in the Mediterranean {H. tiihcrculata: II. ])usliihil(i Reese. 1846; Haliotis iniikriiDscusis Owen el al.. 2001 I. ACKNOWLKDCMENTS W'e reeei\ecl iniicli ni;iteri;il ol the species discussed from C. Mifsud. R. Shead. H. Thake. A. Wright. ;iud A. .Xuereb (Malta). F'urther material was provided In' Mare Curoua (France); K. Stewart (Carmel \alle\', C^alifornia. USA); the Schonsleben family (Basel, Switzerland); O. Kailiea and .\. and L. Bowe (Neiafu, Vava'u. Tonga); R. Kershaw (Narooma, Australia); [. Koxen (.Astrolabe Inc.. Washington, DC, US.A); A. Thompson (Uni\-ersitA- of California, Santa Barbara, USA); ;md D;uiilo Scnderi (C>atania, Sicily, Italy). SEM time was paitl b\- grants from the Hawaiian Malaeological Societx' and the West- ern Societs' of Malaeologists to DLCJ. DNA sefjuencing was made possible through a W. M. Keck post-doctoral fellowship ;it LAC^M to DLti. Two reviewers contributed coiistriicti\i' criticism f)f the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Abbott, K, 'I', ami S. P. Dance. 1983. Gompendium ol Seasliells, E. P. Dntton. Inc.. New York. 411 pp. Gasto de Elera, R. P. Fr. 1896. C!)atalogo Sistematico di- Toda la Fauna de Filipinas . . . \'ol. 3. Inipnnta del Golegio de Santo Tomas, Manila, 942 pp. + l.\i\, DliariiKi. B. 1988. Siput dan Kerang Indonesia (Indonesian Shells). PT Sarana Graha, Jakarta. Ill pp. Ei.senberg, |, M. 1981. A Collectors Guide to Seasliells of the World. McCiraw-IIill. New York, 237 pp. Fischer. P.-II. and E. Fischer-Piette. 1939. Gasteropodes mar- ins receuillis aux Non\elles-IIebrides par M. Iv .\ubert de la Riie. Bulletin du Museum national d'llistoire natnrelle. di'uxieme serie. 9: 26.3-266. CJeiger, D. 1996. Haliotids in the Red Sea. with neotvpe des- ignation for Hdliotis uuihitrridis Lanuirck. 1822 (Gastro- poda: Prosobranchia'. Re\uc Suisse de Zoologie 103: .339- 354. Geiger, D. L. 1998. Recent genera and sjiecii's of the laniilv Haliotidac (Gastropoda: \'etigastropoda'. The Nautilus 111:85-116, (ieigi'i. D. L. 1999. .\ total exidence clatlistic aiiahsis ol the Haliotidac (Gastropoda: Vetigastropoda). Ph.D. Thesis. I'nixcrsitv of Southern California. Los .Xngeles, xix + 423 PP Geiger, 1). I.. 200(1. Distribution and biogeograpliv of the Re- cent Ihiliotichie i (;;istro])oda: \etit;astnipoda) world-wide. Bollettino Malacologico 35: 57-120 tJeiger D. L. and L. T CJrovcs. 1999. Re\ iew ol liissil abalone (CJastropoda: \'etigastropoda: Ilaliotiilae) with comparison to Recent s[)ecies. |onrnal ol Paleontologv 73: 872-.885. Cieiger, D. L. and G. f Poppe, 2000. I'amily Haliotidac. hi: Pojijie, G. T. and K, (iroli il'ds ' \ ( ,'on(iioloii. (lislrilmtKui and s\stiiiiatus of Hiiliotidiic. In. Sliepheicl. S. A., M. |, Tciriicr and S, A, Guzman dfl Pn'xi (Eds.). Al)ali)nc uf tlir World: BinldirN. Fisheries and ( 'iilture. Fislnii'^ News Hcioks. ( Jxlord. p. 3- 18. Ostergaard, |. M. 1935. Recent and lossil marine Mollnsea of Tongataliu. Bemiee P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 131: 3- ."iii, pi. I. Owen, B., ,S, llana\an anil S. Hall. 2()((l, \ new speeies ol abalone (Halioti.s) from Greece. The Winder 44: 301-309. Philippi, R. A. 1S4T-18.51. Ahhildnngen nnd Besi'hreiliungen neuer oder weniger hekannter ( ,'(]neli\lien. No!, .> rhee- dor Fischer, Cassel, 138 pp. l'ilslir\ II .\ 1890. Manual of Concholcig\ ; Structural and S\s- tematic with Illustrations ol the Species 12: 1-323, (i5 pis. Poppe, G. and Y. Goto. 1991. European Seashells. \'o\. 1. \cr- lag Clirista Henunen, Wiesbaden. 352 pp. Reeve, L, A. 1846a. Descriptions ol loit\ species ol IhiHcti^. from the collection ot H. Guming, Esc|, Froceediims dl the Zoological Societ\ of London 14: 53-59. Reese, L. .\. 184(ib. .Monograph ol the (a'uus Udlinlis 22 pp , IT pis. Sowerbv, G. B. II. 1882. Thesaurus ( .'onclixliorum | Fliesaurns of Shells]. 5. parts 37 and 38:1 -.54. pis. 1-14. Stalsolt, 1991. SIVIISIICA .Mac 4.1. StatSoft. Tulsa. Oklahoma. S.j 1 pp. Stewart, K \ and I). I., (iciger 1999. nesignation ol lectotspe lor lldliolis crchrisciilptd Sowerln, 1914. with a discussion ol // cliilliraUi Reeve. lS4(Siii())i I.ichteiistein, 1794). The \elim-r 42: S5 9(1. I'almadgi'. K H I9(i3. Insular haliolids in the western Pacfic. The \eli.j,cr 5: 129 1.59. pi I 1 Ulialdi R I9S7 41ie llallotidae ol die Allanti( Medileiianeau aiv.i. \r',;onaul;i .5: 2(iS-290. rli.ildr R. 1993. Atlas of the living abalone shells of the world I Fust deli\er\ with iutnnhicton' notes and four species treated [. .Vssocia/.ioue .Malacologica Interuazionale. Rome. 1SS\ 1122-0.309. [ Irregular pa<.iination I Wagnei", li | .md H 1" Abboll, 197S. Stand. ird Gatalo<; ol SIh'IIs. Thud l-aliliou, American Malacologists, (Jreenxille. WemkaufI, II, C. ISS.V l)u' ( ;attung y/r;/itis MrKill. 1!)17: 19(r Diagnosis: Shell ol 5.4 mm in length, last whorl with 27 axial ribs decussated In 5 spiral ridges. Subsutural ramp witli arched wrinkles, interstices between spiral ridges lacking secondan sculpture. Protoeonch niiiltis- piral, diagonalK' cancellate. Description (BMNH specimen): Shell with sliglitK cxrtocouoid spire, teleocouch consisting ot about .3 rap- iilK expanding whorls with impressed suture. WTiorls conxex. weakK shouldered. Subsutural ramp narrow and weakK' concaxe. .\pertme obhiuceolate gradnalK taper- ing to siphonal canal. Si|)lional canal moderateK wiile, lacking terminal notch. ( )iiler lip \ei\ thin, not preceded In labial xarix and smooth within. Columella rather long and exeuK convex. Parietal region convex. Labial callus ;i thin glaze. .\nal sinus \er\ sIkiHow and broadlv U- shaped. Stromboid noti-ii ;ibsent. Sculpture consisting of narrow. slightK angular axial ribs crossed by wide-set. spiral ridges to form disti]ictK (|nadrangular interstices. .\xiaK oithocline nincli narrower than intenals betxvei'u them, forming stronuK arched wrinkles on subsutural nimp. evaucsciug on last whorl at the adapical part ol columella. There are 17 axial rii)S on ])enultimale whorl; this iinmlier increases to 27 on last wiiorl. First teleo- concli whorl with 4 spiral ridties, the first and weaker just below subsutural r;mip. Penultimate whorl with 4 Figures 1-10. Species oi Amirodaphndla. 1-7. Ilolotvpe of Ausli-odiiphiwHa i/eiiu-nnisis new .species. MZB I7()()l. 1. .Apertural view. Scale liar = 1 mm. 2-3. Protoeonch; scale bar Kli) (jim. 4. .\pical \iew. Scale l)ar = 1 mm. .5. S(|iiamilbnn granules ol the inner lip. Scale liar = 10 jjLm. 6. Teleoconcli vvhod. Scale Itar = .5()() (J.m. 7. Microsciilpliire of leleoeoiich. Scale Ijar = 50 ^ni. S-10. Lectotvpe of Aiistrodaplinclla dlccstis (.\Iel\ill, I9()fit new c<>ml)iii;ition. 8. l,ectot\pe o\' Ihiphnclld i Piciirolomi'lla i alcvstK MeKill. I9(I(S'. H\1MI lV)(l(-i.ll).2:3.2.S-9. Scale bar = I inin 9. Ti'lcocoiicli. Scale bar = KK) (Jiiii 10. Protocoucli. Scale bar = 100 ixm. Paee 88 THE NAUTILUS. Xol. 115, Xc ridges and a fine thread at ahapiial suture. Last whorl with 5 spiral ridges. Base of last whorl with about 16 ridges (those on rostrum nearK laded i. Color dull white. Protoconeh eonieal, O.fiT uun diaiueter, with more than 3 whorls (tip missing) and diagonalK' eaneellate sculp- turi'. Measurements (in mm): Length 5.4, width 2.3. ap- erture 3.0, h/1 0.43. :i/l 0.5fi. T>pe locality: ( ;nir nC ( )man. 24°58' N. 56°54' E, 2S5 III. Material examined: Two spceimeiis l.ilielled as s\'n- t\pes stored in BMXH (reg. no. 19()fi.l0.23.2S-9). Of these, one agrees with the original deseription. the other is very different, possibly a specimen ol Cliillmrclln (iin- pliil)lestnim Melvill, 1904. The specimen ot Daphiicllri I Piviirotoiiu'lla} alci'stis is here selected as lectot\pe. Tlie SEM micrographs were taki-n with the specimen un- coated. Remarks: This species was origiualK mtnjduced as Dii])hiH']l(i (Pk'urotomi'IIa) alccstis MeKill 1906, and compared with Dapliiiclla Uicdsi MeKill, 1904. and Cla- thurella (iinpltihlcstniiii MeKill, 1904, both from the Gulf of Oman. Howexer, iieithei' of these taxa is actually closely related to the species here discussed, which seems properly assigned to the genus AustrodaphncUa. AustrodaphiteUa alccstis is readiK distinguishable fnjm A. ijcmcncnsis h\ its t\pical diagoualK' eaneellate proto- coneh .sculpture instead ol rows ol spiralK' aligned gran- ules. Furthermore, Aiistnxlaplinclla alccstis (MeKill, 1906) is much smaller (5.4 mm \s. 8.6 nnn in length), and lacks the secondan' sculpture ol spiral threads in the interstices behveen main ridges. In addition, A. al- ccstis has a dull white shell lacking the orange blotches obser\ed in all the a\ailable specimens of A. i/cinciicnsis. It is comparable with A. lorrcscjisis Shuto, 1983 in di- mensions but differs distincth Irom the latter in its con- vex whorls lacking the peripheral angulation nt the .Aus- tralian species. AiistnulapluicUa clalknila is iiiiicli larger than A. alccstis (10 X 4.5 mm \s 5.4 X 2.3 mm) and has two instead of lour sj)iral ritlges ou early teleoeoneh whorls. Biogeographic remarks: 4'lic picsciicc ol a genus origiualK' described Irom the Southern Hemisphere in the Arabian Region ma\' probabK' be explained consid- ering the effect of the .\rabian Sea ujiwclling. During summer, the coastlines of Yeiiun and Oman are affected bv the strong Southwest Monsoon, whirli blows warm surface water offshore causing its replai-ement In deep, colder oceanic water. Sheppard et al. (1992) discussed some of the more significant consecjuences dial deiixc from this event. Among (jtiier effects, strong iipwclliug in tropical regions inhibits coral reef growth and induces the de\el(pnient of macroalgal conununities of a tem- perate rather than tropical natm-e. 'I'lms, the oi'cnrrenc(" in tlu' Arabian Sea of species oi' Eckloiiia. a kel|) genus otlu'iwise found onK- in the southern li<'iiiispherc i, Aus- tralia, New' Zealand and South Africa), is recognized as probabK' resulting Irom the lower water temperatures and nntrieut input associated with upwelling. The au- thors also suggested the possibilitx' that the cold up- welling water, bv inhibiting reef growth, ma\' act as an ecological barrier restricting the recruitment ol main tropical groups in the Red Sea and the Persian Cinll. It seems possible that larvae of species oi AustrodaphncUa ma\ liavf fountl in the .Arabian Peninsula en\ironmental conditions faxorable to metamoiphosis. Sheppard et al. (1992) also noted that the upwelling effects mav al,so be strong along the SomaU coastline. A possible example supporting this \iew is the occurrence off Mogailiscio of Psciidcxoiniltis fiiscoapicatus Morassi, 1997. a species belonging to a genus known othenvise ouK' Irom South Africa, soutliern, and eastern Australia. AustrodaphncUa i/cnunicnsis differs Irom all others s]ieeies assigned to the genus AustrodaphncUa in pro- toconeh moipholog\' (paucispiral instead ol multispiral). This difference is generalK' regarded as indicative ol \^\■o different t\pes of de\'elopmental strategies, i. e.. uon- planktotrophic versus planktotrophic dexelopment. However, it is generally agreed that different txpes of lanal dispersal ma\' develop in species of the same ge- nus, so that a species with a paucispiral protoconeh does not necessitate inclusion in a genus separate Irom that including species with multispiral protoconchs ( Bouchet, 1990). A number ol rii\ ii'oniiK'ntal tactors associati'd both to geographic and climatic iactors (such for example geo- graphic isolations, temperature changes, eustatic, and sa- linitx' changes), ma\' act in promoting loss of plauktotro- ph\'. Planktotrophic species have a prolonged lanal life and aie therefori- more exposed to pinsical and biolog- ical factors increasing lanal mortalitx rates (Ruuuill. 1990), Ac(|uisitiou of lecithotrophic or "direct" lanal de- \elopmeiit nia\ therefore be an ecological adaptation fa- vorabK selected in ri'lati\el\ hostile environments char- acterized In climatic fluctuations (O!i\erio. 1996). The diaiiiatic cliiiiatie changes in the .\rabian Peninsula that particnlai'K .iflected the Red Sea and the Onlf of Advn iluriug the Ouaternan. and the continued strong season- al tiMiiperature Ihictuations related to npwi'lliug condi- tions are factors that probabK induced, and nia\ still be inducing, uoii-planktotroplnc lanal (k'xclopment. .\(:k\()\\ i,i;i)(;mk.\ IS \Ve wish to th.uik Dr Marco Ta\iani (C.N.R. — Italian National Hesearcli (^oinicil^ Italian j'jartner ol European {'ouunnnitv project RED SEP) '92 and Ms Katliic \\a\ (BMNH) for the loan of t)pe .specimens. LITERATURE CITED lioiiclii'l, I' !!)!)() Innid ij;ciu'ra and iikkIc of dcsclopiuciit: llic use ami .iliiisc ol pi'oloconcli iiiorpliolog\. Mahu'ologia :V2: (W-77. Kllhiini, W \ l(Ji)2 ■I'linidac I .Molliisci: Casli'opoda' of south- A. Bonfittd li 1. pis S-IO. Oliverio, M. 1996. Contrastinu; tle\el()piiieiital strategies and speeialion in N. K. .\tlantic [)rosol)raiichs: a preliininan analysis. /;/ |. 1). Ta\lor (ed.) ()ri<;in and evolutionan' ra- diation ol die Molliisea. Oxford Uni\<-rsitv Press, London, pp. 261-266. I'owell. .\. W. B. 1966, Hie iiiollnsean lainilies Speiilhliidaeand Turridae. Rnlletin of the .\iicklaii(l liis(ilnl<' and .Miiseniii 5: I-1S4. pis. 1-23. liiiscnlieig, C l<)09. Reproducibilit\' of results in plnlogenetic an:il\sis ol inollusks: a reanalvsis of the Ta\ lor, Kantor, and S\soe\ I 1993) data set (or conoidean gastropods. .Xnieri- can .Malaeological Bulletin 14 (199St: 2I9-22S. liiniirill, S, S. 1990. Natural mortalitv of marine iincrtehrale lan.ir. Ophelia 32: 163-198. SluppaKJ ( \. Price and C. Roberts. 1992. Marine ecolog\ ol the .Arabian Region. I'atterns and processes in the ex- treme tropii-al emiromnents. .Academic Press, l^)iidon. 359 p[i. Slinto, T 1983. Ne\\ liirnd la\a Iroiii the Anslralian waters. .Memoirs ol die Facultv ol Science. L'nivcrsitv ol KmisIiii. series 1.), ( ieoloiIX' 25: 1-26. THE NAUTILUS 1 15(3):9()-9.S, 2001 I'aiii' 90 A cladistic aiuiKsis ot species of Lamhis (Gastropoda: Stronibidae) |. H. Slone Dcpartnieiit of Animal Rcologv' Exolutionan' Biologx' Centre Uppsala Uni\ersih' NorbvAiigen ISD SE-7.52 36 Uppsala SWEDEN jon.stone@e\iiliiti()ii.iiii,sc ABSTRACT A cladistic analysis of the 9 species ciirrentlv classified as the genus Lainhis (Abbott, 1961) was conducted. Three species in the genus Strombus (Abbott, 1960) were used as outgroup.s. Features of the radula, soft anatomx', and shell were coded as binarv' character states (i.e., in a iiiaiiiK r that allottctl one char- acter state for everv bit ol inlorination). Each ol two most- parsimonious cladograms obtained contains a clade that in- cluded all 9 species ol Liniihis. one including a single species ol StvomlniH and the other including two. On tlie basis ol this cladistic anaKsis, Laiuhis is paraplnlctic and Stroinhii.s is poK- phvletic. Therelore, the traditional classifications ol species within these genera are untenable. The results obtained are used to reassess hypotheses ol moi-phological evolution and adapti\e function ol circuni-apirlnral projections ol strombid ga.stropods. AililUidiuil key ui>ril\ .Adaptixc Inuclidii. gastropod, inlorma- tiori. moqjhological cMilntinu. ph\loi;i'Uctic swsteuiatic auaKsis. INTHODUCTION Ijiiiiliis i.\l)l)(itt. 19fil) is a gcinis (il iiuiniu' gastropods (•ii(!cmic to the Iiulo-Pacific region and a nienihcr ol the lanilK' Stroniiiidac Iialincs(|n(', 17 (.onci'i'iiiiig llie slicll isee Ix'liiw and apjiendixl. |. H. Stoiif. 2001 I'-.K'v yi Tahlo 1. Species ot the hiinil\ Stniiiiliulae cxaiiiincil niiiseiiin eatal()ij;iie uleiillficalioii, rdllcelioii kicalides ami sample sizes (n). As a conse()ueiK-e ot rarih" ot sciiiie nl llir speeies iii\c)lvejle sjiecinien of the hvo comprising AMSG C.'5063T3 were snhjected to scaniiinii electron niicrograpliN ': other specimens and Mierature were examined to obtain information lor other characters. r.r Stn>iul)us ilil(it(ilii\ .Swainson 1S21 Stroinhiis hnllii (Roding. 179S) Sintinhus voiiicr (Rikling, 1798) Ijiiiihis liiiiihis (Linne, 17.5'S) Liitnhis Iniiiriitii ( nniiiplirex. ]7S(-i) Liiinhis cnirdlii (Link. 1S()7' Ijiiiihis iiiillrprdd (I.inue. 175S) Lambis ili'^itiilti (Pern. 1811) Liniihis ri>liiista (Swainson, 182 Ldinhis si-iirj)in^ (Lnint', 17.58) l. u,]/, ui i.ululai li'etli of some sp<'eies of SlKiinlildae ieliaraeteis l-Si. 2. .\pK iil.ile lippi'd [Slrnmhiis haemitstoma SoweHn-. 1.S42; bar = .50 |xni): 3. Ohtnsc-fipped il.iiinhis tniinalir. bar = 6.50 jxin); 4. 'Millepeiloid i/, iiiillriirila: bar = 1.50 (jliiiI: .5. '(^liirasiioid' i/,, elnr/il some species of Stromlndae (eliaracters 9-1 i). 6. Central tooth of a specimen ol Striiiiihiis lariahilis Swainson, 1820 with 2 or 3 flankinij ensps (bar = 25 [xm). 7. Central tooth of Slrniiiliiis inar^inatii.s Linne. 1758 with 2 or 3 Haiikiiiij; eusjis lone ol llir tiiree ensps is iiulieated with a wiiite wcih^e; har = 75 |j.in). of sculptiirt's. Absence (0) or presence (1' ol a sniootli srn-faee, lirae (fine, parallel grooves: Arnolil, U)(i.5). and ribs were defined and coded as binan cliaractcr states. Characters 39—45: Color of colitmcllii. 'Hie eoln- mella of llie sliell ol stroinbid species exhibits a \ariet\ ol colors. Absence (0) or presence (1) ol 7 colors were defined and coded as binan' character stat<'s: white, black, orange, brown. [)niple, pink, and nianxc. Characters 4(i-54: Color oj (ipfiiurc. The ap<'rtnre of the sliell of sti'onibitl species exhibits a sariet)' ol col- ors. Absence (0) or presence (1) of 9 colors were defined and coded as binan character states; white, \ellow. |inr- ple, brown, rose. tan. niau\'e. cream, and orange. Figures S-9. lypes ol month of some species ol Stromhidac tharaeters 39—12). H. 'stromhoid;' 9. 'elonsiate'. C;haraeter 55: ionjuc oj sij)lioiuil <(in(il The si- phonal canal ol (he shell ol some stromljiil species is twisteil abonl i(s own axis. Possession of an untwisted (0) or a twisted ( 1 ) siphonal canal were defined and cod- ed as tiistincf character states. Character 5(J: Ciimihirc oj sijilioiitil cdrud The si- phonal canal ol the shell of some strombid species is cnnedi in the plane ol tlie aperture. Possession of a iion- cnnftl (0) or .i (.niAcd I 1) siplional canal were defined and coded as distinet eluiiaeler states. C^haracters 57-()3: \iiiiihcr of circum-apcrftirnl pro- jcrlioits. Shells ol lanibid sjiecies pnnide some ol the most striking examples ol sexual dimorphism among ma- rine gastropods. Shells ol liMnales are larger than are those of males, and. in .iddition, tliere are differences of shape. For example, eirinm-a|iertural projections ema- nating from shells ol leniale Laiiiliis laniliis are directed dorsalK. when-as those ol male L. Imnlji.s are ilirectetl posteriorK. During copulation, each partici|ianl positions its shell so that its stromboid notch (a parabolic impres- sion at the anterioi |)or(ion ol tlie .ipertnre oi the shell of most strombid species i is adjacent to that of its part- ner. Tills spatial arrangement ol eircnm-apertural pro- jections enhances close positioning of shells and may la- cilitati- coition (Abbott. 1960. .Absence^ (0) or presence (1) ol specific nnmbeis ol eirenm-apertural projections were defined and coded as binan' character states: 1, 5. (x 8. 9. 10. and II, f:ladistie Analv-si.s: Chidistie anaKsis ol the data i.see abo\e and :ippendixl was conducted using the computer program IleniiigS(') (Farris. 19SS). designating the three species ol' Stroinhus as outgroujis las the\' are co-iainilial with species ni' I.iiinhis: .\bbott. 19fi0i and invoking tlie implicit eniniiei':itioii option ie iwliich determines a maximnm of 100 etpnilK inost-[)arsimonions clado- granis). Fach of (lie (hree species of Slrotnhiis was in- N'oked as the priman ontgionp in (hree separate aniJy- scs. .\ut;i|ioiiioq)hic charai'fer stati-s were omitted from aiiaKses to a\oid inflating consistency indices (Wiley et al.. 1991 I. To provide a measure of node support, the bootstrap resampling procedure was conducted (San- derson. 1989; ilillis and Hull. 1993: Felsenstein and Kishiiio. 1993; Saiulei'sou. 1995; Caqienter, 1996) ii.sing (he i'inin)u(er program l>an(loni Cladistics (Siddall, 1997): (.'lades were obtained In cladistic analysis of tiie original data matrix; the percent occuneuces of partic- Page 94 THE NAUTILUS. \ol. 115. No. 3 iilar flack's thus (k-fiiicil in i-ladom'aiiis rfsiiltin'.i lioin fladistic anaKsi.s ol data matrices created 1)\' rcsaniplinsj; were determined (this procedure differs from tliat tie- scribed in Fel.seustein, 1985, wliicli \ields a "liootstrap e.stimate(l pli\Iogeii\"'. It was assumed tliat characters were unassociated and charact(>r states were indepen- dent. RE.SULTS .\ND DISCUS.SION Two most-parsimonious clailonrams were ohtainctl (length = 93, consistency index = 45. retention inde.x = 46). oni' if eitlier Stroinhns hulUi or S. dihitahis was designated as the prime outgroup and one if S. vomer was (figures 10-11). Each of these cladograms cimtaineil a clade that included .ill 9 species of Lainhis. one in- cluding S. vomer and the other inchiding S. bitlla and .S. ililiiUilns. Bootstrap \alues ranged from 0 to 38%. C^hulograin: In a ciadistic anai\'sis. cliaracter states of each cliaracter are considered with respect to character states of each of the otiier ciiaracters, and the cladogram ohtained represents the most parsimonious grouping of potentialK mutualK" e\clnsi\e Inpotiieses of clade mem- bership. The stmctures of the cladograms containing species of Lambis were predoniinantK' determined h\ character states associated with the railnla and shell (which comprise 56 of the 63 characters; figures 10-11). In particular there is a tendency tor characters concern- ing the radula (characters 1-19) to be represented by s\napomoiphic states that determine the basal structure of tlic clatlogranis and tor ciiaracters concerning the shell (characters 27-63) to be represented b\' sxnapo- moiphic states that determine terminal structure. There is a tentk'nc\ for characters concerning the soft bocK to be represented b\ autapomoqihic cliaracter states. One cladogram is completeK pectinate (figure 10), whereas the othei' includes a I'lade containing species of Lambis and Stronibiis (figure 1 1 ). Within the completelv pectinate cla(k)grain. S. bulla. S. diliilatus. L. erocata (a member of the subgi'uus Lambis}. aiul S. vomer se- cjueiitiallv are sister groups ol all other ta\a: within tfie incoinpleteK pectinate cla(k)grain, S. vomer is the sister group ol all other taxa. and /.. rrocala is the sister group of till' clade comiirised ol .S, build and S', dilalafus (this clade was determined b\ Hie alisrnce ol tricuspid lateral teeth (character 8). licxacnspic diiler marginal teeth (character 17). beaded whorl sniplnre i cliaiaiter 35), and lirae (character 37) and the presence of smooth whorl sculpture (character .36) and a brown colored col- umella (character 42)). The classifications obtainable from (he cladograms (figures 10-11) are inconsistent with prexious classifica- tions of the faiuily Strombidae and its member genera (e.g., Abbott, I960; 1961); Lambis is paraphvletic. and Sirombus is polypliyletic. The classifications also are in- compatible with current snbgeneric assignments: the subgenus Lambis (L. hnnbis. L. erocala. and L. Innieata) is ]iol\pli\letic. whereas the subgenus Millejies (L. seor- j)ius. />, uiillejieda. L. dinilala. L. robusta. and /,. vio- laeea) is parapli\letic and includes the lone member of the subgenus C.liirasent reconstrnciions of pliv l(}^cnetic liistoi-v (bec'ause the (intiiionp eiiterion lor J. R. Stone, 2001 Pasre 95 10 6 1 9 5 8/9 10/11 6 (. t«JC/5'^"«jKj^^^.^ nJ , 1 27. 2S 1,14.I9,2.S,4(),51 27,28-0.37-0 J 2«)-0,3(l,48 13-0,18,31.35-0,42-0 . 11-0,16-0,59-0 J 2-0,6,22,55,56-0 9,11,13,20,21-0,54-0 J 8,1 7,35,36-0,37,42 J 11-0,12,33-0,39-0,59 8-0 10 1 1 0 6 6 6 9 5 8/9 10/11 6 ^ *• *»«w "^ sj ^ •*■ **^ '"^ •«*• ^ • ^ ^ >t i^ ^ ^ — :^ l__JIj3(),55-0,59 . I 27,28-0,37-0 J 29-0,30,48 ^ J 13-0,18, 31.35-0,42-0 11-0,16-0,59-0 2-0,6,22,55,56-0 9,11,13,20,21-0,54-0 59 11 Figures 10-11. ( lidii^ranis inMiltiii'4 rioiii clailistii- anaksis iildala .Irsciib.-d in Materials and Mctliods' tliat iiicliRk- spt-dcs cunvntK classified as Lmiiliis (eliaracters are indieated li\ iminliers, and cliaraeter states arc 1 unless specified with --O). .Svnapo- nioiphic cliai-acter states are indicated on inteniodes, exeejit loi' lliose shared In S hiill,L S dilatatus. and /,. crocata (S-O. lT-0. 35-0 36 37-0 42) and those shared 1>\ S. hnlhi and S dilalalus ill, 12-0, 24,33, 59-0). .Vntapomoqihies are omitted for clarit\' (S. huUa: S 27 31 50, 55, 57: S, dilalalns. 10. l(-l-0. 17. 30. .32. 34-0. 3S, 39, 46, 4S, 49. 54-0; .S. vomer. 23, 24, 2S-0. .38, 41, 57; L. crocata: 7. 22; L. scoiyius: 12-0. 25. 27, 43. 4S; /. lamhis: 1. 15. 36, 37-0, 40, 50, 51, 53, 54; L. millcpcda: 3, 8-0, 28-0, 34-0, 44, 52, 61; /. c/iJ/YVfiw: 4, 22-0. 26. 43. 44, 46, 58; L. dh^itata: 45. 52. 60. 61; /.. violacca: 62, 63; L. rolmsKi: 2. -5-0, 9-0, 11, 42, 48-0. 53. 56; /. tnwrala: 1. 14, 19. 2S. 46. 51). Specific nnuihers ol circuni-;ipertnral projections are indic;ited on terminal nodes. Paee 9fS THK NAUTILUS. \ol. 115. Xo. 3 12 c1 c2 c3 c4 t1 1 1 1 0 t2 1 1 1 0 t3 0 1 1 1 t4 0 0 1 1 t5 0 0 0 0 Fij^iires 12-13. Hcconslnictiiin cvnlutiDii (il allrilmlcs A clailislic ilal.i iiiatiix loiisistiiiL; nl tlic ."> t,L\a 1 1 5 ami 1 cliaractiTs cl- 4 is ii.scd to construct two cliulosjranis on tlic Icnuiiial nodes ol wliicli cliaractcr stati'S ol cliaractiM' 2 arc distiihulcd as 'attrihutos" (scnsn Dcleporle, 1993) for historic reconstruction. 12. The cliaractcr states of cliaractcr c2 are included in the cladistic anal\si,s. 13. The character states o!' character c2 are exclnded. The two cladoi;rauis dilTcr. (.Iciuoustratiui; that. In exclndiusj attiihutcs from a cladistic analysis, dillerent clados;rauis conld he used to test hxpotheses coucerniug the same group of taxa. using the .same characters. lucludiug attrihntes is the more consistent procedure logicalK. J, H. Stone, 2001 Pm- 97 (.■liaracter-statc aidiiitj; is iTulfpciulciit dI cxoliilionaiA processes, the eodinti ot eacli apoiiKiipliN is iiulfpciKlcril of the stnicture ot the entire elatlistic data matrix, the cladoiirani ri'sulting from cladistii- an.iKsis. and the pli\- logenetic inteipretation ot tliat eladoiirani: tlins. there is no loijieal eirenlarit\ in inclnthng attriliutes iis eharaeteis in elatlistie analyses — i,e,, apomoipliies are "piimaiA statements," anti piniogenetic Inpotlieses are "seeond- arv statements" isensn Deleporte. 1993); in laet, l)\ i'\- elndinij an attrihnte, difterent ciadograms wouhl lie used to test hspotheses concerning tlie same gronp ol la\a. using the same cliaraeters (figures 12-13; Deli'porte. 1993")). T\\f most-parsimonious Inpotlieses eoneerning the nniiil)er ol eircum-;ipertural pi'ojei'tions present upon their origin are e(jui\ocal: t)n the basis ol the loin- pleteK' pectinate cladogram, the ancestor ot all the spe- cies possessed a set comprised ot either 0. 1. or (i cir- cuni-apertural projections; on the basis ol the iucoui- pleteK peetin;ite cladogram, the ancestor ol all the spe- cies possi'ssed a set comprised ot either 1 or fi, Subse(juent to the origin of this prominent fe;itm"i\ tlie number ol eii"c'um-;ipi-itnial projections was modified in- dependentK with the origins ot L iiiillcjHdii. L rliini- gra. L. (li^ifdld. ;ind L. viohicra^ These clailograins also can be useil to lorninlate li\- potheses of functions ot circuni-apertural pi'ojeetious. Circum-apertui'al projt-ctious lia\e been shown to eonter protection against crushing (Palmer. 1979), and it has been postulated that the\' have evoKed ;is a response to predation (\ermeij, 1989). This hxpothesis coulcl be test- ed. In' comparing the evolution ot circum-;ipertunil pro- jections with till' ex'olution ot crushing appar;itus ol predators, each inferred troni independent cladogranrs. In particular, a correlation should exist between nnniber (and strength conferred hv possession' ol cirenm-aper- tural projections ;ind cmshing strength ol pretlatois. The hvpothesis that circinn-apertural projections piciviih' sta- bilitx' on substrates (Sa\azzi, 1991) could be ti'sti'd In considering distributions of character states ri'presenting nuiribers ol ciiciuii-apeitur;il projections and luibitatsou the terminal nodes of the cladograms and mler|iretiug them phvlogeneticalK, Perhaps a correlation exists be- txveen number (and stabilitx proxided In' possession) ol circum-apertural projections and the txpe ot substrate preferred b\' strombid species, suggesting a renuirkable adaptation of foi'm to function or \ice-\ers;i. 'Hie li\- pothesis that cirtuni-apertnral projections provide means ol circuuneutiug geometric constraints dui'ing ontogenx' (Sa\';i'/zi. 1991 ) could be elaborated ;in(l ti-sted bv integrating infornuition concerning ontoi.ien\ into a phx'logeuetic context. ,\ correlation might exist betxveen numbers of circum-apertural projections and 'time-to- maturation,' which would be discemable b\ eousideritrj; distributions ol iippropriate character state's on the ter- minal nodes of the cladograms. FiualK. the possibilit\ that enhanced stabilitx' on substrates as a consequenci' of increased drag conferred b\' the possession ot circum- apertural projections could be tested from within an his- torical context. b\' considering biogeographic;il disti'ibu- tions. tests ol llnid-d\ lumiics, and the bi'anchinii pattern dipicted b\ the cladograms. Correlations among en\i- romnental, h\(lrod\namie, and inferred temporal infor- mation would indic;ite whether numbers of circum-ap- eituial [irojeetions ha\e e\oKcd in response to difterent h\drod\namic environments encountered during evoln- lion. ( au'i'entK, testing of these hvpotheses is delaved In insutfii-ient information concerning predation, lack of knowledge ;iboul the evolutional histories of predators. sc;int docnmeut;ition of lite-histories, habitats, and de- velopment ol sti'ombid sjK'cies. and the paucih' of data concermug hvdiodv n;iinie propi'rties ol their environ- ments. .\( KXOWLKDCMKXr.S .Specimens mentioned in this p;iper were provided bv curators D. C.'alder and K. ( ,'oates iRoval Ontario Mu- seum: f-lOMl. I. Loch e\ustraliau Museum ot Natural Histon'). and C. Hosenberg (Acadenu' of Natural Sci- ences. Phihidelphia; .\NSP); information concerning those specimens was provided bv .\1. Kitson (.ANSP) and \i. Zubowski (HO.M); and additional specimens and in- formation were provided In .A. Baldinger and T. Kausch (.\gassiz Museum of Companitivc Zoologv'), P. Mikkelsen (then at the Delaware .Museum of Natural Ilistorv), and E. Lazo-\\'asem (Peaboch' Museum of Natural Histon). Illuminating assistance with scanning electron micros- copv was pnnideil In P. Kalm. 1^. \'illadiego. Dr. K. Lin. and B. T .Moose |r ( .'onstruetive eonnuents concerning (.'laclistic analvsis and suggestions lor supplving support uii'asiu'es tor cladogram nodes were pnnided In 1). (.'-. Keid anil two r<'viev\ers. Kditorial recommendations re- lated to reporting of results were provided bv J. H. Leal. Moral support ;in(i inspiration wci'e pnnided bv NL Tel- lord, Financial sui)port w;is providetl bv a Malacological Societx' of Lontlon (."I'utenan Research Crant, a C^on- chologist of .\meriea Research CIrant. Natural Science and Engineering Research (Council ol Canada (NSERC) Individual Grant 4696. an Ontario (iraduate Scholarship. an NSERC' Postiloctonil Eellowship. a Swedish Natiu-al Sciences Research Coimeil Postdoctoral Project C.rant. and a ('anadian Institutes of Health Postdoctoral Eel- low shiii. LITKR.VrURE CITEI) \|ili(ill. H. T 19(-)1). 'I'he s^eniis StrKinlius in tlic Indo- Pacific. Indo-l^icific .Molliisca 1: .'J.-J-l-ie. Alihiill. R. T. f9B]. The genus Laiidm in the lM(l()-l';icific. Indo-1'acific Molhisca 1: 147-174. VriioKl W !I. 1965. ,\ glossaiy of a thousand-aiid-onc terms iiscil HI eoiieliologv. The Wliger 7 (supplement): 1-50. C ;;irpcnt(r, |. M, U)9(i, I'ninfnrmativc hootstrappiiiii. C^ladistics 12: 177 ISl, Deleperte, 1' 1993. Cliaraeters. attriliutes and tests of evolii- liciiuii'v scenaricis. Cladistics 9: 427-432. I'.irris. |. S. loss, Uc)tn'r^S(>. \crsioii 1..5. Program and Doeii- iiient;ituin. Port |elleisoii. New York. Page 9S THE WrTILUS. V(,l. 115. \( Greene. J. 1978. \ new .species of Lanihis (Molliisca: Stroni- hitlae). La Coneliijjlia 10: 110-111. Feisenstein. J. 19S.5. (Confidence limits on plnlogenies: an aji- proacli nsinhis ulircl- nriiihli Cireene. 197S and L ciriiiliiiDidi-'. Shikam.i. 1971. \ita .Manna 42: 41-5(1 Maddi.son. W. P.. M. J. Donoghne. and 1), I! M.idilison. 1984. Ontgronp ;inal\sis and paisinionx, S\ sliniatic Zoologx 33: 8.3-103. McKm. \ (;. 1973. Seashcll I'aradc. Charles E. Tnttle. Knt- land. .3(i9 pp. \i\on. K, ('.. and |, [. Da\is. 1991. PoK niorphic taxa. missing \ahi('s and cladistic anaKsis. C^adistics 7: 233-241. Palmer. .\. H. 1979. Fish predation and the evolntion of ga.s- tropod sliell scnlptnre: experimental and geographic exi- dence. Exolution 33: 697-713. Platnick. N. 1., C. E. Griswold. and J. .\. Coddington. 1991. On missing entiies in cladistic anaKsis. ("ladistics 7: 337- :54:5 .Sanderson. .\1, |. 1989. CJmtidi'nce Innits on ph\logenies: The bootstrap revisited. Cladistics 5: 11.3-129. .Sanderson, M. J. 1995. Objections to bootstrapping phvloge- nies: a critique. Systematic Biologv 44: 299-.32(). Sa\az/.i. F.. 1991. Constructional moiphologx ol stronibid gas- tropods. I,ethaia24: 311-331. Se\er. J. O. 1994. StRicture and optics ol the eve ol the hawk- uing conch. Stroinhus mniiuis (L. 1. Journal of Experi- mental Zoologx- 268: 200-207. Shikania. T 1971. On some noteworthx marine gastropoda Ironi southwestern Japan (III). Scientific Reprints of Yo- kahama National Unixersity 8: 27-.35. Siddall. M. E. 1997. Random Cladistics. N'ersion 4.0. Uni\ersit\ of Toronto, Toronto. Wrmeij. C. |. 1987. Evolution ami Escalation: .\n Ecological Histon ol Life. Princeton L'niversitx- Press, Princeton, 527 pp. \\'iley, E. O.. D. Siegel-Causev. D. R. Brooks, and \'. .\. Funk. 1991. The Complete Cladist. The Uni\ersit\ of Kansiis Museum of Natural Ilistorv Special Publication 19. Lawrence, Kansas. 158 pp. Appendix. Data m.itrix with coding ol characters states used ni the ckulistic anaKsis ol species ol Lamln: Numbered (.haracters are explained in the text. 0 = alisence. 1 = presence. ? = undetermined Stromhtis l>uUu Stroinhus (lildtiiliis Stromhtis toiiicr lAiiiihis hiiiihis lAliuhis Irtiiiccitii lAliiihis ciociitti lAiiiihis millcpcdfi lAiinhis (liiiitiita lAimhis i<)l?iist(i lAimhis scorpius lAiiiihis rioldccci humhis chirai'ni I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 I 12 L3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2S 29 30 31 .32 '^ '^ ■-- ':' I (10 I (Id 1 (I (I 0 0 I (10 0 ■-■ '■' '■' ;^ -■ ■■' '-- 1 I I ' 1 0 0 10 0 1 (I 0 0 0 1 I 0 (I 0 0 0 I 0 0 (I 1 0 0 I 0 0 0 I I 10 1 0 10 0 1 (I 0 1 0 0 0 I (I 0 0 I 1 0 0 0 10 1 I 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 I 10 1 I 0 I I 10 1 1 10 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 1 10 (I 0 10 0 0 1 I 0 I I 0 0 I (I I 0 0 1 1 I '.^ ':' 1 0 0 (10 1 1 0 '-' 1 0 ':' ':" J 'r' I (I 1 0 0 O 0 I 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 '^ '^ 1 0 0 (I 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 10 1 I 0 0 10 0 1 I 0 0 0 I 0 0 I 0 I 0 (I 0 0 0 0 I 0 (I 0 'J 'J "J 'J 'J 'J 'J 'J 'J 'J '-* 'J ■j V 'J '-> 'J 'J 'J V '■' '-* ■-* '-' '-' '-' 0 I 0 '"' "^ f^ 0 1 0 (I 0 10 10 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 10 10 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 1 '^ ? (I 10 0 10 0 110 10 10 0 1 1 (I 0 I 0 0 0 0 1 0 I 1 I 0 ? ? ? ':" '■' ':" '.-' y ? ? y '-' '^ ':' ? ? ? ':' '^ '■* '.^ '^ '^ ':' ':' ':' ':' '^ 1 0 0 ? 1 0 (I 0 (I 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 (I 1 0 0 0 0 1 10 1 0 0 0 0 0 10 1 1 'r' 1 0 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 1 1 0 1 (I 0 I 0 (I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 1 1 1 1 (I 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 I (I 1 10 (I 0 0 0 0 10 1 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 I 0 i 10 0 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 1 I (1 0 0 0 0 0 (II 1 10 0 0 10 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 I 0 I 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 (110 1 (I 0 ':' ':' ':' ':' ':> '^ 'r* 1 0 I 0 0 1 0 (I 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 (110 1 (I 0 ^ '^ '■• ■-' ;■' ;■' '^ 0 0 o o o o o o i o i o o i o o o o (I 0 10 1 0 0 (I 0 1 0 (I 0 0 0 (I 10 0 1 (I 0 1 0 0 0 (I 0 1 0 0 ? y ? 0 1 (I 0 0 0 0 0 (I 10 0 1 II 0 0 I (I 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 ? ? ? ? '^ 'r' 0 0 0 0 (I (I 0 0 I (I 0 0 0 (I 10 0 1 0 (I 1 0 0 0 0 ? ? ? 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 I (I 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 (I 0 0 10 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 ? '^ 'r* ':• '■' ':' ':' ':' ':' ':' 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 10 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 10 1 0 0 0 0 (I (I 0 0 'J ':' 0 1 (I 0 0 0 0 Stroinhus hulld Stnjnihus clilattilus Stroinhus vomer lAimhis laiiihis Iximhis truiicutd lAiinhis croidid iMinhis miUipcdd Luinhis diiiitdtd lAimhis rohustd lAimhis scorjiius lAimhis lioUncd Iximhis chiraera THE NAUTILUS 1 15(3):y9-104, 201)1 Pagf 99 Rediscoveiy of Canidia dorri W'attebled, LSSCl witli clisciissioii of its systematic position (Gastropoda: Neo^astropoda: N as s ai"i i dae : Nassodc )nfa Yuri I. Kanlor A. N. Severtzo\ liistitiiU' (if I'lcililcms of E\'oliiti()ii Russian Ac;ul('iii\ ol Sciences Leninski Prospect 33 Moscow 117071, RUSSIA kiinti )r(?'n ialac( i-se\ i n , n i sk. n i Richard Neil Kilburn Natal MiiseiiiM Pietcrniaril/liniii SOUTH AFRICA dkilliiunl" nnisa-oi'il.za ABSTRACT Canidia doni W'attehlecl. lSS(i, dcscrilii'd lioni Kao-lial La- goon (near Hue, N'ietnam) hut until now known onK Irniii its orisjinal description, was rediscovered in lower pails nl n\irs at Phan Ri, centra! Vietnam. Examination ol iiKirplidloijA and radula ol the .species revealed, that it slionkl lie allocated to the laniih' Nassariidae and, according to shell iiioipholog\, to the genus Na.ssoilontn H. Adams, 1867. This is the first eon- firmed record of genus Nassodontd outside IniHan waters. The onlv other Asian species of the faniiK Nassariidae known to inhahit fresh or hrackisli waters were found in Lake Uliilka and other back-water areas in India. Additional An/ um-tls. Casfnipod, hrackisli water, .Asia, \'iet- nani- INTRODUCTION Diiriiig a \isit to the I'islieries llni\frsit\ in Nlia TraiiLi; (Central Vietnam), a,s part of the Tiopieal .Marine Mol- lusc Pro'j;rain (TVIVIP), the autliors came across a sam- ple ol an iiiiiisiial iieogastropod. These spi'einieiis pos- sess a deep liasal spiral sidcus, similar to that found in the Pseu(.loli\idae. The)' were showni to Dr. N\ Sii.ssoihiiild. 1-}J. .\ris\,Hloiila don-i (Wattcblcd, l.S,S()). 1. Apcrliir.il. ,iikI 2. tlmsal \ic\\.s ol fisuu'd s\iit\pc, \l\ll\. 3. AiKM-tiiral. and 4. dorsal views of syntvpc, MNIIX. 5-9. Spcciiiu'iis i'loin I'liau Hi, central N'ietnani, 5^ Apcrturid. 6. Y. I. Kantnr and R. N. Kilhum, 2001 Pa.'c 101 Hai He River, wliicli enters the sea at Tieiisien). How- ever. Sniitli (1S95) pointed out that tiie actual laliel ac- conipan\inu; the h(>lot\pe read "Peihoi" and referred to it as ha\ing been collected together with Vcloiita [tlie corbiculid genus Villorita Gray. 1834J. Noting that the latter was an Indian genus and that undoubted examples ol'N. insioiiis liad been collected in Intlia, Smith rh (W'attebled. 1SS6) new combination Figin-es 1-S. 1.3-1(H Caiiidia (lorri Wattchled. ISSfi: 56-57, pi. \\. fit^. 2. T^pe material: Two s\nt\pes. Museum national d'liistoire Naturelle (figures 1-4). Type locality': Lagune de Kao-hai (near Hue), Material exaniinecl: Sxiitxpes, 20 spei-imens lioiii riv- ers at Phan Ri. now stored at; Zoological Museum of Moscow State Unixersit)-. ZxMMU No. Lc-2517], 25172; Natal Museum L5452, The Natural Histon Museum, London. BMNH 20000.391; Museum national d'liistoire naturelle, Paris. MNHN unnumbered; National Muse- um of Natural Histon; Washington, DC. USNM 9()532fi. 905327; .\cademv oi Natural Sciences. Philailelphia ANSP 403196; Austrdian Museum C.3S6612; National Science Museum, Tok"\(). NSMT Mo 72fiSS; Zoological Institution. St. Petersbiug. ZIN 595S4; Unixersitx ol Fisheries, Nha Trang, \'ietnam. Distrihulion (Figure 21): Central X'ietnani, liem Hue to rixers at Phan Ri (al)out 150 km south ol Nlia Trang). Aiklitional material xvas collected in the lower parts ol' lixers. at a depth of about 3 meters. Description: Shell thick, oblong-oxate. usuallx xvith subcvlindrical bodx xxhorl (broadly fusiform in figured s\nt\pe) and loxx; obtuse spire; w^iorls distinctlx shoul- dered, spire somexxhat cxitoconoid, apex mamillate. Pro- toconch eroded in all specimens. Aperture oblong, lanceolate, constricted anteriorlx. in- ner lip xvith xxide smooth callus, its outer edgi' slightix. but distinctlx raised, xxithout parietal nodule. Outer lip smooth interuallx, uotclied in anterior portion, wheie it is cut bx basal sulcus; outer lip strouglx thickened behind Figiir*' 14. < )pei(.-iihiiii (it specimen in figs. 5-7, length 5.' nun. cilge. but not torming xarix. Siphonal canal short, mod- eratelv narroxx-. dorsallv forming a fiiirly shallow notch. Shell surface slightly glossy spire vx'horls xxith strong prosocline axial ribs, in transxerse section rounded and xxidc 1 than iutei-vals. Axial ribs 9-10 on first and second xxhoii, on spire extending from suture to suture but on later xxhorls tlexeloping into nodules, xxhich become ob- solete mid-dorsallx. In figured sxiitxpe axial ribs are pre- sent on tlie last xxhorl, there totalling 10. Base of last wlioil at lexel of parietal columellar junc- tion xxith a tli'tp, as\ ietricall\- cut iurroxx. Fasciole conxex xxith groxxth lines onix, .\rea betxxeen fasciole and basal grooxe xxith 1-3 spiral ridges. Periostracum smooth, tightlx ;idhering to shell surface, color straxx-olixaceous. Shell xx^hite beneath periostrac- um. xxith inconspicuous axial zigzag sinuous brownish lines, seen at dorsal shell surface, more pronounced im- mediatelx- aboxe the sulcus. Zig/ag lines max- be seen on a|)erturai surface of shell. ;is well as dorsallx; although thex are alxxaxs better iironouneed on latter. Sometimes tliese lines are reduced to oblique dots above sulcus. Operculum (figure 14' elongate-oxal. occupxing slightix more than Vi of the aperture length (including the canal), xelloxx; semitransparent. xxith terminal, clock- xxise-coiling nucleus. (Growth lines numerous and thick- ened. See table 1 for shell measurements. Analdint/: Moiphologx of one female specimen from Phan Ri Rixer (figures 5-7' was examined. Due to its sl.ite of presenation. we were not able to studx' anatomy dorsal and 7. (il.li 102 THE NAUTILUS. \o\. 115, Xo. 3 Figures 15-20. Haclulae of Nn.ssii(li>iila durh. 15. Dorsal \i(\\ ol iiii(l-|«)rtioii ol nidiila of fitjiircd s\nit\pe, MNHK, Hi-IT. Dorsal \-ie\v of tlio niid-poilioii ol ladiila of s\iit\p(', MMIN. l.S-2(). Hadiila dI tlir spcciincii on \''vj,s. 5-7. ZMMU Uc-25171. 18. Dorsal view of the niid-poilion, 19. Kinlil lateral (45°) \ii'\\. 20. l.alcial \ icw ol lateral teetli to sli(i« iiideiitatioii on inner side. ill detail. Tlic rear ciul of the foot posses.ses small, paired tentacles, altiioiitrji in preserved speeinieiis these were iiiiieh eoiitraeted. Head with iiiediinndiiinj; eniiieal ten- tacles with lai'iie lilack eyes at tiieir bases. Anterior part of the foot is piiimented with small, wiilel\-.s])aced hlaek .speckles, while the mantle is liea\-ilv pigmented, Probo.scis in the retracted position — \.2 mm long (().2S Sl,^ and I ,o mm wide. poorK' pigmented. .Sali\ai"\' glands [laired, not Insecl. medium-sized. \'aK'e ol Lei- lileiii small, prononneed. Mid- .Liid posterior oesophagus was too [loorK pi'eseiAcd foi' stud\. Hadnla ol fignrt'd s\nt\pe (figure lot .3.5 nmi long 10.25 SI, and 0,.i4 ALi. ~ .350 |jlui wide iO.()25 SL and 0.0.'54 Al,). coniposi'd ol aiiout 75 rows ol tet'th. Lateral Y. I. Kantcir ami R. N. Killiiini. 2001 Page 103 Nha Trang G type locality ^examined material Figure 21. Distiiihiitioii ot \(i>.M>(li)ittii dnir't in Miliiaiii. teeth with 4-fi cusps (number of cusps \arics e\fn on adjacent rows), outermost cusp — 2.5 times lont^er tliaii innermost. Intermediate cusps either shaipK pointed or bifiu'cating at their tips. Innermost cusp with 7-S den- ticles on its lateral side. Rachidian with 11-12 cusps, central cusp serrated (number oi cusps xaiiable e\en on adjacent rows). Basal plate e\enl\ and dec pK notched alone anterior edse. Radiila ol scconil s\ i it \pc j figures Hi- IT) .3.9 mm long (0.3.3 SI, and O.Wi .\{.). '- .3.50 |jLm (0.029 Si, anil 0.0.32 .\Li. comjiosed of 7.3 rows of teeth. 4-5 nascent. Shape ol teeth is \cn similar to that of figured .s\nt\pe. Tlie specimen Irom idian Hi (.siiell on figures 5-7) hax'e \'er\- similar radula (figures l.S-2()). 4.7 nun long (()..32 SL and 0.44 .\L), - .355 IJ.III wide (0.024 SL and 0.0:5:5 AD, composed ot .S5 rows ol teeth. 3 nascent. Nariability (Table 1): Species laiiK miilorm in shell ^liape. The figured s\iit\pe diflers lr prononnci'd on the latter Sometimes these lines are reduced to oblicjue dots abo\'e the sulcus. Remarks: The main diiierenci'S between A', dorri and .V, insi'^ms (figures 10-13) (including iV. (jraf(?/f/i) are the much lower spire ol the former, presence of strong axial nodules, shouldered whorls, strong constriction in the base ot the outer lip. {\\v smooth outer lip and the lack of a parietal nodule, DISCUSSION The species under consideration was originalK' described in the genus Cunidia 11. .\dams. 1862 (T\pe .species [b\ monot\p\] C. fused II. ,\dams. 1862). The name Cauidia appeared to be twice preoccupied. Oossmann (19011 iironosed tile substitute name Aiiiiiloiiif. Ancntomc is Table 1. Slicll iiieasiireiin'iits (iiini) of Xiiwoiltniln ilmri l'"i'4iircil S\ iit\ |)i Cliaracter s\iit\pe .-) K.iii'j,e -\\orage II Shell lenndi (SL) 14.1 12.0 12.0-14.9 13.69 0.93 Body whori length (BWL) 11.6 11.0 10.6-12.8 1L61 0.(54 ."Aperture length (AL) 10.3 9.7 8.7-10.8 9.86 0,73 Shell width (SW) 9.5 8.0 8.0-9, (i S.S6 0,61 BWL/SL 0.S2 0»2 0.81-0.94 0.85 0.04 AL/SL 0.73 (LSI 0.70-0.81 0.72 0.04 SW/Sf. 0.67 (l.(S7 0.61-0.(57 0,(55 0,02 Nunilicr lit spiral ri(lt;es l)et:\\een fa.sciiile and lias.il groove 2 1 \cn weak 1-3 2,42 0.:32 Xiunlier of axial rilis on first teleo- conth wliorl 10 Number of ;ixial ribs mi seinnil teleo- eiiiieli wlidil 12 9-12 9-i:5 9.2 10,7 1.26 Page 104 THE NAUTILUS. \'( 15. \(). 3 generalK' c'oii.sidered to he at most a .suhgenus ol Cica A. Adam.s. 1855 (e.g., Thiele. 1929). 'I'lic t\]ie species, Canidia fiisca. was never illustrated, and tin' loeation ol its tApe material is uiikiumn. Two specimens (suspected s\iit\pes) from (^ami)odia. identifieil as "C. fusca" from the Cuming collection are stored in the collections ol BM(NH), no. 2()()()l;31fi, and were examined hy the au- thors. Nevertheless, the\' do not match the original de- scription and therefore are not t\pes. Thus the real po- sition oi Canidia remains uncl(>ar The other species that was originally attributed to the geims is Melanopsis hc- lenac Meder, 1847, which cleai"i\ belongs to Cica. Therefore, allocation ol dorri in the genus Cica (Anentome) ( = Canidia) is certainU' wrong. .A.t the same time, the shell uioipholog\ is ven similar to that of .\V;.s- sodouta insif^iii.s H. Adams, 1867. including such an mi- usual character as the l)asal sulcus. This induces ns to attribute the species to Nassodonta witli some certaintA. This is the first confirmi'd record ot genus Nassodoifa outside Indian waters, despite the original t\pe localit\ of China wxen for N. insi<'nis. Accordins; to Dr. Thach the species is abundani in ii\crs ot central Vietnam around Nha Trang and I'han Hang, .although N. dorri (like N. insii^nis) appears to inhabit the lower parts ol diese rivers and is probabK' found in brackish waters, the salinit\' of its habitat nei'ds to be investigated. The onlv other .\siaii species oi the lamilv Nassariidae known to inhabit fresh or brackish waters, are Nassariiis {Pi/ginafuassa) siihconst rictus (Sowerln; 1899), N. (P.) oiissaensis (Preston. 1914) and N. (P.) fossae (Preston. 1915) from Lake Chilka and other Indian back"waters (see Cemohorskv, 1984). .VCKNOWLKIK'.MENTS The authors would like to express their thanks to the n,\\Ii).\-spons()red Tropical \hu-ine .Mollusc program and its director. Prof. Jorgen Hxlleberg. lor pro\iding (he o])portunit\ to attend their workshop in Nha Trang, X'ietnam. to l)r Tliach for suppKing us with the material, to Mrs. Kathie W'av and Dr. John Tavlor for the loan of liolot\]")e of Nassodonta insiiiiiis and speeimcTis attribut- ed to "Canidia fusca". l.lTKH.Vn HI-: (TTKD .Ailaiiis, H. IS(S2. Descriptions of some new s^encni anil .species ol shells from the collections of Hugh (aiming. Esq. Pro- ceeilings of tiie Zoological Societ\' oi London. 25: 383- 3,S5. Cenioliorsk-v W. O. 1984. Sxstematies of the faniilv Kassari- idac. 1-iulletin of the .\uckland Institute and M\iseum 14: i-iv + l-.35fi. C'ossniann. .\1. 1901. Ess;us de paleoconcliolotjic comparee. 4. .Author's edition, Paris, 293 pp. Preston, 19US. Report on a collection ol maniu- .Mollusca Iroiii the Coi'liin and Enmir backwaters. Record ol the Indian Museum 12: 27-39. Siiiitli. E. A. 1895. Notes on Nassodonta iii.siu.iiis. Proceedings of the M:ilacological SocietA' of London 1: 257-258. 'Hiielc. j. U)29-1934. Handlnich der svsteniatischen W'eicli- tierkunde. 1(1): 1^376 [1929]; 2(1): 779-1022 [19.34]. Gustav Fischer. Jena. Wattebled, G. 1886. Description de mollnsques inedits de rAnn;ini Recolte du capitaine Dorr anx ensirons de Hue. |nuiiKil de Gonchvlioiogie 34: 54-71. THE NAUTILUS 115(3):105-114, 2001 Paiif 105 Systenuitics and ecolog) oi' Gdstrocopfa (Gastrocopta) rogersensis (Gastropoda: Pupillidae), a new species of land snail from the Midwest of the United States of America Jeffre) C>\ Nekt)la Department ol Natural ,uul Applictl Sciences Universit\ ol Wisriiiisiii-Creen Bay Green Bay. \\\ 54."ill ISA nekoIaj@uvvt;b.eili I Brian F. Cnccluni])lii fiif^crscusis ami Gaslnicopta proccni. 1, 3. Gust rucopta nx^ersi'iisis. L\\(,B 3914. Fults Hill Prairie Nature Presene. Monroe Coiintx. Illinois. USA (9()°iri5" W. .3S°9'19" N). 2. CastroropUi ro'^cr- si-nsis. UWGB 1061. Maquoketa Sontli Glade, Cliiiloii Couiilx.^ Iowa. USA (90°39'5" W. 42°U12" N). 4. Caslrocopta prorcra. U\VC;B 3916. Fnlts Hill Prairie Natnre Presene, ,\Ioin.ie ( (Mnilx, Illinois, US.A (9()°1 1 '15" W. 3S°9'19" N). 5. Castroropta pmrrrii. UWCH 575, Jnniper Hill Sli.il.- Chide, Flo\(l ( :<.unl\ low.i, rs.\ (92°59'2" W, 43°3'1()" M, 6. Castroropta prorcra inrrlun^i. liolot\])e, I'SNM 226395. l.oiin Island. Plieljis Counts. Kansas. 7. Castroropta nK^rr^icnsi.s. angiilo-parietal lamella, U^^'GB 3914, Knits Hill Prairie Xaliire Preserve, Monroe f:oiiiit\-, Illinois, US.A (9f)°I I ' 15" \\', 3S°9'I9" \), H. Castroropta prorcra. angulo-parictal lamella, UWGB 3916, Knils Hill Prairie Naliiie Presene, Monroe Connt\ Illinois, US,\ i9()°l I ' 15" W, .3S°9'I9" N). M(>i-|)li(»iiic(|-ic aiiaUses: liidix itiuals were iLS,siij;iu(l to citlicr Gdstrocoptd new species or Ga.strocopta pru- cera ha,sed on apcrtural laiiiclla eoiifiguration, Twciits- fi\-e Gnstrocopta ir-w ,spfC'ies and 24 G', jiidcrra |io|)ii- lations Ironi the states of Arkansas, Illinois, Iowa, and W'iseoiisiii wfre used for slicll nioiplioiiictrie aiiaUsis itrn(hncc ('onnli/ Caishni.ui \ Izdict Coiinli/ Calico Keck Kast ("aliee Heek W est Milili^nn ( 'nuitllj \\ ill II I iw .Springs Park Sciu'iij (.mint II Harriet E Leslie S Marsliall \\\' Marshall S Stone Connti/ .Mliscin BarloDt Ht'creation .-Vrea C'alieo Hoek Sentli Senth Side S Illinois Calhoun Connli/ Franklin Hill jiiokson ( 'oioitij Kiiiu;s k'ern IdntI }o])(ii:wss Conntij Flizaheth Miiili^int Connlij Alton Monroe Conntif Fonntain (^ap Fiilts Hesene Rtinclolpli i'onntij Chester Prairie dii Mother I<»«a .\llinniikee (.'onnlij I'ish Kami .\hiinids 92°lfi'44" W, .">(-i l:V22" N 92°16'52" W. :Wl:V()2" \ 93 Dd'OO" W. .5(1 29'(Hr \ 94°( )!'.%" W. 3(i°19'59" N 93°4(idS" W. :5(S°2.S'22" N Brian C^oles lirian C'oles Pilslin 194S (ieori^e Walsh Brian Coles Brian Coles 9r47'27" W. 35°53'5S" N Brian Coles 92°0.S'14" W. ,5tS (Ki'4.S" X linaii Coles 92°n,S'55" W. .3(S'=()7'I)I" \ Brian Cok-s 93°43'55" \V. 3B"1)9'07" N Brian Coles 92°29'42" W. 92°33' 19" W. 92°41'39"\\'. 92°35'41"\\; 55'='59'().S" N 35''49' 15" N 5°57'51" N 5°54'21" N 92°1)7'23" W. 35°5(-i'35" N 92"15'1S"\V. 36°()1'16" N 92°08'30" W. 3fi°()6'22" N 91°36'46" W. 35°4()'(K)" N Brian Coles Brian Coles Brian Coles Brian Coles Brian Coles Brian (a)les Brian Coles Brian Coles 9()°36'3S" W, 39'03'57" N led .\ekola 9()°15'33" W. 3S=22'3fi" X |ed Xekola 9l)°iri5" W, .3S'II9'19" X Jed Xekola 89°53'06" W. 3S°5(i'42" X |ed Xekola 9()°H'56" W, 3.S°(lfS'2S" X lelT Xekola 199(i/(V2.3 l99(S/,5/i(l,4 kiiinre 493:4-5 1995/10/12.2 199V6/(i.l 199S/4/19,2 1995/S/5.3 1995/ 1 0/1 3.2 1999/10/24.2 199S,/5/13.i 199.S/5/I6.2 199S/5/31.2 1997/7/12.2 1997/7/17.2 1999/4/4.4 L:\\CB 3.S0.S 89°26d5" W, 37''3(i'(12" X |efT Xekola UW'CB 3S4(i 90°09dS" W, 42 19'59" X John Slapeinsk) FMXll 2S(>S35 90°13'3fi" W. .3.S°54'51" X Jeff Xekola UWCB 431 ] 10 75 X X 32 X 24 4 13 33 1 2 3 12 42 31 FWCB :5939 25 FWCB 3914 IWCB 39iri 45 42 UWCB 42(i7: IWCB 4269 9 1 1'\\(;B 3S94: t\\(:i5 .3S9fS 43 24 91 = 17' 11" W. 43°27' 12" X Jeff Nekola UWCB 5366: 536S Paa> 108 THE NAUTILUS, \ol. 115. No. 3 Table I. (."(iiitiiiiicd. Siti Location ( .'ollcctor (Collection nnnihcr # Mi'asurcd c; nificr- G. sciusis procera ('lai/li)ii Cituntij Tnikc\ HiNcr Moiuuls CliiilDii Cntnilii Ma(|iiiik('t,i Sdntli DiihiKjiic ( iiiiiilii Rooscvcll i\(i;iil Fhii/d ('(Uiiilii Jnnipcr Hill SIi.lIc Clatlc Jiuksim (\mnli/ Hamilton (ilailc \\ iiiiii shirk ( iniiili/ Decorali (Clailc Missouri Tdiicij C'imiili/ Hollistcr Wisconsin Buffiild CiHiulij Landfill Koad Criiufonl ('oiiiili/ Lcitncr Hollow Rusli ( 'reck Cniiil ( 'diiiilii llc\\i'\ lltl'.;lils Zinnncr LdCrnssc Ciiiiiili/ I'Apcriiiirnt.il I'arni I li\on I'icnv ('imiili/ Ilagcr Cits Trcnipcfilc/in ('ciiiihi Rnidy's Hlnir \rrniiii C.oiuitij Battle Hlnir N'icton 9i°02' 1 1" W, 42°42'45" N jelT Nekola I'WCB fi46S 90 :59'()5" W, 42"()1 '12" \ Jell Nekola UWCB fil42 9n°44'3()" W, 43°32'55" N |<.|T Nekola I'WT :B :3rs;5 92°59'02" W. 4:3"(13'l(r \ JelT Nekola UWCB 575 9()°34'()S" W, 42°04'23" N JelT Nekola UWCB 3732 91''46' 10" W, 43°1.S'55" N ji'lT Nekola U\\'(;B 6315 93°L3'41" W, 36°37'()()" N Brian Coles 91='52'45" \V, 44n5'56" N J.inies Tlu-ler KMNIl 2S5717 91°()5'()5" W, 43°13'03" N 9r'()7'54"W, 43°21'56" N 9I°()1'14"\V', 42°44'03" N 91 ()2'50" \V, 42°50'3()" N 9rO()'47" N\; 43°50'12" N 91' J2'(K)"W, 43°49T4" N 92°31'36" W, 44°36'2()" N |anies Tlieler James Tlieler lames Tlieler lames Thelei' lames Tlieler |ames Tlieler lames Tlieler 91"2.S'59" W. 44=01' 12" N J.imes Iheler 9]°12'3S"\\'. 43°27'36" N 91°12'45"W, 43°29'26" N |anies Tlieler lames Tlieli'r KM Nil 2SW)7(i KM Mi 2S5.S24 FMNIl 2SfiK31 F.MNH 2S5(>S0 FMNII 2S5fS70 FMNII 2S5761 I'M Ml 2S5920 I'MMI 2S573,0 FMNII 2Sfi049 FMNII 2S5S43 31 18 16 6 8 11 13 8 4 Vm small p()[)iiluti()ns (<4() iniliv uiiials) all iii.itiire, iindainagc'd siiclls were measured. V\)V lariicr popnla- tions. a random sample oi'aiiproNiiiuiIeK 45 inidamaf^ed, adult siiclis wa.s selected. Sliell liei'j;lil and width was measured in increments of 0.01 mm nsinn a dissectimj; microscope with a calihrated ocular mii-romeler. Maxi- mum dimensions were recorded lor each shell. Shell lieiijht was measured Iroin the lip of llie [iroloeoneh lo (he liase c)l (lie lip. while sliill width was iiieasiiri'd Iroiii the l"i'J,ll(-lll( ist lliai'roccrd were an- ak/ed \ia lull 2-wa\ .ANON'.Vs in which ta\on and n)j)ta rogcr.vri/.v/.s belongs in tlie subgenus Gasf rorop- lii SuperficialK, its ;mgnlo-p;niet;il lamella r(>seinbles that of sexeral species in Gaslrocopta subgenus Iinuicr- sidciis. notabK Gastrocoptd InlinncUala (Sterki and Clapp, 1909) and Gdsl nx-opld ddUiaiid (Sterki, 189S' (PilsbiT, 194S; fitiure 490; 1-4'. However, members ' i Paa- 110 THE NAUTILUS, \ol. 115. No. 3 Ozark Populations Southern Illinois Populations Paleozoic Plateau Populations f 2 1 1 T 275 - 250 ^ . 225 -1 * 200 1 7C, J * 1.15 - - 108 i 101 * - I in 0S4 087 ■ ^ - i - • I r2 -0600 Taxon p < 00005 Locabon [) < 00006 Taxon X Location Injeractiwt p < 00006 r2 -0602 Taxon p < 0D0O5 Location p < 00005 Taxon x Localicn InteracBon p < 00005 Figure 9. Box-plot (liai;r;iiii ol \;iriatioii in dislrocopid ngcrsensi.s averaging 0.92 nun and C prorcni averaging 1.02 mm. This dilTerence was highly significant (P<0.00()5) and also varied between population centers (P<0.()()()5), with niaviiiniiii diver- gence occurring in tlie Ozarks. One-hnndred and forty three of thi' measmed (xV;.s- trocoptd ro'^crscnsis and 113 of tlie measured Gtislro- copta proccra shells originated from sites of co-occnr- rence. When analvses were limited to these stations. higlilv significant differences (P<0.0005) were still noted in both slu'll lieight and width (figure 10). .\dditionallv. a liighlv significant interaction bet\veen site and shell height (!'• 41.0005) and width (P = 0.002) was noted, with maximimi tlivergenci' occurring betwei'ii the two species in (he Ozarks. Liiu'ar regression ot slu'll height vs. L'T.M \-S coor- dinates (table 2) demonstrated that while Ga.strocopla procera shell height stronglv (r- = 0.375^ and signifi- cantlv (P<().0005) incieased towarils the south, no clinal variation occurred in Gastrocopta rogcr.scii.v/.s (P = ().87(i; 1- = 0.000), Because of this, differences in shell size are less marketl between C^ n>. iincluiir(i I'lirsli. Miililiiihci'tiiii ruspuldla (Nutt.) R\(lli.. and \iol(i i>riliilii \ .. (xciir. in the !\-\ic\\ c)l occupied names lor ol- ^crsen.sis populations. Suggestions of this can be seen in Theler (1997), as the most frequently burned sites (e.g. Rush Creek) also have the smallest G. rogcrsois/v and G. procera populations. The number of recovered shells per unit volume of soil litter in these managed Wisconsin sites is 2-3 times smaller than that obsenetl in nearbv inibumed Iowa sites (e.g. Maquoketa South and Roo- sevelt Road). Such trends should not be suqirising. as land snails are highly sensitive to fire (Frest and Johan- nes, 1995). We have obsened 50'% reductions in rich- ness and order-ot-maguitude reductions in abundance of land snails between ailjacent munanageil and fire-uian- aged grasslanils in northwestern Minnesota (author's uu- publisheil data). Thus, ovenise of fire management In consenation groups may pose as great ol a threat to the surAiv al of G. ro'^crscnsis as habitat loss. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS fo Sutto was institmiental in the measurement of Gas- twvoptd roocrsensis and Gastrocopta proccni shells. Matt Barthel was responsible for the SEM imaging of specimens, l^r. Robert Wise and the Universih' of \\is- consin-Oshkosh kindly allowed use of their SEM facili- ties. The malacological cmation staff at FMNH (espe- cially Jochen Gerber and Margaret Baker), ANSP, and NMNH (especially Warren Blow) kindlv provided access to specimens, facilitated loans, and pnniiled specimen numbers. Peter Mordan and Robert Cameron assisted LITERATURE CITED li.iker. F. C. 1939. Ficklliook of Illinois land snails. Illinois .Nat- ural liistorv Suncy Manual 2. Illinois Xalinal llistorv Suncv Division, llrhaiia, l(i(i [)[>. Cairtis, J. T. 1959. i'lic Wuclallon of Wisconsin. I nivcrsitvol' Wisconsin Press. Madison. (m7 pp. I'.iiilierloii, K ( ', HiT) \\ li, it shells do not tell: 145 million vears ol evolulion in \iiilli Aiiicrica's poKsrvriil land snails, with a revision and ioiiscia.iIioii pnoiilies. .Malacolostematics of mollusks. Manuscripts describing origin;il, unpublished research as well as review articles will be considered. Brief articles, not exceeding 1000 words, will be published as notes and do not require an abstract. No- tices of meetings and other items of interest to malacolo- gists will appear in a news and notices section. Manuscripts: Each original manuscript and acconipan\ing illustrations should be submitted in triplicate. Te.\t must be t)ped on one side of 8V^ X 11 inch white paper, double spaced throughout (including literature cited, tables and figure captions), with at least 1 inch of margin on all sides. All pages must be numbered consecutively. If printed on a word processor, the right margin should be ragged rather than justified. Authors should follow the recommendations of the Scientific Style and Format — The CBE Manual for Authors, Editors, and Publishers, which is available from the Council of Science Editors, Inc., 11250 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 8, Reston, VA 20190, USA (http://www.cbe.org/ cbe). The first mention of a scientific name in the text should be accompanied by the taxonomic authoritv, includ- ing year. Latin names and words to be printed in italics must be underlined; leave other indications to the editor. Metric and Celsius units are to be used. The sequence of sections should be: title page, abstract page, introduction, materials and methods, results, discus- sion, acknowledgments, literature cited, tables, figure cap- tions, figures. The title page should include tlie title, au- thor's name(s) and address(es). The abstract page should contain the title and abstract, which should summarize in 250 words or less the scope, main results and conclusions of the paper. The abstract may be followed by a maximum of 8 key words. All references cited in the text must appear in the literature cited section and vice versa. In the litera- ture cited section, all authors must be fully identified and listed alphabetically. Follow a recent issue of THE NAU- TILUS for bibliographic style, noting that journal titles must be unabbreviated. Information on plates and figures should be cited only if not included in the pagination. Ta- bles must be numbered and each placed on a separate sheet. A lirief legend must accompany each table. Captions for each group of illustrations should be typed on a separate sheet and include a key to all lettered labeling appearing in that group of illustrations. All line drawings must be in black, high quality ink, clear- ly detailed and completely labeled. Photographs must be on glossy, high contrast paper. All figures are to be consec- utively numbered (figs. 1, 2, 3, ... , NOT figs, la, lb, Ic, . . . NOR plate 1, fig. ]...). Illustrations must be arranged in proportions that will conform with the width of a page (6% inches or 171 mm) or a column {3Va inches or 82 mm). The maximum size of a printed figure is 6% by 9 inches or 171 by 228 mm. All illustrations must be fully cropped, mounted (m a firm, white backing, numbered, labeled and camera readv. The autlior's name, paper title and figure number(s) should appear on the back. Original illustrations must be between one and two times the desired final size. It is the author's responsibility that the line weight and let- tering are appropriate for the desired reduction. Original illustrations will be returned to the author if requested. Col- or illustrations can be included at extra cost to tlie author. Voucher Material: Deposition of type material in a rec- ognized public nniseum is a requirement for pubhcation of papers in which new species are described. Deposition of representative voucher specimens in such institutions is strongly encouraged for all other types of research papers. Processing of Manuscripts: Upon receipt, every manu- script is ack-nowledged and sent for critical review by at least two referees. These reviews serve as the basis for ac- ceptance or rejection. Accepted manuscripts are returned to the author for consideration of the reviewers' comments. Final Manuscript Submission: Authors of accepted manuscripts will be required to submit an electronic version of the manuscript correctly formatted for THE NAUTI- LUS. The formatted manuscript may be sent as an e-mail attachment to nautihis@shelhuuseum.org or in a diskette, preferably prepared using an IBM PC-compatible text pro- cessor. Original illustrations may be s\ibmitted separately by regular mail or as cHgital files (zip disks or rn>;V preferably in TIFF or BMP formats. Proofs: After typesetting, hvo sets of proofs are sent to the author for corrections. Changes other tiian t)pesetting er- rors will be charged to the author at cost. One set of cor- rected proofs should be sent to the editor as soon as pos- sible. Reprints and Page Charges: An order form for reprints will accompan\' tlie proofs. Reprints may be ordered through the editor. Authors with institutional, grant, or oth- er research support will be billed for page charges at tlie rate of $60 per printed page. Manuscripts, corrected proofs and correspondence re- garding editorial matters should be sent to: Dr Jose H. Leal, Editor, The Nautilus, PO. Box 1580, Sanibel, FL 33957, USA. @ This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1 992 (Permanence of Paper). rHE NAUTILUS Volume 115, Number 4 December 18, 2001 ISSN 0028-1344 A quarterly devoted to malacology. ; 7 ^UOI EDITOR-IN-CHIEF Dr. Jose H. Leal The Bailey- Matthews Siiell Museum 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road Sanibel.FL 33957 MANAGING EDITOR Christina Petrikas The Bailey-Matthews Shell Museimi 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road Sanibel.FL 33957 EDITOR EMERITUS Dr. M. G. Harasewych Department of Invertebrate Zoology National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Washington, DC 20560 CONSULTING EDITORS Dr. Riidiger Bieler Department ol Invertebrates Field Museum of Natural Histon' Chieago, IL60'605 Dr. Arthur E. Bogan North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences Raleigh, NC 27626 Dr. Philippe Bouchet Laboratoire de Biologie des Invertebres Marins et Malacologie Museum National dUistoire Naturelle 55, rue Bnffon Paris, 75005 France Dr. Robert T.Dillon, Jr. Department of Biolog)' College of Charleston Charleston, SC 29424 Dr. Eileen H. Jokinen S234 E. North Shore Road Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783 Dr. Douglas S. Jones F"lorida Museum of Natural lli-sini-v Universih' of Florida Gainesville. FL3261I-2()35 Dr. Harry G. Lee 1801 Bans Street, Suite 500 Jacksonville, FL 32204 Dr. (Charles Lydeard Biodiversity' and Systematics Department of Biological Sciences University of Alabama Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 Dr. James H. McLean Department ol Malacology Los Angeles County Museum of Natural Histoiy 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90007 Dr. Paula M.Mikkelsen Department of Living Invertebrates The American Museum of Natural History NewYork, NY 10024 Dr Diarmaid 6 Foighil Museum of Zoology and Department of Biology Universit)' of Michigan AnnArbor, MI 48109-1079 Dr. taistav Paulay Florida Museum of Natural History Universitv of Florida Gainesville, FL 32611-2035 Mr. Richard E. Petit RO. Box 30 North Myrtle Beach, SC 29582 Dr. Gar\- Rosenberg Department of Mollusks The Academy of Natural Sciences 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway Philadelphia, PA 19103 Dr. Angel Valdes Department of Malacologv' Los Angeles Countv Museum of Natural Histoiy 900 Exposition Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90007 Dr. Geerat J. Vermeij Department of Geology Universit)' of California at Davis Davis, CA 95616 Dr. G. Thomas Watters Aquatic Ecology Laboratory' 1314 Kinnear Road Columbus, OH 43212-1 194 Dr. John B. Wise Houston Museum of Natund Science Houston, TX 77030-1799 SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION The subscription rate per volimie is US $35.00 for individuals, US $56.00 for institutions. Postage outside the United States is an additional US $5.00 for surface and US $15.00 for air mail. All orders .should be accompanied by payment and sent to: THE NAUTILUS,V.O. Box 1580, Sanibel,FL 33957, USA. Change of address: Please inform the publisher of your new address at least 6 weeks in advance. All communications should include both old and neyv addresses (yvith zip codes) and state the effective date. THE NAUTILUS (ISSN 0028-1344) is published quarterly by The Bailey- Mattheyvs Shell Museum, 3075 Sanibel-Captiva Road, Sanibel, FL 33975. Periodicals postage paid at Sanibel, FL, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: THE NAUTILUS RO. Box 1580 Sanibel, FL 33957 THE€^ NAUTILUS CONTENTS Voluinr 1 13. Siinihcr I Drccnihcr IS. 2001 ISSX 0028-1344 D;nifl C. Reid New data on tlic taxonoiiis ami distriliiitioii of tlic ijciiiis iMormiii (iiilfitli .iiid I'id^con, 1S34 ( Castropoda: I,ittnriiildaf in liidci-Wcst Pacific mangrove lorcsts 115 BaiTA Rolh Pli\l()'j;cn\ nl pncuiiuistdinal an-a ini)rpl[c)luti;\ in tcncstrial Pulnionata ((Gastropoda) 140 Richard Diierr Ciijimcaissis chipt'liiiid. ,t new s[iccics i ( ;asli-o|)oda: (.';Lssiilae I from the Mioi-ciic t!liipola I'^onnalion ot nortli\vfst(.'ni Florida 147 Note Francisco J. Garcia Correttioii ot a mistake introduced in tlic description ol an Jesus S. Troncoso aeolid nndilirancli ol tlie ij;eniis Favoiinns V,\a\. 1S5() 150 Book Review 151 STATEMENT OF OWNEIiSl 1 1 1' MANAGEMENT AND CIRCLILATION I'nl.licalioii Title. THE NAUTILUS I'lililication No.. ()()2S-l:344 Filiiit; Date, N(neiiil)er 14. 2001 Is.sue Fre(|ueiR'\'. Quarterl\ No. ol l.ssiifs I'lililislicd .\imiialK, i'Our .\iii)ual SiihscTipticiii Price, US $5fi.00 (Joniplt'tf .\Iailinij; .Address ol Known Olfiet' ol I'lililieation, 3073 Saniliel-( !apti\a iload. Sanihel, PL 33957. Complete .Mailinij; .\dtlress ol Ileadtjiiarters. same as 7. Full Names and C^omplete Mailiiii; Aildresses of Fulilisher. Tlie Baile\-Mattlie\\s Sliell Museum. 3075 Sanibel- Captixa Road, Sanihel, FL 33957 I'xlitor, Dr. [ose H. Leal, address as aho\e. Ma)ia-\\Vst Pai-ifk- ifjoii thai lia\c arcuiiiii- lated since tlif l.iMinomic rt'vision cil tlic i^ronp In Kcid (19S6a). One new speeies is deserilicd lidiii llie nortiieastern iniliaii Oeean and L. -sinensis iPliilippi, IStT is dislinijnislied from (lie similar I., aiiiriihila ( Pliilippi. IS4(i ' with \\ hieh il \\as pie\ionsl\ ennhiscd. Siij;nifieant extensions to the distribution ranges ol 12 speeies are repoited The penis, paraspenuatozoa and radnla ul' I,, ili-licdliiln (\e\ill. 1SS5' are deserihed I'orllie first time and additional inlonnation i;i\en on the geographieal variation ot />. filos/i (So\\erb\'. LS.32' in Austialia. New htera- tnrt- I post- 1985) on the entire genus IJilortirin is Imelh re- \ie\\etl. IXTHODIC TION The hiiiilK' Littorinidae is aiiinii'j; llie iikisI well stiuliecl o( marine gastropod groups. loi- it is ol woildwide dis- trilmtioii aiul its nicnihers are iisiialK alinndaiit, aeees- sil)le anil easlK eollecteil in the intertidal /.oni' (see ri'- \ie\vs h\- Me(,)nai(l. 1996a, b). Ifntil some 30 vears ago the gronp was noted lor a eonliised ta\onom\ based mainl\- on bigliK \ariable shell eharaeters. However, sinee then tlie applieation ol teelnni|nes ol line anatoinv, scanning I'leetron mieroseopx and moleenlar biolog\ has resnited in refinement. Within the most well known sni)- lamiK, tlii' intei-tidal and mono|)h\letie Liltorininae (Reid. 19S9a), recent stndies recogmse 1'59 speeies in eight genera: 1 MclaHiiiphc iHosewater, 19S1; Keid. l9S9a): 11 Pcasirlla (Reid, 19S9!): iieitl and .\!ak. 199Si. 2 Maiuwari)iiiia (Reid. 19S(Sbi, 10 'rvclahus (iiosewater. 1972; Reid and Geller. 1997). 1 Cvnrhriiis i Rosewater. 1972: Reid, 1989a>. 39 Littomria i Keid. UJSfia. 1999a. b. this studv). 19 Littoriua (Reid, I99fil and 5(i Xoililit- foriiui (Bandel and Kadolsk-A. J9S2: Keid. 19S9a, in i)re.ss a. 1)1. For the snblamiK Littorininae there is at least a prelimiiian pli\ logen\ of the genera (Keid. 19S9al anti S(jme species-le\el ph\logeni(>s (e.g. iieid et al.. 199fi; Reid, 1999h), and fnitlier moleenlar phylogenies are now beiiiL; ])rodnced, I'lir iccciNcd iiiiuli more attention. Among several reniarkalilc tcalurc.s ol iJlloniria are the a.ssociation of mam species witli mangnne trees, leading to studies of their /onation patti-rns. diet and predation. Some members are oxoxixiparons. and nian\ sliow spawning or feeding migrations with hniar and tidal pe- riochcitv. A striking color poK inoiphism of the shell is shown l)\' species occurring on mangnne foliage and these ha\e enierged as a model s\steni tor the stud\' ol the niainteiuuKc of poK tiiorphisiii In natural selection. There has also heen new work on ultrastructure, egg capsules, radular plasticitv. parasitism and genetics. This new literature will he lirief]\" rexiewed here. NEW LITERATURE ON LITTORARIA SINCE 19S5 Reid (19S6a. 1989a) listed 36 known species oi' Litto- raria vxorldwide (one of whicii was unnamed), but de- t;iiled descriptions were restricted to those 20 found in association with mangrove trees in the Indo-West Pacific region. Since then the si.\ species occurring in the East- ern Pacific region ha\e lieen described (Reid. iy99a; see also Reid and Kaiser (2()()1 ) for t^vo new records of Indo- West Pacific species in the eastern Pacific) including the unique nonplanktotrophic L. ahcrniiis (Philippi, 1S46) and the new taxon L. ro.scwatcii Reid. 1999. In addition to the single new species described in the present paper and the recognition of two ta,\a within L. (ii-ticiilnta (Phi- lippi, 1846)' (as used by Reid, 1986a), a further new- species from northern Australia is being describeil else- where (Stuckev and Reid, in preparation; see W'armoes et al., 1990, and Reid. 1992a, for additional regional tax- onomic accounts). This brings the total for the genus to 39 species. A preliminaiA phvlogenctic anaksis of all Litlorar'ui species then knowii, based on iladistic analvsis of mor- phological characters, was done In Reid (1986a). This has since been revised and updated (Reid. 1999b). The new phvlogenv was not well resoKed, but supported the monophyly of the subgenera Pahistorhui and Litioiinop- sis, and suggested thai the subgenus IJtlonir'ui was a paraphvietic assemblage; a significant change to the pln- logenctic classification of the genus was the combination of five mainlv rock-dwelling Indo-Pacific species (L. pin- tado (Wood, 1828), L. inanrilitnui (Lamarck. 1822), L. alahmta (Philippi, 1846), /.. coccim-a (Gmelin, 1791). L. undulata (Gray. 1839)) in (he basal stibgeinrs Frotolitt- orariri. wiiich had previousK held onK /.. piiitddo (Reid. 1989a). The fossil record of Ijlltmind is limitt-d. but better than that of Other littorinid geneia. probali!\ bc- cau.se preserx'ation is more likeK- in niangroxc cnxiion- ments than on high-energ\' rock\ shores. The known fos- sil species were listed i)V Reitl (19991)) and discussed in the context of vicariant events in the biogeograpliie his- toiy of the clade. A similar histors-, of Tethvan origin ;uid subse(]uent \icariance, has been proposed tor niangroxcs by Ellison et al. ( 1999), who cited the worldwide diver- sity gradient of IJtloraria species in support. Ivxtinetions of marine invertebrates during historical time are rarelv reported; L. fiammca (Philippi. 1847) was included as one of onlv four possible examples among 'gastropods discussed bv Cariton (1993). Regrettablv little genetic work has \et been undertak- en on Littoraria. Several studies of allozvine variation within the Australian species have confirmed that the species defined bv nioq:ihological criteria are indeed dis- tinct (John.son and Black, 'l998; Schmidt. 1998; M. Stuckev, personal conmiunication). Levels of intraspe- cific genetic variation have been assessed using alloTA'me markers in L. anguUfera (Lamarck, 1822) (Janson, 1985) and in the hvo subspecies of L. cingidata (Philippi, 1846) (Johnson and Black. 1998). DN.-\ sequences have so far been published for the 16S ribosonial RNA gene (3 spe- cies, Reid et al., 1996) and 18S rRNA gene (1 species, Winnepenninckx et a!., 1998^, but have yet to be used for phvlogenv reconstmction within the genus. This should be a priorih'. Although the genus Littoraria is well known as a char- acteristic inhabitant of mangrove forests, this is not tine of all the species. There appears to have been an evo- Intionan- specialisation to the mangrove habitat, since basal species occur exclusively on rocks, or on both rocks and drifhvood, whereas only the more derived clades occur on trunks and foliage of mangrove trees (Reid, 1999b). The three-dimensional structure of the man- gnne habitat, and frequent .svmpatric occurrence of sev- eral Littoraria species, has stimulated numerous ac- counts of comparative zonation patterns. These have been carried out in Australia and the western Pacific (Cook et al. 1985; Reid, 1985; Boneka, 1994; Catesbv and McKillup, 1998), Japan (Ohgaki, 1992), the Carib- bean (Gutierrez, 1988) and the eastern Pacific (Blanco et al.. 1995; Blanco and Cantera. 1999; Cantera et al., 1999). In general. Littoraria species do not seem to be restricted to particular tree species, but are found on characteristic substrates (bark or foliage), at txpical tidal heights and in tvpical horizontal zones (seaward or land- waril fringes) within the forest; furthermore, the assem- blages of species on continental margins and on oceanic islands are different (Reid. 1985. 19S6a, 1999a). Some of the tvpicallv mangrove-associated species can also be found on shclteicd rock-v shores, including L. aiiindata (see Crowe, 1997), L. sinensis (Philippi, 1847) (accounts of distribution of 'Littorina scahra' on roek-y shores of Hong Kong and southern China probabK refer to a mLx- tnre of these tAVo species, e.g. Ohgaki. 1985; Yi and Li, 1988; You, 1990) MvXL.flaia (King and Broderip. 1832) Nionlinhd ;uid Alves-Costa, 2000). Ecological data on llidsc species tli;it ;nx' found mainlv on rocks and drift- wcHid. such ;is /. unduhila and L. coccinea. are scarce il'diilieek et al., 1994; Sacchi, 1994; Ohgaki. 1998). Within the mangrove environment those s|ie(ies in- h;ibiliii'^ liuiiks and roots ;it lower levels on the trees nii'j;r;ile \erlicallv with the tide in order to renuiin above die w.iler level (Yip[). 1985; (;utierrez. 1988; Ohgaki, 1992; Jensen, 2000). Similar behavior has 1h'(mi reported on rockA- shores (Ohgaki, 1993; Svane and Pringgenies, D. G. Reid, 200 Patif 117 1997) and displacfiiieiit i'\periiiu>nts ha\c lircii cairifd out (Antwi and Aniexan-Ahimfi. 1987). In tontiast. spe- cies hpicalK- Ibinul at higher lewis among tiic foliage of mangnnes are not contaeted l)\ the higli tide, hut be- come acti\e during rain and iieaxA' di'w (Little and Stir- ling, 1984; Kohlmeyer and Behont. 1986; Ohgaki, 1992). Lihowria irrorata (Say, 1822) occurs in salt marshes in the soutiieasteni United States, where i( chmhs tlie stems oi marsii grass and descends to teed on the suh- .strate at low tide. This behavior has lu'cn investigated in relation to lioth thermoregulation (McBride et al., 1989; WilHams and Appel, 1989; Henn- et al., 1993) and a\oii!- ance of predators (Warren, 1985; \'aughn and I-lsclier 1988, 1992; Di.\ and Hamilton, 1993; Du\al et ;il.. 199-4). This species has been eniplo\ed in studies of trail fol- lowing (Stirling and Hamilton, 1986; Tankersle\-, 1989, 1990;' Robbins and Hamilton, 1996). Unhke ;ill other species of the genus, it is entireK- template in chstri- bution and hibernates during winter (Paul et .il 1989). Aggregation beiiavior has been described in /. tl'ii'i "u Toch,- shores in Brazil (Moutinho and AKes-Costa. 200(;)). Littoraria species sulfer high Ie\els of pre(hitioii. a|i- parently mainK h'oin aquatic pretlators, accounting toi- their avoidance oi submersion i)\ the rising tide. In man- grove forests portunid crabs take snails ;it and below the water surface, while some grapsids are able to climb sev- eral metres up into the trees (.Maruthamutim et al., 1985, 1986; Borjesson and Szelistowski, 1989; Reid, 1992b; Boneka et al., 1998). Predaton- fish ma>- also be important predators of juxenile Litforaria and species from lower \ertical le\els (Hughes and Jones. 1985; Hughes and Mather. 1986; Borjesson and Szelistowski. 19S9; Catesby and McKillup, 1998; Duncan ;md Szelis- towski, 1998). in salt marshes botli portunid crabs and predaton- gastropods (.A/c/o/igcofl) attack L. irrorata (Warren.' 1985; West and ^\■illiams, 1986; Dix and Ham- ilton, 1993; Schindler et al., 1994). There is limited e\- idence of predation b\' birds on Littoraria species in the mangnne canop\- (Reid, 1987; Cook and C;ad)ett, 1992). An unusual predatorv association has recentK' been re- ported in southern Queensland, where U\t> species ol sarcophagid flies are a significant cause ol moii;ilif\ in L. filo.sa (Sowerbv, 1832) (McKillup and MeKillup, 2000; McKillup et al..'2()00; P;ipe et a!., 2000). In \ietnam. South Kast Asia and India the larger Littoraria sjieiies are gathered localK lor food In fiumans i i\asm;itliaii and Shanmugam, 1988; Poutiers. 19981. On tropical rock'\' shores Littoraria h;i\e been re|)oi1- l| ed to graze on diatoms, microalgae. c\;inob;Rtt'ri;i ;ind r bacteria, but in mangro\e and saltuKush h;ibitats addi- tional sources of food are available. Littoraria species appear to be opportunistic grazers, ingesting ;i range of fungal, algal, detrital and plant material and their role in food webs has been examined (Kemp et al.. 1990; (>urrin et al., 1995). Several investigators have stressed the likely importance of marine limgi in tlie diet ol Littoraria in- habiting both mangrove trees (Kohlmeyer and Behont. 1986; Christensen. 1998) and grass (Newell and Biir- locher. 1993; Barlocher and Xewcll. 1994a. b; (iraca et al.. 2000!. Whether mangrove pkmt tissue is a significant food source is delnited i Ohgaki. 1990; Jensen. 2000; Lei'. 2001) and the composition of the diet ma\- depend upon vertical zonation and tree spcfies '[ensen. 2000), The mechanical function of the radul.i has not been studied, but it has been shown tluit the form of the radular teeth differs consistentlv in specimens of the same species samjiled from rock and wood snlisti;ites. impKing that tooth .shape is phenotypicallv plastic (i{(id and Mak. 1999). Growth rates can be r;i])id in tropic'al Littoraria species, most reaching :isvmptotic size in six months to one vear (Maruthamuthn and K;isinath:in. 1985; Bnrgett et al . 1987; Cruz. 1989; Boneka et al.. 1997; Jensen et a!.. 1999; Jensen, 2()00>. Breeding and population char- ;icteristics have been reported in several Littoraria spe- cies I Bern. 1986; Maruthamutim ;incl K;isin;ilhan. 1986; Yi ;md Li. 1988; Herjanto and Thomas. 1VJ95; Jen.sen et al.. 1999). The mtraspc'cific variabilitx' of littorinid shells has becMi a connnon Ciiuse of taxouomic conhision in the' past. In a uioq)hometric stucK of L aiiiiiilifcra through- out its Atkmtic range. Merkt and Kllison i 1998) reported strong intnispecific variation in shell shape, but argued tli;it this was a conse(|uence of ecopheno^vpic effects rather than genetic differentiation. However, an earlier study of the same species over a more restricted area had reached the opposite conclusion (Janson. 1985). When considering variation betAvc'cn species, it has often been obsened that shell thickness decreases in species zoned at higher levels on th(> trees, reflecting adaptation to the severity of acjuatic predation at lower le\els (Cook et al., 1985; Borjes.son and Szelistowski. 1989; Duncan and Szelistowski. 1998) and the danger of dislodgenient in the c-anopv (McMahon. 1985). In manv Littoraria species the most striking aspect of shell variabilitx' is the color jiolvmorphism of the shell. Indeed this feature has stinnilated the most active field research on (lie gcMms. so that species <)\ Littoraria have become recognised as a model svstem for the studv of visible genetic polvmorphism ((.'ook. 1992). I'nfortu- natelv. earlv studies suffered from the confiision of sev- enil different svm]-);itric species (Hughes and Jones, 1985; Hughes ;md .Mather 1986). It has been obsened that there is a consistent correkition between monomor- phic- (;ilthough still variable) shells and a low-level hab- it;it on trunks and branches, wiiereas species inhabiting foliage are polvmorphic (Cook, 1983, 19S6b), although mider exceptional circumstances polvmotphism has also beiMi reported in a trunk-dwelling species (C^ook ;ind Bridle. 1995). The three princi]ial moqihs are vellow. brown and pink (or Orange) and each appears to be cnptic against different parts of the \isuallv varied back- ground of the mangrove canopv, or to mimic elements of the foliage (Cook. 1983; Reid. 1987). Assuming that the polvTnorphism is genetic in origin and not selectiveK neutral, there are a number of mechanisms bv which it could be maintained in natin-al selection (Reid. 1987: Cook and Gadiett. 1992). Evidence has accunnilated for Pasjo lis TUP. NAUTILUS, \ol. 115, No. 4 D. (;. H(>id, 2001 Pai'c 119 sisiiiifiraiil iliaiim's in iiioipli licc|urnrics ac((ii(liii'4 to tlic cdiriposition of the l)ack>j;n)iiu(l (cij;. tree species ami al)uii(!aiR-e 1)1 li)liant tiiat sutisiested the op- eration ol lre(]nenc\ -dependent (apostatiel selection (Reid, 1987). \e\eitheless, the identit\ of [lossilili' \isual predators is a matter ol speculation: hirds. erahs and even flies ha\e been su^^ested (Reid. 19S7: Cook and Garhett. 1992: McKillnp'et :il.. 2000 i. The differences in thermal properties ol the niorphs iiia\ result in l>e- havioral ilillerences that contrihute to site sck'ction and background matching (Cook, 19S(il); Cook and Free- man, 1986: Reid, 1987). The color inoiphs of /,. jiiillcs- cens have also been showni to differ in shell strength, size, variance and growtli rate iCook et al . 1985: Cook. 19901): Cook and Kenxon. 1993: Bonek:i. 199(r. Honeka et al., 1997). ReIati\eK' lew new anatomical studies ha\e been e:n- ried out since 198fi. Egg capsule shape luis been docu- mented in a number of ailditional species (Bern. 19Sti: IIo, 1987: -\lak, 1995). The llagelhun-like structure of the paraspermato/.oa is a character ol phvlo^enetie sig- nificance (Reid, 1999b): this has bctMi named the pscn- dotrich and has been tlu' subject ol struetnr:il :md on- togenetic stucK (IleaK ;md |;uniesou. 1993: iiuckland- Nicks et al., 2000). The lunctions ol parasperniato/o;i have been rcxii-wed hv Buckland-N'icks (1998: 1-inck- land-Nicks et al.. 1999). Eertmau (1996) described the ultrastructure ol the gill filaments ol L (iiiicuhtUL MATERI.\L AND .METHODS Shell dimcTisions weie uie;isured with \erniei e:ilipers lo 0.1 nun. Shell heiglit (H) is the m;L\innun dimension parallel to the axis of coiling, shell bre:ullli iB' the ma.\- imuui dimi'iision peipeiidicuhir to II. and (he length ol the aperture (LA) the greatest length from llie junction ol the outer lip with the penultimate wliorl to the an tenor lip. Shell shape was quantified :is the r:ilio II B and H/LA (rekitiw spire height. Slfi. For geni'ral :iceounts ol the m:Lle and lem;ile :iUiitom\ of Lifforariii, and methoils of stniK. see Beid i 198(ia: 1999a). Li\ing animals wi're relaxed in 7.5'/f maguesium chloride in fresh water, fixed in lO'/f sc:iwater formalin and stonxl in SO^r ethanol before examination. Banis- permatozoa were I'xamined Irom the seminal \esicles of specimens fixed :ind storetl in lO'f sc:iw;iter lormalin. The relatixc radular leulls: .\.\1S. .■\ustr:iliau Museum. S\dne\ ANSI' .\c:idem\ ol \:itnral Sciences ol Phikidel]ihi:i BMXJl. \:itural lliston .Museum. London \l\ll\. Museiun \;iliou:il d llistone \alnrelle. Baris \S\1 1 National Science .Museum, 'lokxu \.\1\\ National Museums and (Galleries ol Wales. ( .':u- din UNllL. Xatioiuial Natnmhistorisch .Museum. Leiden USWI. National Museum of N:itur:il lliston. Smithson- i:in Institution. Washington. D.C. Z.\l A. Institute ol 'laxououiic '/oolog\. I'liixcrsitx ol .\m- stei'dani SVSI EM AilCS iJI/oriniii {I .itioriiKtpsis ' scabrti ; Linu.ieus. 175S) Distribution: New leiords: M;iscareue Islands: Ro- drit;ues iNMW'. N'ietnam: Lo Bixcr. Nha Trang (B.MNin. Chiu:i: S:ui\:i. Ilain;m Iskiud BMNIH. Tai- wan: Tan Shui (BMNTL. |;i[)an: .\mami () Sliima iKxu- shu I'nixo'rsitx h Inoda. Ishigaki Shinui i BMNT I h Chichi- jinia :md llah:ijim;i. ()ii;is:ix\ai'a Iskinds l''nkndii. 1993). I .iltoniiiii • Lilldhnopsis- hilcd I'hilippi, ISI7) Distrihntioii: New records: Nieluiun: Lo Bixcr. Nha Trang (fUlNll Indonesia: l,emb:u'. Lombok ; BMN II i. l.iiloniriii ' lJII(>i-iii<>psis< piillcscciis i I'hilippi. IStfii Distribution: Nexx records: \ietn:mi: Lo Rixcr Nha Trang (BMNH). China: Sanxa. ll:iin:iu Iskind BMN 11). T:iix\an: Tan Shui (l^MNTIl. |apan: Na/.e. .ATuamioshinui iKxiishu Unixcrsitx): Kabria Bax, Isiii<'aki (B.MNTI). Figures 1-13. SlielK i>\ LitUtnnid iHiiiiiilciisis new species and IJttoriirin intermedia 1-11. /.. hcii'^alriisis. 1, 7. 15:itii Mauii;;. Peiiani;. M:ila\sia il5.\INH 2()()1()1 lo: 1, niafc; 7, Icmafd. 2, 4, 8. I'aratxpcs: Hare Island. Cailf of Mannar, Taniilnailu, In(li;i (HMNH 2001(11 t(l; 2, 8, female: 4, male). 3, 6. Tntieoiin. Tamilnadu. India (BMNII 20()0()7S3: females). 5. Sun<.»ei Mcrhok, near Pantai Merdeka, Kedah, Malaxsia i BMNII 2()01()11S: malcL 9. .-\i) Nam Bor Phuket Island. Thailand ( BMNII 2()(II()| 17: lemalel. 10. Ilolotxpp: Hare Iskiiid. Culf of Mann:ir Tamilnadu. India iB.MNII 2()()1()I14: male). 11. .-^o Nam Bor Phuket Island. Thailand IBMNII 2001011(1: male' 12, 1.3. /, iiitcnitidiii: ll:ire Island. ( ailf of \lann;ir Timihwidn. In(li:i iBMNll 2i)0007."il 12, male; 13, leuialel. Page 120 THE NAUTILUS. \(.I. 115. No. 4 \\'estern Australia: Bt'rkt'lr\ Ki\(r. W coa.st Joseph Bon- aparte Gulf (BMNH); Maii(l until last whorl, where 2—1 posterior ribs (excluding rib adjacent lo sutnri') become di\ided by a central impressed line: peiipheral rib usualK' raised. occasionallv carinate; somelimes ;» u;uii)w liblel inter- polated in 2-3 posterior grooves; b;isiil ribs Huer; tot;il ribs on last whorl 21-35. Surlaee gloss\. spinil mieros- triae faint or absent. Frotocouch 0.35 nun diameter, 3.5 whorls, with spiral ribs and sinusiger;i notch. (!olor \;u- iable; ground color criMUi. pale \ellow or oelu'e; [):ilt(in of dark browii daslies on ribs, on spiic whorls ilashes are usually axialK' aligned to form obli(|ne or /ig/.ag stripi's. but on hist whorl dashes become less discrete and break up into diffuse blackish to red-brown motlling; often ;i broad paler zone on middle of base; p:illcrn sonietinies faint, so that shell appears ncHow with grcN-brown mot- tling. Coliunella pmple brown to dark violet; ;iperture with e.\terior pattern showing through aTid not obscmcd b\' the thin whitish callus. .Vniinal: Headioot. operculum, pallial oxiduct and rad- ul;i ( Figui'es 34, 35) do not differ significantK from those ol /,. iiileniwdia as described b\' Reid (1986a). Penis I i'"igui('s 14-16. 20) bihu'cate; large dark brown glan- dulai' disc carried on long branch of base; smooth bkide- shaped filament with mucronate tip. separated from wrinkled base bv constriction. 0.4—0.5 total length ol pe- nis; entire vas deferens from tip ol peni;il hiament to prostate closed as a duct. Paraspermatozo;i (Figure 21; l\eid. iy86a: fig 46k) 14—26 |j.ni (including rod jiieces): rod pieces eoniposetl ol a bundle of several uaiidw el- I'uients. or I'arcK single, usually projecting from cell; cell hlled with large rouiid granules. 0\"o\ iviparous; embn'os brooded between gill folds in mantle c;i\it\ until M'liger stage; development planktotrophic. Di.stribiiti<)n: Habitat on branches ;iud foli;ige ol mangroves (Avicennid. Rhizopliora. Somicriilid) ;ind m;u"itime trees (Pcmplus), up to 3.5 ni above groimd. iilwavs above water level; most frequent at seaward edge of mangrove forests, but e.xtending far back into forest (see Reid. 1985: figs 9, 11, for zonation; as 7. iiilcniw- ili(i); onlv rarely found on rocks. Fomid in modenitelv turbiti and estnarine localities as well as on nearshore iskuids. Range (Figure 22) from hulia to western Nhilav Peniusnki :ni and, most siy;nifieantK. all three were cop- ulating onK with eonspecifies. Siil)se(|ueiit anatomical examination loimd a consistent dilleicnce in the penis ol L. h(iiij_iil(iisi.s and /,. iiitcniii-diii. iU'cxamiiialion ol nnisenni colk'ctions has i\'\eale(l s\nipatric occurrence (mixed samples) ol L hcii'^alcnsis and /., hilcnncdUl at the tollowinu; additional localities: ( l.ille. Sri l,anka (BMNH); two islands in Mei'^ni \rcliipelaii,o, Hurma (BMXIl); Ao Naui Hon Phuket I.. Thaihuid (l5M\lli; Fulau Tanj^a, Bntang Is. Thailand il'SN'Mi: Sinahant^, Simeulne I.. Indonesia (RNHL>. In <'acli casi' separation ol shells was strait^htlonvard. with no iutermeiliates. and males from Ao Nam Bor were iilso tlistiu<^uislicd nsin<; the same penial characters as at the t\|)e localitx. The ditferenees between L. hvw^alcnsis and /, iulcr- mcclia are sununarised in Table I. The shells ol /, in- termedia show considerable geographical and ccotxpic variation (see Reid, 1986a, and below), so the descrip- tions appK ouK' to specimens from within the 'jjeograph- ical distribution ol L. hcii hcii- gf//<';i.s/.v often have a more elongateK patulous shape, reminiscent of a Surrinca (compare Figures 5 and 12), The overall lolor of the shell is ochraceons or vellowish, with brown pattern, in L. hciiiialcusis: in contrast, that of L. iuli niicdiu is grev with black to brown p.ittcrn. In detail, the dark pattern ot dashes on the ribs is similai" on the earlv whorls of both species, but on the final whorl the dashes of Z^. iutcrmcdid icmam nioie discrete and axiallv aligned, whereas in L. hcii^iilciisis the pattern becomes more diffuse and mottled. In both species there appeals to lie a direct effect of substrate upon shell color, presnmablv mediateil through diet i Riid. 1986a). Shells from Rhizopluini and Vcinjiliis are ilarklx patterned, whereas those from Aiiirniiin and Soiiinniliii are conspicnousK paler. OnK' L. intermedia is known to occur on rocks and these too are usualK iclati\el\ ])ale in color. The ouK anatomic.il difference that has been ob- sened is the shape of the penis: that ot /.. heie^aletisis has a more robust filament and a larger glandular disc borne on a longer branch of die base (although the pro- portions of the penis depend upon the degree ol relax- ation, .see Heitl. 19S6a: fig. 46). In all animals examined the penial glandular disc of L. />eii>:aleiisi.s was dark brown, whereas that of L, intermedia was cream or vel- lowish. There mav ,ilso be a dilleicnce in the parasper- mato/.oa: in /, henfialentis the rod pieces nsuallv project (Figure 21; Hcid, I9S6a: fig. 46k). but in L. intermedia thev seldom pierce the oval outline ol the cell (Rtid. lOS6a: figs 46i. j) (ba.sed on 7 and 5 samples respec- tivclv). There is little information on the comparative habitats ol L hen<^aletisis and L. intermedia since the txvo have ouK icccniK been dislintinished in the field and louTid in svnipativ. I'lie available observations indicate that /,. heniialcnsis is lound higher on the trees, throughout a greati-r width ol the mangrove lorest and that it is more tolerant of turbiil and estuarine conditions. l'"or exaTiiple, at the nmddv bav ol \o Nam Bor, Phuket Island, Reiil ( I9S.5: fig. 9' recorded /. 'intermedia' Irom throughout a mangrove st.uid SO m wide. tliidn<4h to the laTidward /.one and at heights ot up to .3.3 m above the gronnil. Both species ari' jiresent at this site (collections ol Hcid in BMNII) and since in other ])arts ol its range L in- termedia sensn slrirla is known to occur mainlv at the seaward edge and at low levels on trees, it is likelv that the high-level anil landward records applv to L heiejji- Icnsis. M the niuddv. turbid site ol Batn Manug, Penaug, onlv /,. hcirj^aliiisi'^ was present and here Keid (1985: fig. II. as L. inlcimediii ' lei'orded it Irom througliout a belt ol Avicennia 10 m wide and from up to 2.0 m above the ground. Likewise in the iiearbv Merbok Estnan L. hen^alensi.'i (Kenrred alone and Irom seav\ard edge to landward lring(> (peisonal obsenation ', The tvpc localitx' of L. heniialensis is a sandv island with a binding reef and clear water: here i)otii species occurred and L hen- gr;/(7(s/.s was found above the level ol /,. intermedia aTid on botli foliage and branches, whereas the latter was pieseiit onlv on trunks (and has rarelv been lound on leaves elsewhere. Reid, 1985 1. Litti>rar'ta henufdens'is has so far been recorded almost exclusivelv on trees (one spei inien on .i shelteied rock'X' shore near Ranong. Thai- land: H.MMI. whereas L intrrmedia is coininonlv found on both trunks and sheltered roekv shores (Reid, I9S5: I9S6ai. Rcitl iI9S6a: 57-58) discussed a distiuiiion between Littoraria species with "oceainc' lUid 'continent;il' distri- bution patterns, representing extremes on a gradient of ecological tolerance. The former referred to a suite oi iiabitat characteristics including clear water, nonn;il sa- linitv, narrow mangrove fringes or seaward edges ol broad mangrove belts, and offsliore islands. In contrast, fontinental' li:ibitats were eharaeteii.sed bv turbid, es- tuarine \\ater. eutrophic conditions, and broad forests on continental margins. It is clear that on this continnum /. heniSftlensis extends to more ■continental' habitats than /, intermedia. For exampli'. in the .\ndaman Sea both species have been recorded Irom the .Andaman Is- lands. Mergui .\rchipelago. Phuket Island and Butang Islands uk'tails given above): thes(> are all 'oceanic' sites. However, at a muddv site on Penang and in both the Merbok and Matang Estuaries, and in the vitinitv ol f^anong. on or close to the mainland of the Malav Pen- insula. /,. hennalensis occurred alone (large collections Page 122 THE NAUTILUS, Vol. 115. No. 4 D. C. Hi'id, 2001 by D.G. Reid, E. Asliton and |.l^. Ta\Iiii- rcspcclivcK : ;J1 BMNH). Similarly, in India /-, hcii'^alritsis has been recorded over a lar^e extent oftlic eontinental coastline, from Mninbai to (^liennai. From islands in Mic ( ailldl Mannar and Irom (ialk- in Sri Lanka. In ((inli.isl. m llic same region /.. iiitiniudiii has lu'en recorded onK from islands in the (ailFolMannar. from (ialle and from Trin- comalee. Sri Lanka (see below), all of which apjiear to be 'oceanic' sites. ( )n a wider geographical scale the dis- tribntion ol /. hiUnncdui extends aci'oss the Pacific to the islands ol Hawaii antl PoKnesia. again icllcctin hciej^dlcnsis with other speeies is less hkeh. In southein Iiidi.i and the sdutlieiii .\ndanian Sea its range overlaps with that ot L. scahrti and the two can be found svinpatricalK' in relati\el\' 'oceanic' habitats (in- cluding the \^-pe locality in the Gulf of Mannar). IJtto- raria sicuhra is easil\- recognised b\- its wide, white col- umella. Ijltorarin jxillcsceiis (Philippi, 1S46) is even more oceanic in cliaracter than L. scnhni and has been recorded sxinpatricalK with L hcii<^alcii\is onK in the Andaman Islands, Penang, Butang Islands and Phuket Island: it is distinguished b\ its colorful. poKniorphic shell, lack ol secondan sculpture .md the rounded inner lip of the aperture. In each case pi'uial ch.uacters are diagnostic (Reid, 19Sfia). The distribution of L. hcii'^a- Icnsis just touches that oi L dclicatuld. single s|)e( iniens of the latter having been seen Irom the Cull ol .NLinuar and the Andaman Islands, altliough most are Irom the head of the t^av of Bengaf (see fielovv ), Sfiells ol these tvvo species can be superfitiallv similar: both ni;iv be thin-shelled, and veliow with a faint or dilluse p.itleru. Nevertheless, tliev can :ilvvavs be distin'j;nislied bv the more numerous prinian grooves i 1 1-14 i and much finci' sculpture (35-50 ribs on final whorl 1 of /.. dcliailulti: the columella of that spi'cies is narrow and excavated in the tvpicallv vciA delicate shells, although it mav :ipproach that ol /,. Ixu'j.dlcilsi'i in width in occasional thickei' slu'lls. The shape ol I, dclicdiulii is subtiv diirerent; the spire whorls are Hatter and the spire nsuallv slightlv tall- er. Most importantlv. the |)enis ol /.. dclicatidd is entirelv different (fiiiures 3f, 32. sec below). Lilhiidiid [iJtloiiiuipsis! inlcnncdid i, Philippi, I S46) (iMtiures 12. 13. 17-19. 22) Svnonvniv as in Keid (1986a). excluding the entries now- listed under /,. I}(ii'j,alcusis above. New references: Littoiarid l.iltohnojisis' inlcnncdid — Hi'id. lyStia: 124—135, figs 43a, c-i, 44a-d. g-i. 45a. 451) (protoconch). e. 45f iradnla*. 46a. c-li ipenisi, 46i, j (paraspern)ato/oa), 46l-<) iovidiicti, 47 idistiihntion) liii part, includes /.. hcnudli'ii- s/.v )]cvv species '. Di.stribution: Records and distiibution as in R(id (]9Sfia: 132-1.14. fig. 47>, but excluding all records from mainland India except those listed below, and also I'.x- clnding records from Penau'^. Merbok estuai"V and Be- lawan i the excluded records appiv to /,. hertfialcnsis, see above i. The doiibtlnl iccoid fioni the (Galapagos Islands I Reid. 19Sfia: 1-34 1 is now consideicd unreliable and should be excluded i Reid and Kaiser. 2001'. New and I'econfiirned records: Kenva: Kilifi R. estuarv iBMXIL. Saudi Arabi.i: jedd.ih H\l\ll Oman: Masirah 1. (ZMA); Khor .\l-|arama. Ras Al-lladd i BMML: Banchir Khavran (BMXII). United .\rab I'^mirates: Fujaira (B.M'MD: Has Al-Khaim ah Khor. Dubai BMXIL: Khor Kalbii. Shaijah iB.MNll'. India: islands in Cochin Har- bour. Kerala (ANSP): .Manali I. and Hare I.. Cnlf of .Mannar (BMNIL. Thailand: Krabi BMMI . .Malavsia: Pnlan (iava. Kota Kin:ibaln. Sabali iBMMli: Kudat! Sa- bah iB.MXIli. Melnam: l.o H Xha Traug iB.MXII). China: Bcigang I.. Hainan IJ.MXHi. Indonesia: Knta Beach, Lo/nbok i BMXII). Philii)pines: Mandalec, S El Xido, X Palawan i l5MXil). Taiwan: Tan Shni (BMXII). |,ipau: Ishigaki (BMXII): Vakoshima (S. L'o/.nmi (-'olln); .\maniioshima (S. Uo/.umi Colin); Sliirahama, W'akavama I BMXII): Chichijima, Ogasawara Islands (Kukuda. 1993). Australia: Wooli Wooli \{.. Xew South Wales i.AMS'. Touen>i(densis: Hare Island, Gulf of Maiiiuir Taniilnadii, liidi;i (BMXII 200007.55'. Alihreviations; pli. penial l);Lse (wrinkled); pf. penial filament (smooth): p2;d. peniiil <'laiidul;ir disc. Stipple on peiii.il ^l.iiidiifn disc- indic-;itcs dark hrovvii coloration; sliadiiii; at hitse ol penis indicates hkick pigment in epithclinMi. Page 124 THE NAUTILUS. \i,l. 1 15. No. 4 Tablel. Suiiinian' ol dillcrcnccs lictwccTi l.iltoraria iH'ii^dlfii.sis new species ami /. iiihTiucfliii (shell eharaeters appK to specimens Irom inancrnne lialiitals in nortlieastern Iiulian Ocean onK ). (IharacU'i l.illiuiiriii /;eiii'(//(;is/.s Litlonirid inleniwdid Shell shape Larger [in 29 mm), thinner te\tiir<'. peripheral anu;ulation with raised rili Shell color Ochre to \ellow, with hrown pattern; on kisl whorl the dark (lashes ar<' dillnse Penis liolinsl lil.unent; brown gl.nnlulai (hsc home on long hrancli of base Paraspermatozoa Hod pieces project from cell ll.ibitat More tolerant ol turbid and estuarine condi- tions: occurs higher on trees and throughout K)rest: lound on trunks, branches aud loliage, rareK on rocks Distribution Northe;isteni luilian Ocean. Ironi India to west- ern Mala\ Peninsula anil nortlieru Sumatra Smaller (to LS mm), more solid, more rounded periphen Ciiev. with black to brown pattern: on last whorl the dark daslies remain discrete aud axialiv .iligned More slender filanicnt; cream glandular tlisc borne on shorter branch ol ba.se Kod pieces seldom project Irom cell Prelerence for clear water; lound lower on trees aud onK' common at seaward edge ol lorest: lound on roots, tnmks and slieltered rocks Occurs wideK throu: wilh. loi couiparisou. llie icKinls ti\ l.iltoitiriii lulcniii'd'tii Irom tiio same area (see text lor lists of records;. D. (;. Heid, 2001 Paee 125 from tln'oiiiilidiil tlif raiiij;c (il lliis s|)ci'ics; iu naitifuiar fifi |iciu's liavf Ix'cii drawn. I luwcs cr. iki (iIinIoiis dis- fdntiimilic's liaxr hrcii loiiiid. I'lirllicriiiiirc. in areas siicli as tlif Soloiiioii Islands. New (Caledonia and l'"iji, where o\erlap in the raui^es dI a putative Indo-Malav species (the 'tNpieal torni) and a putative c'ential I'aeitii- species nii^ht lia\e been predicted, no e\id<'Tice has been lound lor the svniipatric ociinience ol discrete coiicliological or anatomical t\pes. Instead, the evidence continues to suggest a single widespread species, tvpical ol oceanic haiiitats, in wliiili shell cliarat-ters show small and gradual changes (iu the color pattern, lre(|nencv ol color morphs, and presence ol setondaiA scnlptnic across tlie considerable geographical range, .Shell I'liar- acters continue to siiow a strong coirelation with habitat as wi'l! as geographv, as pointed out bv Heid i 1986a). Thus, tlu'onghout the range, those specimens Irom rock\ shores (anil from certain mangroxc tree sjiecies such as Alicciiiiid and Soniicnitiii) are paler in color and show a more ilitfuse pattern, in comparison with the tv[-)icalK dark shells tounil on Rliizoplmni trees, wliieli aic the prevalent shell t\pe in tin- Inilit\i\^i'hilij>j)uiii(i (Reeve. 1S57) Dislribiilion: New lecords: New Sondi Wales: Wiioli Wooli Rivei (A.\1S). Littoriirid (LilloriiKijisis^ fill)-./: iSowerbv. 1S32) (Figures 23-30) Animal: Penis (Figures 2:3-30): in specimens Irom Western .\nstralia the glandular limb is ol'ten longer and more robust than previonsK reported (Reid. 19S6a: fig. 54): it mav be as long and up to 3 times as broad as the penial filament. Uistrihution: New records: Northern Territon: For- svth Creek. F coast Joseph Bonaparte ( inlT i iUINI I >: Western Australia: Berkeley River and Revvlv Island. \\ coast h'seph Bonaparte CnlF i B\IN 1 1 1. Remarks: Beid il9SBa) noted that the geographical form found from C.ipe l.evecine to I'Amouth (;ulf in Western Australia dilli-red from the tvpical form on the east and north i-oast of .Australia In more munerous but less prominent prinian ribs and bv details ol color pat- tern. Taxonomic recognition was not considered justified since no anatomical differences were detected. New ma- terial from throughout the rau'^e in Western .Australia inclndiiiii the two listed above that fill in ;i liaji in the known distribution! confirms the leporled shell diller- ences. but adds some significant details. The tvpical car- inate (eastern) shell tv])e extends to both localities in Joseph Bonajiarle (inll listed above, whereas a large sampli' (about 100, BMNIl) from (.'a[K' I,eve(|ue dis- plavs characteristics intermediate between eastern and western shells. The western forms olten, but not alvvavs, have penes with an nnusuallv long and robust glandular branih ol the bast', exceeding in si/e anv seen from northern or eastern ,Australia (samjiles ol (50 western and 55 eastern penes*. In none ol the samples Irom Western Australia or Noilhein rerritoi"v is there anv morpholog- ical evid.ence lor a mixture of two discrete shell t\[)vs with correlated penial dilleiences. The earlii'r taxonomic conclusion therefore si'cms justified Irom a moipholog- ical viewpoint, and the evidence appi'ars to show a blending ol characters between two forms with a con- tiimous distributioir rather than allopatn' or limited overlaii between tvso disliuet lornis. However, this in- tert'sting case should be investigated with genetic tech- m(|U(>s (presentK being done bv M. Stuckev. Universitv ol Western .Australia). Till- a])|)arent trend towards .Vniinal: Penis iFitjnres (51. (52 1 bilurc;ite; glandular disc large, with thin m.ugiu; filament small. 0.2 total length of base, separated from wrinkled base bv con- striction: sperm groove open. Paraspermalo/.oa (Figure .3(5:': 14-20 (iin. oval. 1 (rarelv 2) large rectangular rod ])iece filling cell: grannies large, lew. distinct (obsena- tiou of single sperm sample piesened iu 8()9f ethanol. Page 12fi THE NAUTILUS. \ol. 115. \o. 4 33 20 ^m D. G. Rckl. 2001 Faec whicli max rausc shrinkatic nl' ahnut 20%; Hcid. 1996: fi). N(i (lata nil Icnialc. Radula (Figures 36, 37): rclatixc leil'^th (l.Tfi: I'achidiaii tontli: liasi- flared, wiitral I'lisp sliield-sliaped, small cusp and one denticle on each sid<': lateral tooth: 5 cusps, lai'j;est central iiis]i liluni: imiei- marginal tooth: 4 cusps: ontia' marginal tooth: .") cusps. Distribution: Habitat: loiiage ol Aiiccniiiii iilhii on mudd\- riwr hank: water ol low salinit\' (from 2-3C{ In wet season to 16,8% in dn season) (C. Feudred, per- sonal coninninication). New records: Bodra Kaal. Cha\- labogi, Sundari)ans, Bangladesh (BMMI': Krns:idai Is- land', f:ulf of Mannar India (BMNIP. Remarks: Beid (19S6al did not lia\e ;iccess to an\ preseni'd specimens, lint since then two males lia\e been dissected and one radula prepared, leased on some siniilarit\' oi shells, Reid (19'S6a) suggesteil that L, dcli- catnla was most closeK" relateil to L (inhntiiiiund auil that anatomical exidence w:is i'e(|\iired to confiini that they were indeed distini't. The newK described pciiial form is snfficientlv ditierent irom that ol L. (inhuiinknui. in which the filament is large (up to hall total length of penis; Reid, 1986a) to leaxe no doubt that the t^\■o are separate species. The paraspermato/.oa are similar in bodi. The penis of L. (Iclicatiila does not clitler siguifi- cantK from that of L, juillc.sccus and the radnlae ol these species are also closeK similar. Radular tooth lorm is not, however, a reliable taxonomic charatter in Lilloniiiti (Reid and Mak, 1999). Despite the penial similarih L. delicatiila is beliexed to be ilistinct trom L jxillrsccns. since the shells are \en difierent (delicate, with 1 1-14 primarv grocnes, 35-50 ribs on last whoil and n.urow columella in L. drltciiliild: solid, with 9-10 priinan grooves, no secondaiA' sculpture and broad columella in L. pallcsccns: see Reid, 1986a). Paraspermato/.oa also differ, being rounded with small rod pieces in L. pdllcs- ceiis (although onlv a single sample has been seen in L. delicatida). These hvo ha\e not vet been collected to- gether, but both ha\e been recordeil trom the .\ndamau islands (Reid, 1986a), so that the conclusion that tlie\ are distinct might be tested in future. There is a super- ficial similarih' to L. hi'iiiirdciisis i see alxne). The new record from the Clulf of Mannar greatly in- creases the known lange of tills species, previously re- corded ouK' from Port ( .'anulug (Bengal) and the ,\n- damau Islands. It is likeK, however, that the centei- ol distribution is the northern Bav of Bengal. Only single shells are a\ailable from the .\ndaman Islands (BMNll: Reid, 1986a) and the (hill of Mannar The latter was collected in 1934 1)\ R. Winck-worth; the species was not loimd on a recent \isit to the (hilf ol Mannar (personal obseiAation. 2000 > and is presumabK rare in this area. IJIIonihd I l'(ihi\toiind ' inchiiioslomd iCirav 1839) l)istril)iiti(>ii: New records: |a[)an: Mixako Island: V.ie\aina Isl.mds lligo et af, 1999). Heniarks: Reid i i986a! recorded the rare occurrence ol .1 pinkisli orange moqih in this uormalK monomor- phie spi-cies. This li.is now been seen in two sam[)les Irom localities in Ila Pong Ba\; Nii'tnam iBMNII): the lii'i|ueiK\ w:islow (2% and 5% . N = 21 and 14 ' and in I'ach case the specimens were collected among saltmaish grass (see Remarks on L. rarinifcnO. LitliTdrid iPdliislid-iiid^ idriiiifcrd > Menke, 1S.30) .Shell: Two cases ol color poKinorphism ha\e been re- corded Ml this species, hitherto thought to be rather con- stant in coloration (Reid. lOStia'. In a samiilc ol 78 shells fiiim Pembar Poinbok B.MNIP. most had a cream to gre\ ground color with icd brown pattern, but in sexcn shells l9'/fl tlie ground color was orange. The sample was collected on tnmks ol dwarl Aiicciiuid and Soniicr- dliti trees 1 in in height on ,i mudd\ loreshore. .\ sei'ond poKinoiphic sample was collected among saltmarsh grass 70 km south of Raiiong. 4'liailaiid (BMNTP. Here the shells were of the small, sniooth form (e.g. Reid. 1986a: fig. 821); the range of colors was similar and three (6.5'7f ) of 46 shells wt're orange. Distriliiilioii: bok (H.MNIP. New recortl: ludonesia: Pembar Pom- Kcmarks: Plsewhere in the subgenus I'dlu.sloriiid pinkish oiange shells are \<'|-\ rarcK cnc-ountered in /-. articuUita and /. dulditostdind. although this inorph is wideK distributed i though alwa\s at low frequent')) in poK nioiiihic members of the subgenus Lill(>riiH>i)si\ Lillonirid cdnuifcni is normalK found on trunks at low le\els (up to 0.5 iiii on trees in the landward Iringes ot mangrove forests i Reid. 1986a: 192) and shells Iroin this habitat are of overall dark brown color and not poly- morphic or varialile. It max be significant that both (loly- morphic samples are from foliage in open suiinv condi- lious. in otliei' woi'ds from visnalK varied niicrohabitats where the animals might be exposed to visual predation (e.g. bv birds or crabs). It is under exactlv these condi- tions tli:il the polvmorphic species ol the subgenus lAt- Figures 23-33. Penes anil paiusperinatnzoa of IJllnrnriri fihisti and lAllonina dclicatula. 23-30. I'l-iic's ol I., jilosd. 23-26. Jiilago Beacli. Cape Peveque. Wc-steni .Australia iB.MNll 201)11)120: shell II = 2().S mm, 20,S mm, I9,S mm, 18.7 mm). 27, 29. Lookout Hill. Broome, Western .Australia B.MNII 20()1()I2I; slicll II = 19.7 mm. 15. S imiil. 28. Mangrove Point. Roebuck Bay. Broome. Western .Australia (BMNll 20010122: shell II - 21.1 niiiii 30. Witliiiell Bav. Burimp Peninsula. Western .Australia iBMNII 20010141: .slu41 H = 1S..3 nmii. 31-33. Penes anil paiaspemiatozoa of/.. dclUiitulii: Bocira Kaal, ( :Iiavi;il>o<;i. Simdadians, Bang- ladesh (BMNH 20010123; shell H = 14,4 mm, IP') mm). Dotted line indicates extent of opaciue glandular portion of penial glandular disc. Paw 12S THK NAUTILUS. Xol. 115. Xo. 4 D. C. Hrid, 2001 Puee 129 toriitiipsis occur and for wliicli \isiial sclccfiDu l)\ pred- ators has hccn suggested as a possi!)ii' explanation for llie maintenance of the poKinoqiliisni. wliicli is assumed to have a genetic basis (Cook, 19.Sfia, 1), 1992; Held. 19S7). Tlie same process could possihK maintain these rare, local cases of polvnioqjhisni in the noiinalK niono- moii^hic L. carinifera: a similar explanation has lieen proposed lor local poKnioqihism in L iiilcniicilia h\ Cook and Bridle (1995). Ho\\e\er, it should he noted that like almost all others in the genus, this s]iecies has planktotrophic dexelopment and therefore the potential for wide gene How; selection on local populations would therefore ha\e to be strong, or gene flow would luixc to be restricted in some wa\, in order to achievf local gi'- netic differentiation of pohnioiphic populations. .\ sim- ilar case of local poKanoqihism has been lound m L iiwlanostoma (see abo\e). L'lttonihd {P(iltisti)n)ia) sinensis iFhilippi. IS47) (Figures 3S-.52. 5fi-fi4, 6S) Litoriim sinensis Pliilippi. 1S47: 16-17, Litorina pi. fi. fi'^. 2.3 (China; lectot\pe I Reid. 19S6a) MNHN -I- 2 paralectotx - pes, seen. Fissures 42, 43). Lischke, 1S7I1); 71-72. Weiii- kauff, 1S82: .S3-84, pi. 11, figs 9, 12. Littorina intermedia var. sinensis — \e\ill, 1S.S.5: 147. Littorina sinensis — Pilsbuiy, 1895; 62. Litorina strif^ata Lischke, 1871a: 148-149 (Nagasaki. Japan: t\pes lost: not Littorina intermedia \ar slri'j,(ifii I'hilippi. 1846 = Littoraria strii:,ata). Lischke. 1S711); 7:). pi, .5. fig. 22 Uiot Philippi, 1846). Littorina stri'^ata ( Lischke i — Pilsbr\. 1895: 62 (not I'hilippi. L846I. Littorina {Meliirajilie^ strif^ata iLischket — Tnon. 1887: 245. pi. 43, fig. 33 (not Philippi, 1846 1. Littorinopsis strij;s 18, 19 (not Philippi, 1846). Littoraria seahra stri'^ata (Lischke) — Higo and ( ioto. 199.): 71 (not Philippi, 1846). ? Littorina adonis Yokoyama, 1927: 451, pi. 51, fig. 8 (Koyasu. southern Musashi, Japan: Upper Musashino [Pliocene: Rosewater, 1970]: holotxpe. Geological Institute, Univer- sit\- of Tok-\-o: not seen). Rosewater 1970: 45.3. pi. .349, figs 8, 9. Littoraria adonis — Okutani, 1986: 71, fig. vninumhered. Littorina i Littorinopsis) seahra seahra — Rosewater. 1970: 4.56- 461 (in part: not Linnaeus, 1758 = Littoraria sealira). Littorina seahra — (^ai, 1991: 51. H'i. 43 mot Linnaeus. 1758). Littoraria yPahistorina) ariieulata—l\cid. 1986a: 21)0-209, figs 90c, e, 92h, i (penes), 93c (egg capsule) 94 (in part; not IJttorinii intermedia var ariieiihila Philippi, 1846 = Lit- loraria ariienlala). Clioe, 1992: 289-290, fig. 54 (not Phi- lippi. 1S46). Reid, 1992a: 195-197, fisJ. 4g (in part; not Philippi. 1846). Hiiro ct al.. 1999: 92. ' Vdlislinina (sic) ariirnlata — Fnkuda el ;il.. 1992: 57, pi. 9, figs !29ii. h (not Philippi, 1S46), Nomenclature: The uonjenc lature ol this specii's has snlfered numerous elianges. 'i"he name Littorina sinensis li;is seldom been used, most recentk' b\' Filsbn (1895). It w;is redescribed as Litorina striiifda b\ Lischke (1871a) and this name bei'ame familiar in \arious com- binations in the |;ip;mese literature ol tlu' mid-tx\eutieth eeutm'x. Hosewiiter i 19701 coml)ined it with some 20 other speeiis nndei- the name Littorina seahra. The Pli- ocene fossil Littorina (uhmls has not lieen examined, but is probabK this species, and the name was used for Re- cent |a])anese s]iecimens l)\ Okutani (19S6). It lias be- come genenilK known as Littoraria artieidata following Heid ( 19S6ai, but that taxon is lii'i-e shown to consist of t\\() spei-ies. .-\s discussed below, tlie onK entirely diag- nostic character is the penis. ;illhouij;li the majority ol shells can be coufidentK identified, .\lthough tlie lecto- t\pe is a (In shell, the form of the .i])ertui-e ;ind colu- mell;i, anil the diliuse eoloi- pattern on die shoulder re- 'j;ion, are txpical ol the present speiies. Material E.xamined: 'r\])es as indie:iteil: 44 lots; .35 penes: 1 sperm s;im[ile: 12 palli;il o\iducts: 5 radulae. .Shell (Figures 42-52): Adult size nuige 6.3-20.6 unrr Shape high-turliinate to elongate (H/B = 1 .28- 1.73; SH = 1.57-2.05); whorls rounded, suture im- pressed, periphcn of last whorl slightly or not at all an- gled; motlerate tfiickness. .\Iatm-e lip not flared; colu- mella pillar conca\c, excavated; inner lip of aperture shaipK raised adj;icent to base ol colmnelia. .Sculpture ,,f (7)8-9 priman spinil giooves on spire whorls; inter- \cning ribs usu;ilK rem;iin imdi\ided, numbering 20-23 on hist whorl; occ;ision;ilK some ribs may be divided by nil impressed line ;iud become more numerous: ribs of e(|nal \\idth above periphen, slightly narrower on base; groo\es MO impressed lines on spire whorls, becoming deeper and wider on last whorl, commonly up to hall width of intent'uing ribs at perijilKU-N- of whori (rarely ei|u;il to rib width); in smootliest shells grooves renuiin ;is impiessed lini's ouK. .Microsculpture of taint spiral stii;ie over rib surface, with iLxial microstriae in grooves. I'rotoconch 0..15 imii di;mieter. 3.5 whorls, with spiral Figures 34-41. Railulae ol Littoraria species. 34. 35. /, hen-alensis new species: pan.txpe: Hare Island, Cull of Mannar. Taiiiiliiadii India (BVINH 20000755: shell H = 16.3 nnii: Hal viiw and 4.5° from anterior). 36, 37. /.. deheatnia: Bodra kaal. Chavhihoai Sundadmns, Bangladesh (BMNIl 20010123: shell II - 1 1. 1 nun: fk.t view and 4.5° ironi ;intenor>. 38-41. /-. smens,s^ .38 39 \hiu to the lare more complete alignient in oblique axial stripes . I''igme Kit: pattern often emphasizes 2-3 ribs at ptM'iphen. (Jilii- mella puqile brown or white: aperturi' tiivmi with ex- terior pattern sliowing through. Animal: Headfoot. operenlum, paias[U'rmato/()a. pall- ial ONiduct and radula do not differ signifieantK Irom those of L. aiiiculafa as described b\- Reid il9Sfiai. .As in L. ai-tiaikita (Reitl and Mak, 1999: fig. 4(:, D^ the radula shows likeK phenotxpic plasticitx and differs in tooth shape on rock and xxood substrates (compare Fig- ures 39 and 41). Penis (Figures 56-64) not bilurcate. small glandular disc incoiporated into distal end ol w lin- kled base: smooth narrowlx' elongate filament 0.3-0.5 to- tal length of penis: penial \as defererrs an open grooxe to filament tip. Pelagic egg capsule a lens-shapi'd bicon- \ex disc without peripheral flange, 350 |xm diameter, containing single oxiun about 70 |jLm diameter (Kojima. 195S: fig. 2a, "b; reproduced in Reid, I9S6a: fig. 93c ». De\elopment planktotrophic. Distribution: Habitat in littoral fringe on rock (in- cluding granite bouklers and concrete sea walls) in both sheltered and moderatelx- exposed situations: .ilso on trunks at seaward edge of mangrox'e forests (publisla-d accounts of the ecological distribution of 'Litfohnii sea- bra' on the rock-x- shores of Hong Kong and southern China probabk refer to a mixture of this species and L aiiiculata, e.g. Chambers, 1980; Ohgaki. 19S5: Yi and Li, 1988; You. 1990). Range (Figure 68) from southern China to Yellow Sea, South Korea, Kxiishu and Seto In- land Sea, perhaps Rxuk-xii Islands. Records: C^hina: Ma- cao (BMNH); Hong Kong (Shek O: Deep Ba\: Tai Po; Three Fathoms Cove; Hoi Ha, Mirs Bay; W n Kwai Sh;i; Aberdeen; all BMNH); Xiamen (Hai C'ang: Culayang: both B.MNH); Spider Island, Fujian (USXM); Zhenhai. Ningbo River (BMNH); Shawai.shan. moutii of Yangtze Rixer (BMNH); Qingdao (Tai Phig; Huan Dao; Ilui Quan; all B.MNH). liiiwan; Tan Shui (BMNH). Japan: Rnikxai Islands (USNM); Kago.shinia (BMNH); .\mak- usa '(USNM, NSMT); Matsuura, Nagasaki Pref. (BMNH); Hirado (AMS): Maebani Cit\ (BMNH): Fh- ime Pref. (USNM); Kasaoka, Okaxama Pref (LiSN.M): Nagae River, Okaxama Cit>- (BMNH); Yoshino Ri\er. 'iokushima ('it\ iBMNIJi. South Korea; Sacliun Kun. K\oni£sang \:imdo i.\NSi';. Hi-niarks: Ri'id if986a) concluded that L. aiiiculata was a single s])ecies extending from .Australia to India and Japan, but with two geographical forms of more re- stricted distrilintion. one from norlliwestern .Australia and the other from ( :hina and |apan. The latter was characterised b\ stronger sculpture, a more diffuse pat- tern and it was said that the penial filament xvas 'some- times relati\el\ longer than in specimens from South East Asia and .Australia'. It was also noted tliat the egg capsule ol the j.ipanese lorm di'scribed b\ Kojima i 1958) was largei- tlian that of 7^. aiUnilata from Queens- land and lacked the circumferential flange. Howexer, with little inloiination on tlii' range ol intraspecific var- iiition the significance ol the difference in capsule shape was unclear The easteiu .\sian form was 'tentatixelv as- signed to /,. aiUciilatti' . but it was suggested that further work was rec|uired. Since then, much additional material has been gath- eri-il. It has been found that ;ill specimens from northern China, Korea and |;ii)an shaic the longer penial filament. .Most significant, however is the discoxen- that the t\p- ical form of /., aiiiculata and the eastern .Asian 'form' occur sMitopic.ilK at sc\cial localities in southern C'liina, around Hong Kong and .Xiamen. .At these localities the [lenial differences remain distinct (e.g. Figures 57, 58 and 65. (i6. from a localitx- in Hong Kongl and are cor- related witli small, but consistent, differences in shell shape, sculpture and color This leaxes no doubt that the 'forms' are separate species. The tlifferences between /., aiiiculata sciisii stricto ;ind L s/)i((/s7s ;ne summarised in Table 2. The most useful ami entircK diagnostic character is the shape of the penis; in /, sinensis (F"igures 56-64) the penial fil- .iment is 0.3 to 0.5 of the entire penial length (less than 0.2 in L aiiiculata. Figures 65-67) and the glandular disc is nsnalK about half the size and less swollen. No other .m;itomical differenc'es haxe been discovered, so tluit moiphological identification of juxeniles and fe- uKiles nnrst rel\ on leatures ol the shell. it is possible that the differences in egg capsule siiape mentioned ,ibo\e ma\ prove to be consistent. Capsules in this group have been illustratetl three times. Reid I 19S6a) showed cajisnles of L. aiiiculata s.s. from north Oueensland with ;i circmnferenlial flange (diameter 248-268 txm, ovum about ti5 fji.m). Those illustrated bv Mak i 19951 bom Hon BMNH i'«)l()124). 45. Tai l^in-.; Hay. gin-.lao. (_l,ma ( li.MNH '■'00101-''5) 46 Tii Po Mono Kon^ (B\I\I1 2()01O12(S' 47. Voshino Kivcr cstnan. Kaiuizavva. lokusliniia (.i(v. Sliil<()l. 52. Kalnri Maeharu tatx. Kvnslni JapaT, (BMNH 20010131' 53-55. L. artunlala 53. T.i Po. lion- Kon-BMNll 200101:5Si. 54. 55. .M«-rdeen, Hong Kong (BMNH 20010137). Paw 132 THE NAUTILUS. Vol. 115, Xo. 4 D. G. Reid, 2001 Wm- 133 Table 2. Sniiiirian of dittfreiifi-s l)ct\\c(ii IJtlnnind sido/.s/s and /, iirliiiiliil/i isiirll ciiarac-tcrs appiv to spci-iinciis from iiortli- wfstt'ni Pacific Ocean ()nl\ I, Cli.iradn l.illiii'diiii simiisi'. Litttimha arlii-iildid Shell sliapc Hclati\c spire lieiij;lil can !«■ taller to 2.05!: whorls sli'^htK more roniideil Shell Miilplnre (lroo\es up to hall to one times ril) widlh; small sliells can I le almost smooth Columella Slioiter ,md more concaxi', ^i\inij more o\al ap- erture: Uiirrowcr, nmer lip of :iperlure more siKU'pK raised Sliell color I'alcr. often indisliuilK ilouded p.ittern: align- ment of dashes less marked Penis Penial filament ()..3-().5 total lensith of ])i-iiis Distribution (!liiiia, Korea, [apaii Does not attain such tall spire irelati\e spire heinht to 1.S9I: whods Halter (u'oovfs up to one qnarl<'r ril) widtli: small shells can he almost smooth f.oiiijer. straiiihter. jii\ini; ear-shaped aperture: iiiiiei lip III aperture less sliarjiK raised Darker, distinct dashes, well ali<4ned into axial stripes at suture and periphen Peiiiai hlameut less than 0.2 total leii'^th of penis Southern (Miina to India and Australia larCTei" (diameter 300-340 |xni, oMim 69-71 |j.iii). The capsule ot L. sinensis troiii Ainaknsa, KxTisliii, siiowii h\ Kojima (I95S) was a simple lens shape witlimit ;i |)e- ripheral flange (tliameter 350 [xin, cnxim alxiiil 70 fxiu). Mak (1995) showed that in three Nodilitti'iiud species egii capsule diameter \aried l)\ 39 to 53% and sn. The capsules sliowni by Reid (1986a) and Kojima (195S) are veiA' similar respecti\ei\ to the early and lute (24 hours after spawnintj;) capsules of L. stri^ala (Berrw 19Sfi: fig. 1) anil might not lepre- sent genuine interspecific tlilferences. The characteristic features ol the shells ol /.. sinensis and L. aiiienlata are diffic'ult to describe or ijuantit). owing to considerable intraspecific \ariafion. \'e\"erthe- less. with experience sxinjiatric samples can usually be .successfullv identified (as confirmed In penial shape ol males) from tluir shells. The size range is similar (max- imum 20.6 mm in L sinensis. 19.0 mm in /,. nrlienlnla' and both attain larger si/e in niangroxc habitats than on rocky shores. Oxerall shape is also similar i)ut cxaiuples of L. sinensis can attain a sliglitl\- taller s|iirt' (ndatixc spire height up to 2.05. cf. I.S9 in /.. niiienldlni and the whorls are a little more rounded. In L. nrlienlatd the columellar pillar is longer and straighten so that the ap- eitnre appears more ear-shaped, in contrast the colu- iiK'lla oi /, sinensis is sliglitK shorter and a little con- cave and llie aperture therefore more nearK' oxal. The ciiiiiiiirlla III /,, sinensis is usiiallv narrower, but still deijiK extaxaled, and the inner lip ol the aperture (ad- jaceiil to the conca\it\ ot the columella I is more sharply raised, sometimes so nmch so that a slight umbilical crack is present i^oth species share a similar coimt ol priman grooMs and ol ribs on the bod\ whorl, and both sometimes ilispki\ dw;ui lorms with smooth shells in which grooves are present ouK as impressed lines. How- evei'. in large)' and more strongK scnlptin-ed examples the grooves of /. sinensis are alwavs more pronounced (up to half of, or even eijual to. width of intei-vcning ribs. compcUed v\ith maximnm ol one ijuarter of rib width in L. (irlienhitiii and such shells are mmiistakable (Figures 46. 47). Shell C'ojor and pattern are likewise dilficult to char- acterise, but often assist iilentification. Ijttomria sinen- sis is nsnallv paler. txpicalK with a more finely mottled or tessellated or inciistinct ■elondeil' pattern, in which whitish lii'cks are jiresent between the darker dashes. In liiilli speiies the dashes are more or less aligned into olilii|ne axial series, although this is nsnallv only pro- nounced at the suture and periiihei-\ ol each whorl, giv- ing rise to short axial stripes at these points. This align- ment is often more developed in /,. ailienlafn. in which. al the pi riplieiv. the axial stripes extend across four of the spiral ribs (Figures 53. 54): in /.. sinensis this align- ment more often covers onK two or three peripheral ribs ( {'"ignres 50, 51 1. These contrasting sliell charaiters are emphasized by tlie figures of svnipatric samples of the txvo species (Fig- Fieures 56-67 Penes of IMIordria siuensis and lAtUvariii dr1i,uldla. 56-(>4. /,. snieiMs. 56. Tan Shui. Tiipei. Taiwan i li.MMl 20llll)f,3(l shell H = fl 0 I ' 57, 5S. .Shek (). lion;; Koriii di.MMl 20010133: .shell H = S.6 mm. 9.4 mm\ 59. Ilai Cang, .Xiamen China (B\1NH 2(ll)IOf29- shell H = 9.0 num. 60. Ilium Dan. Oiu^cfio. China ilUIMI 20010134'. 61. Okavama Port, Kojnna Bav lapan (B\l\ll 20010135: shell II = 7.2 nuu ' 62-64. Naijac Hiver .'sluai-x. Otogo. Okavama Citv. Japan dlMNH 2()0101.36- shell II = 13S mm 13.(1 mm. 1411 mm . 6.5-67. /. artienhila 6.5, 66. Sh.'k O. Hong Kong (BMMI 20010139: shell H = 8.7 mm, 10.2 mm). 67. Aheixken floiK.; Kong .V,\\\\\ 200f0137). Dotted line indicates extent of opaipie glandular portion of penial glandular disc. Pii-'p 134 THE NAUTILUS. \ol. 115, No. 4 Figure 68. Geoijrapl ileal dislrilmlidii (il Ijllininiii sinensis with, toi' (.■ciiiiparisoii, tin- reeurds ot Lilt(n-cinii (iiiiculala Iroin the same area (see text U)Y lists ol records ). ures 46 and 53: Kiij;vii'es 51, 54, 55). Ncx'ertlieless, sliells of tlie two can sometimes appear \irtuall\ identical (e.Q,. Fisiure.s 44. 55) and onK- penial .siiape i.s reliabK dia'j;- nostic. Cleo^rapliical localit\ can also aid identification. since the distributions are known to overlap onl\ lie- hveen Hong Kong and .Xianu'ii (l''iii;nre fiS). In lionij; Kong tlie sites of recorded s\ntop\ are Sliek O, Tai Po, Tliree F'atlionis Cow. \\u Kwai ,Slia and Aberdeen, ami Hal Gang near Xiamen (all B.MNIU. These sites range from mangro\es to moderately e\i)osed gi-,iiiile boulders and both species are common, so that tlieic is no evi- dence lor dillerent habitat preferences Litlomria sinensis is also closeK' similar to /. s7r/gr;/f;, distributed from the Philippines and soiilhern \ ielnain to Indonesia, Malaysia and India. The leadncs nl slicll shape and coloration described above also distinguish /.. sinensis from L. striallc\i. vcith emphasis on three colour moiphs. iiortli Sulawesi. Indonesia. I'liukel Marine Biological Cen- ter Spe(i;il Piililication 16: 24.3 24S. Biiiieka. K. B-. I,, j. I.- 1 .miiiii'^.is ,md \. Saroinsong. 1997. (aimtli and mortalitv ol Littoniria j>allcsrciis. with eni- pliasis on t\vo colour niorphs. in nortlieni Sulawesi. Iii- diinesi.i. Phuket Marine Bioloijieal < ieiiler Speic)los;ia 413: 17-33. (Carlton, J. T. 1993. Neoextinctions of marine imcrtehratcs, .American Zooiogi.st 33: 499-.509, Catesby. S. M. and S. C. McKillup. ly9S. The nnportance ol crevices to tlie intertidal snail Littomrid articulata (Philip- pi) in a tropical niansjnnc lovest. 1 l\(lrobiolo2;ia 367: 131- 138. Chambers, .M. H. 19S0. Zonation, abnntlance and biomass of gastropods fiom t\\o I long Kong roclcs' shores. In: B. S. Morton (ed.i. Proceedings of the First International \\'orkshop on the Malacofanna ol Hong Kong and Soutli- em China, Hong Kong, 1977. Hong Kong Unixersitv Press, Hong Kong, pp. 139-14S. Choe, B. L. 1992. Illustrated Encyclopaedia ol Fauna and Flo- ra of Korea, 33: Mollusca (H). Miuistn ol Education. Ke- public of Korea. S20 pp. Christensen. ]. T 199-S. \y\v\. \n lAtlnriinii. Ihdrobiologia 378: 235-236. Cook, L. M. 1983. Polvmorphism in a mangrove snail in Papua New Guinea. Biological |ournal ol the Linnean .Societv 20: 167-173. Cook, L. M. 19S6a. PoKnioiplnc snails on varied backgrounds. Biological Journal of the Linnean Societ\' 29: 89-99. Cook, L. M. 198fib. Site selection in a polvmoiphic mangrove snail. Biological Journal of the Liimean Societ\ 29: 101- 113. Cook, L. M. 1990a. S\steniatic ellects on nioipli lrc(juenc\ in the polymorphic mangrove snail Littonnia jxillcsccns. He- rcdit\- 65: 423-427. ( :ook. L. .\I. 199()b. Dilferences in shell properties between nioiphs ol IJIIiiniiiii jinllfscfiis. H\(lrobiol()gia 19.3: 217- 221. C^ook. L. .\1. 1992. The neutral assmnption and maintenance of coloiu' moipli IrequencN in mangro\e snails. Heredit\' 69: 184-189. (J)ok, L. M. and J. Bridle. 1995, Color poKinoiphism in the mangrove snail Littonnia iiitcnindia in Sinai. .Malacologia 36: 91-95. Cook, L. M., J. n, Curre\ .uid \ II, Sarsam, 1985, Dilferences in moqihologv in relation In microhabitat in littorinid spe- cies from a mangrove ni Papua New (uiinca (Mollusca: (liLstropoda). Journal of Zoology-, London 206: 297-310. Cook, L. M. and P. M. Freeman. 1986. 1 leating prcperties of morplis of the mangrove sn:iil I .illcir/iri/i jiiillcscciis Bio- logical [ournal of tiie Liuni'an SocietA 29: 295-300 Cook. L. NL and S. 1). (larbett. 1989. Patterns of variation m luangnAc litloriniil molluscs on Phuket island. Plniket .Marine Biological CJeuter Hesearch linlletin 53: 1-14. Cook, L. M. and S. D. CJarbett. 1992. .Selection in the poK- moqihic mangrove snail LUtoriirUi pallcsccns. In: J. (ira- haine. P J. Mill and D. C. Beid (eds). Proceedings of the Third International Sxniposiiun on Littorinid Biology Malacological SocieU- of London. Loudon, |)p. 247-253. Cook, L. M. and C, Kenvon. 199.3. Shell strength of colour morphs of the mangrove snail lAtlonihii jiiillcscciis. |oin- nal of Mollu.scan Studies 59: 29-34. Crowe, T. P. 1997. Epibiosis aiul the spatial distribution ol'inol- lu.scs on the pylons of Mandorah Jetty, Darwin lluhoin hi J, B llanley. (;. Caswell. D, Megmau and 11 K, Lar- son (eds.) Proceedings of the Si.xth International Marine Biological Workshop. The marine flora and fauna of Dar- win Harbour Northeni Territory. .Australia. .Museums and .Art C;alleries ol the Northern Territor\- and the .Australian Marine Sciences .Association, Dan\in, .Australia, pp. 411- 424. Cruz. B. .A. 1989. Caracteres generales. edail \ crecimiento de Liltoritiii jusiidtii (Mollusca: (Gastropoda'. Brenesia 27: 13-22. Cnrrin, C. A., S, Y. Newell and II W Pa.Mi, 1995. The role of standing dead Sjiaiiina iihiTiiijiitra and benthic microal- gae in salt-marsh food webs — considerations based on umltiple stable isotope anaKsis, Marine EcologN Progress Series 121: 99-116. Di\. T L. and P \. Hamilton. 1993. CheniicalK mediated es- cape beha\ioiu' in the marsh periwinkle Littomria irrowta Say. Journal ol Experimental Marine Biologs and Ecolog\- 166: 1,35-149. Dnucan, R. S. and W. .A. Szelistowski. 1998. Influence of puffer predation on vertical distribution of mangro\e littorinids in the (uilf of Nico\a, (^osta Rica, Oecologia 117: 433- 442, Dn\al. M, A,. A, M, Calzetta and D. Rittschof 1994. Behav- ioral responses of Littoraria irrorata (Say) to water-borne odors. Journal of Chemical Ecology 20: 3321-3334, Eertman. H. 11. .\1 1996. Comparative studies on gill mor- phologv of gastropods from Moreton Bav Queensland, .VIolluscan Research 17: 3-20. Ellison. ,A. .VI.. E. J. Farn.sworth and R. E. Merkt. 1999. Origins ol mangrove ecos\stems and the mangro\e biodiversity' ;momaK. Global Ecology and Biogeographx' 8: 95-115. F"uknda, 11, 1993. .Marine Gastropoda (Mollusca) of the Oga- sawara (Bonin) Islands. Part I: .Archaeogastropoda and Neotaenioglossa. Ogasawara Besearch 19: 1-.86. Enknda, H., K. Mashino and T Suginiura. 1992. .A Review of the .Mollnscan Famia of Yamaguchi Prefecture. Western Japan. Yamaguchi .Museum. Graca. M. A.. S Y Newell and R. T Kneib. 2000. Grazing rates ol organic matter and living fungal biomass of de- caving Spartina alterniflora bv three species of sall-m,ush invertebrates. Marine Biology 136: 281-289, tiutierrez, P. C. 1988. The ecology aiid behavior ol tlir man- grove periwinkle. Lilldrina an ,\di;iccul Arcr S, Iligo. Isahava. .58 -f- .397 + 6 1 pp. D. G. Reid. 2001 Pase 13" Higo, S., I'- Calloiiii.ii and Y Cot.i IVJVW Cal.ilciuuc ami Hil)- liograpln of tlic Maniu- Slirll-hcaniit; Mi)lhis(.a cil |a|iaii Elle Scientific Publications, Osaka, 749 pp, Higo, S, and Y. CoU). 1993, ,\ Ssstcnuilic List ol Molhiscan Shells troin the |apanesc Islands and the ,\diacent .\rca. Eru -Malaeiildgical Pnlihslu-is, ^ao, Osaka, .•3 + 22 + 693+13+149 pp. Ho, \\, II 19S7. Tlie laniiK I .ittonnidar iji Sini,iapoic, Hon- ours Thesis, Department ot '/jtn\n'j\. Nation. il I ni\(isit\ of Singapore. Hughes, ]. M, and .Vl, Jones, I9S5, Shell colour poKniorphisni in a mangrove suiiii IJttoriiiii sp. Biological |onrnal ol llie Linnean Societ\' 25: 365-37S, Hughes, ]. M. and P. B. \hitlier l9SfS. Evidence lor predatiou as a lactor in deterniiniug shi'll color lre(|uencies in a niaii- groxe snail lJtti>hiiii sp. i Prosoliraiicliia: LittoriuidaeL Evolution 40: 6(S-77. Janson. K, 19S5, Genetic and moiphological \anation within and between populations ol Littoriim iiii'j,ulilfiy} Irom Fk)rida, Oplielia 24 125- 134. |ensen. P, D, 20(1(1, (iiowth. diet and acti\it\ in the species ol mangrove snails [lAttoriiiiir: MSc thesis, Innersitv ol .\arhus, Jensen, P. D„ |. T, Chnsteuseu and 1). J. .Macintosh. 1999. Growth and snnival in tlie mangnne snail Litlnniriii iii- tvnnvdia (Philippi, 1S46). Phuket Marine Biological Cen- ter Speciiil Publication 19: 69-73, Johnson, M, S. and R. Black, I99S, EtTeits ol isolation li\ dis- tance and geographical discontinnitv on genetic subdivi- sion oi' LHIoniiid ciii>iiilat(i. .Marine Biologv 132: 295-303, Kasinathan, R, and .\, Shaumugam, 19S.S, Oven^xploitation of niolluscan fauna in the N'l'llar Estiian ;iiid Pitchavaram mangroves, Gal;L\ea 7: 303-306, Kemp, P, F",, S, Y', Newell and (.', S, Hopkinson, 1VJ90, Impor- tance of grazing on the salt-marsh grass SinniiiKi ultrnii- flora to nitrogen turnover in a macrofaunal coiisiimci, l.it- tohiui irrcnitci. and to decomposition ol st.iiiding-ileatl Spaiiiiia. Marine Biologv 104:311-319, Kohlmever, J, and B, Bebout, 19S6, On the occurrence ol ma- rine fungi in the diet of IJttdiinii tnipilifcrti and uliser- vations on tlie beliaviour ol the perivviukle Marine iMdl- (jgv I : .300—040, Kojima, Y, 1958, On the planktomc egg capsules of/J/Zn/'irr/gH mandscluirica (Sclirenck) and Lillnriihii sttiij^iila i Lis- chke), \enus 20: S1-S6, Kuroda, T, and T, Habe, 1952, Check List and Bibliographv of the Recent Marine Mollusca of Japan, L, W, StaclrTokvo, 21(1 pp, Lee, 11, K, 2(101, The feeding ccologv nilJttdniriii species in Hong Isoii^ mangroves. I'liD thesis. I'nivcrsitv (it Hong Kong, Lischke, C, E, 1871a, Diagnosen neuer Meeres-Conchvlien von Japan, Malakozoologische Blatter 18: 147-1.50, Lischke, C, E, 1871b, lapauische Meeres-Conclivlien, 2, T, Fi- ,scher, Cassel, 184 pp Little, C, and P Stirling, 1984, .\ctivatiou of a inangiove snail. Litiomria scabra scabra (L.) (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). .Australian Journal of Marine Liiid Freslivv.iter Research 35: 607-610, Mak. Y'.-NL 1995, Egg capsule moqihologv ol live Hon>; Kout; rock)' shore littorinids, Hvdrobiologia 309: .53-59. Manithamuthu. S. and R, Kasmath.m. 1985, .-Xge. growth and length-weight rekitionship m estuarine periwinkle IJIli>- riim sciihid ( Liiiiie, 1758', liulian |oiinial ol Marine Sci- ences 14: 102-104, M.irulhaniuthn. S. and R. Kasinadiaii. I98(i. Some ohscnalions on t\\v biologv ot the periwinkle IJtloriiui Muhia scabra 1 Liiiue, 17581 Proceedings of the Indian .Academv of Sci- eiicis \iiim.il Scic-nics 95: 269-278, M.irulhanmtliu, 8,, {'.. .\. I'hivakaran, P, Sampatli. N, \eerap- pan :ind R, Kasinathan, 1986, Shell size variation, sjiell injuries, shell thickness and habitat characteristics ol l.it- Idriiiii scabra il,iune, 17.58) among three p<)])ulations, Sa- lem Inslltnlc ol I'Apcrimental Biologv Memoir 2: 49-54. M.unlhanmthu. 8., C, \. Tliivakaran, K, Sriraman and R. Ka- sinathan. 1985. Some obsenations on populations ol lAI- Inrina siYiIira ilAimp. 1758', Indian |oiinial ol Marine Sci- CIKCS 14: Ui(l-l(S2, .McBnde, C. J , A 11, W iHiams and R, 1', lleiin, 1989, Effects ol temperature on climbing behavior of Littorina irrorata: on avoiding a hot foot. Marine Behaviour and Phvsiologv 14:9.3-100, Mckilliip, S, C, and 1^ \'- McKilliip, 2000, The clfecis of two p.irasitoids on the lilc historv and melapopulation stnic- liiie ol the iutertidal snail l.Utoniria filosa in different- sized patches ol mangrove lorest, Oecokigia 12.3: .525-.534. MiKilliip, S C , H \ McKillup and T Pape, 2000, Flies that ,ire p.ii.isitoids ol .i marine snail: the laivipositiou behav- iour :md hie cviles of Sarcoplia'^a iiicffifxlosUi and .SV;r- cKjilufjji iiiciojilosia- Hvdrobiologia 439: 141-149, McMahoii. \\. v. 1985. Interspecific relationsiiips between moiphometric jiarameters and the vertical distribution patterns of seven species of turliiuate gastropods on man- grove trees in Hong Kong. \i\ B Morton and I), Dudgeon ledsl. The .Malacolauna ol Hong Kom; and Southem Clii- iia, 11, flon<; Kou'.i L'uiversilv Press, Hoii<; Koiiij, [ip, 199- 215, Mc(,)iiaid, C, 1), 199(ia. Biokigv of the gastropod lainilv l.il- torinidae, 1, F.volutionan aspects, Oceanographv .md M;i- rine Biologv ,\uniial I^evicw .34: 2.3.3-262. \k(,)ii.iid, C. D. 1996b. Biologv of the gastropod family l.it- lorinidae. 11. 13ole in tlie ccologv of iutertidal and shallow ni.innc ecosvstems. Oceanographv and Marine Biologv AiiuimI Review .34: 26.3-.3()2.' Meikt, K !■: lud A M, Ellison, 1998, Geograpliic and habltat- spetific morphological variation o{' IMoraria {Littoriitoi>- .v;,si aii'^iilifcra (Lamarck. 1822), Malacologia 40: 279-295, Moiitinho, P R, S, and C, P Alves-Costa, 2000, Shell size var- iation and aggregation behavior of lAltitraria flaia (Gas- tro[)oda: Littorinidae) on a southeastern Brazilian Shore, The Wliger 43: 277-281, Nevill, ( : ISS5 1 land List of Mollirsca in the Indian .Museum. C.ilcnit.i, Put 2 Indian Mu.seuin, CJalcutta. X+.306 pp. Newell. S Y .lud V Barlociier. 1993. Removal of fungal and total organic matter from decaving cordgrass leaves by shredder snails. |oiirual of l-",xperimental Marine Biologv' and Ecologv 171' .39-19. Nielsen, C. 1976. Notes an Littorina and .\/(//<',v from (he man- grove at .-Vo Nam-Bor. Phuket. Thailand. Phuket .Marine Biological Center Researcii Bulletin 11: 1—4. Ohgaki. S. 1985. Distribution of the family Littorinidae (C;a.s- tropoda! on Hong Kong rocky .shores. In: B. Morton and 1^. Dudgeon ieds). The Malacofanna of Hong Kong and Southern China. II, Hoii<; Koni; I'nivcrsitv Press, Hong Kong, pp, 457—464. Ohgaki, S, 1990, Food items of the mangrove lAttoraria Clii- ribotan 21: 51-.53, (Japaiiesei, Pai^e 138 THE NAUTILUS. \ol. 115, No. 4 Oliti;aki. S. 1992. Distribution ;iml iiio\(iiiriil ul tlif luaminnc Littoraria (Gastropocla' on lsliiij;aki Klaii{ IJtlDrinii lUflininstdiiui and /, scabrii in a Hong Kong mangal. In: B. Morton and D. Dudgeon (eds). The Malacofauna of Hong Kong and Southem China. II. Ilon'4 Koui; l'ni\ersit\ Press, Hong Kong, pp. 61.3-621. 'lokovama. .\1. 1927. Mollnsca from the Upper Mnsashino of western Sliiniosa and southern Musashi. Journal ol the Facnltx' of Science. Imperi.il Lniversitx ol Tokxo. Section 2 1: 4.39-4.57, "ioo, |,-S. 1976. Korean Shells in Colour l|isaCo.. Seoul, 196 pp I Korean ', V>ii / -|, 199(1, F.colo^ii.il sliuli(.'s on Littorinidae on the /.he jiang co;ist- ( 'hiiicse |ounial ol /.ooloirx 25(4): 1-6. \V.\\\- nesi-i. THE NAUTILUS 115(4): 140-146, 2001 Wv'c 140 Phylogeny of pneumostomal area moiphologx^ in terrestrial Piilnionata ( Gastropoda) Ban-) Rolh ncpartiiu-nt ot Iincili'hratc /.Dolot",- Santa Barbara Miisciiiii ol \atiiral HistoiT Santa Barbara. CA 93105 USA' ABSTRACT Mappini^ pneumostomal area morphologieal eharacter states on the ph\logenetic tree generated b\' a recent ribosom;il RNA sequence stutK allows an independent estimate of the course of pneumostomal area e\ olution and shows to wliat extent the RNA sequence data supports evolutionary' events pre\iouslv hvpothesized for pneumostomal area characters. A breathing channel without a valve, an open rectal termination, a closed secondare' ureter, and a simple pneumostomal exeretoiv route are plesiomoqihic within St\lommatopliora. Multiple homopla- sv is e\ident. Additional kcij words: Mollusca, land snail, anatomx'. ph\lo- genetic svstematics. parsimon\-. INTRODUCTION The molecular pli\l()genetic aiiuKsi.s ol Wade et al. (2001) examined nucleotide sequences of the ribosonia! RNA gene cluster of over 100 species of Stvlomniato- phora. representing 50 families plus out-groups. That stud\ supported the monoplivlv of Stvlommatophora loiind 1)\' previous auahses (e.g.. Endierton et al.. 1990; Wade and Mordan. 2000). Its other significant findings include (1) a tuudaincntal dichotomv between an "acha- tinoid clade" (including Achatiniilae. S\d)nlinidae. and Streptaxidae) and all remaining ("uon-achatinoid") stx- lonnnatophorans; (2) the monoplnk of nian\' traditional family groups is su|)portcd; and (3) the orthurethran condition, long presumi'd to be plesiomoiphic in Stv- lonunatophora. is most likeK a deri\('d state. Wade et al. (2001) onlv briefl\' considered morphologieal cliaracters other than those tvpil\ing the traditional groups Or- tliurethra, Mesurcthra, and Sigmurethra. Moqihological correlates, if th(>\- exist. Iiaxc vet to be (lisco\ered for many of the deep branches of their |)h\logenetic tree (Wade et al., 2001: fig. I). For exam]ile, there appears to be no extant, single moi-phological character state that is autaponioiphic for eitlier the "achatinoid clade" or the ' Address for correspondence: 7'1.5 Cole Street, San p'raneisco. C;A 94117 USA. "non-achatinoid clade (P. Morilau. personal conmumi- cation, 2001). It is intrinsicalK interesting, for under- standing the histon and mode of pulmonate e\olutiou and to increase the liaison bet\veen molecular and mor- phological data sets, to plot the cfistribution of moipho- logical character states on the plnlogenetic tree gener- ated b\' molecidar analysis. Goodfriend (1986), examining the lower coni'se of the secondaiA' ureter in .Sr/gr/c/ Beck. hS.'BT. obser\ed that the ureteric region of the pneumostome might pro\e to be taxonomicalK usefid. Emberton (1991) included several pneumostomal area characters in his ph\logenetic aual- \sis ol 17 subfamilies of Stvlonnnatophora. Su\"oro\ (2000) studied the pneumostomal area of terrestrial pul- monati' gastropods and pnnided an analwsis ot four prin- cipal characters, each ha\ing from h\o to sexen mutualK' exclusixe states. He described tlie distribution of these character states across 34 families and Inpothesized transformation series, based on a process of functional anaKsis. There is moderateK good overlap betxveen the array of taxa examined bv Suvorov (2000) anti that ana- l\y,ed bv Wade et al. (20()1). In this paper, the pneumostonud character states de- scribed l)\ Su\oro\" (2000) are mapped on the |)h\!oge- netii- lianicwork generated b\' the Watle et al. (2001) stuck. This allows an independent estimate of the course ol |int'uinostoiiial area exolution and shows to what ex- tent the RN.\ se(|uence data supports the e\olutionar\' iiderences ol Sn\iiid\, EssentialK the same method was emploNctl b\ Roth iUJOO) to estimate the liiston nuder- King the absence of dart sac and other reproducti\e or- gans in several genera ol I lelmiiitlicigKplidae. M.VIERI.VES .\M) .METHODS Taxa: Table 1 lists the st\lonunatophoran species stud- ied b\ Su\oro\ (2000) and their famiK assignments. Su- \oro\'s results aiul iliscussion are presented in tei'ms ol lamilies ratlu'r than species; the implication — ;iltliough it is not explieilK stated — is tluit he lound pni'niiiostoni;il ;ue;i eluuMcters to be constant within a lamiK. Nearly all oi these families were inclndi'tl in the mo- B. Roth. 2001 Pane 141 Table 1. St\l(iiiiiiiatcipli(iiaii species stiulieil li\ Sii\()i"(i\ (2000), and taxon codes useti m this stud\, TiixononiN and oiik'r of ta\a as in original, except as noted. Families williout indi- cated codes are not eladistiealK anaK/.ed lieiriii Succineidae (SUC) SuiTiufii jmtris (Linnaens, 17.5S) Oxiiloiiiii Mirsi {Esniark. LS86) Siiaiiii'lld (ihlou'^d ( Drapaniand. ISOl) Partnlidae (PAR) Partula otaltcitdiui iBniguiere. 1702 Clansiliidae (CL.\) Macroiifistnt icnihcosa (Drapaniand, LSOl) Mviitissii '^nicilicostd (Rossniiissler. 1836) Scrohiffi'/i tiitiricd (KiMiicki. 1837) Scrmlina scrnilalii ( L. Pfeiffer. 1847) Subnlinidae (SUB) Sul>uUiui (K-tonci (Brngniere. 1789) RunuiKi (Iccollatd (Linnaens. 1758) Gh'ssuld ccijhmira (L. Pfeiffer. 1845) Fenissaciidae Auijihoivllti inchnnjioUlcs (Lowe. 18341 .\cliutinidae i.-VCHi Achdtiiid ftilicd (Bowdich. 1822) Orthidicidae (ORT) Liffius fascidtiis (Miiller. 17741 .^cavldae (ACA) Acdviis jiluH-nix (L. Pleitter, 1854) Sagdidae (SAG) S«;i(/r/ ciHikidiid (Cinielni, 1791) Ceriidae (CER) Ccrion iduiuid (Bnigniere, 1792) Cochlicopidae (COO CticidUopd lubriai (Miiller, 1774) Cocltlicopa niteiis (Gallenstein. 1852) Orcnlidue (ORC-1, ORC-2)* Sjthiiniiliuiii doliohnn iBniguii're. 1792) Enxinoldiirid zonifcrd (Pilsbn, 1934) Ldurid ci/liiulrdccd (Da Costa, 1778) Chondrinidae (CHO) Clumdriiid Hiodid tdurica (Kessler, 1860) Choiulhiid clicntd ccdicd\ii(i Klirniann. 1931 PvTaniidulidae (PIT?) Pi/rdinkhda nipcsths iDraparnaud. 18(11) Eni'dae** (END Rdchis ttdcarcnsis Fischer-Pii'tte. 1964 Mcrdip^cra olKcuni (Miilk-r 1774) Eiid inoiitdud (Drapaniand, 1801) Bn'j)hdl(ipsis ci/liiidncd (Meiike, 1828) Cidicdsicola I'dddi'i Kohelt. 1880 Brad\baenidae (BRA) Bnidt/lxii'iid fniticiiid (Miiller, 1774) Hvgroniiidae (If\'G) Xcnipictd dcrbcntUid (Knnicki. 1836) Xcropicta kninickii (Knnicki. 1833) MtiDdcliiiidcs viciiKi ( Kossiniissler, 1842) Helicodontidae Ocstophiiru l)dHtdlii { Hossniiissler, 18.38) Helicidae (HEL) Ci'pdcd lindiihotwnsis (Fenissac, 1821) Helix dUiisccns Rossniiissler. 18.39 HelniintliogKptidae Hclmiutlio^hiptd armsd (W. O Binnew 1858) Hninholdtianiilae Hnmlxildtidiid sn. Tahlc I . ( )ontnined. 1„ Pleiffer. 1842) 185()i SpllilK teroillllul.ie SpliiiK ti'i'Dcliild idiididissiina Dr.iparn.iud, 1801 ) Lpiphr.ignioplioridai' Epiplird'^moplwra dihilii l'",ndodontitlae lEND' Hiillncnid fldlliidlidii 1. I'leiller Disci(hie (DISi Disiiis nidcnihis (Stiuli'r. 1820) PoKg\ridae (POLi Vdlijllipd -iiptidii till d 8a\, 1818 Zonitidai' (DAll. in p;n't) Oxi/cliilw- iniiiiS^rrliciis (Monsson, 186.3) Oxi/clnlus ddhiiisi (Moiis.son, 1863) Ac'fiipi'i iciiicillus (Lamarck, 1822) Dandeliardiidae (D.'VU. in part) Iiif^urid tiiii^iiiii iKosen. 1911' P;n'maeellidae Vanndcvlld ihcrti Licliw.iid. 1S41 (Jastrodontidae '/Aiiiiliiidcs nitidus (Miiller 1774) .\nopluintidae (ARPi Hcuscuifs lu'palt'itsis i Blanlord. 1904) Ilaplotrematidae (IIAP' Hdplotrcdid idiiiimuui i.\nce\. 1888 i*** Limacidae (LIM) Liiiidx iiidciddtns I Kali'niczenko. 1851) Biclzid idcnddiis iBiel/. 18511 .\rioiiidae (.ART Arioii hisildiiivus .Mabille, 1868 Arioii fusridtiis (Nilsson, 182.5) * Orcnlidae siiisu Su\oro\ (2000i is polypli\k-tic: ()R(:-2 rep- resents a clade comprising Lduria species, assigned to Pnpil- lidae b\ Wadeet al. i2()01 >. ** Enidae is called Biiliminidae In Wade et al. 2001 . *** Sn\oro\ (2000: 91) witliont jnstification introduced tlie couibin.itiiin Aninimitd iiuniiniiin lor this t.Lxon. Iciiilar .iiiaKsis cl Wade et al. i20()l; 'lahle 1 :. ahhoilgh ill iiian\ cases witli (lilTcrent species as exemplars. Based OH the Hndiiig tiiat most traditional family groups hold togetlier as monoph\letii' units in molecular aiialy.sis (Wade et a!.. 2001; 4is). 1 iiere proceed on the a.ssump- tion that — with a few exceptions noted below — tiie hun- ilies of the Sn\oro\ and Wade et al. analyses can be treated as e(]iii\ ;deiit, and that eharaeter states ob.serxed to he true for a famiK l)v Sinorov can be regarded as tnii' lor the same nominal family represented on the nlnlogenetic tree of Wade et al. This assumption can. of course, be tested 1)\ dissection ot tlie Wade et al. ex- emplar species that were not examined by Su\()ro\. [■"igure 1 ri'plicates tlie branching structure ol Wade et al.'s (2001: fig. D neighbor- joining pli\logenetic tree, with respi'ct to the taxa studied by Su\()ro\. The tree is Imther simidified b\ being drawn as a cladogram rather than a pli\lognnn; in other words, branch lengtlis, whicli in the origin;d reflect genetic distances among taxa. have no significiuice in this figure. On the oiigin;d tree, some lietails of tlie first- and second-order branching direct!)- Page 142 THE NAUTILUS, \ ol. 15. Xo. 4 i 1 — 1 ORC-1 ^ PYR one '' Orthurethra 1 L!M ^ ARP Limacoidea sensu lato ' 1 — DAU — Al-ll 1 CLA "non- achatinoid clade" i END 1 HEL 1 POL Helicoidea sensu lato ' HYG """ — — 1 — sue "Clade B" 1 ORT 1 ACH l"achatinoid SUB out-group clade" Figure 1. ( lladniirain liased on tlic iiiolcfulai' pli\liit;i-iictic lupothcsis III Watli' ft al. (2001 ). simplified to iiR-lude onI\ t;i\a studied In Siuoiciv l2(X)0). ;uk1 sliowiiia; tlie extent ot liii^lier clades refenvd to in text: ■aeliatinoid clade" and "non-aehati- noid elade" of Wade et al. (2001): Oithnrethra Pilsbn, 1900: Limacoidea .st'iisti lato ol Hausdoit I 199.S); Helicoidea sens\i latti and "(Made 15" ol' Roth and Sadeghian (in press). Taxon codes as in 'I'alilc 1 . aboxe the "acluiliiuiid - noii-aciiafliinid (licli(itniii\ aic .supported li\ rclaliscK lew cliaiaclcrs ami iiia\ not he corrolxirati'd lis lutiire studies. Tlie Idildwiiitr ta.xa coiikl not lie [ilaecd on the cla(l exeiiqilified In il is so laliek'd herein. Wade et al. (2001) included no Sagdidae. I'lmlierton's (1991) eladistic analysis rexcaied a elade comprising Tlnj.sj)li(>ra .Strehel and Pi'effer, ISSO (Thxsanophor- idae): the New World 'camaenid " Plcunxloiitr Fiselier von Waldlieim, ISOT; and the sagdid genera S/i. Seccnidarx uretiu": (A) open ( '"uncloseir"); (B) closed. 4. Pneumostomal exeri'toiA routes; (A) sim[ili'; (\i) Y- shaped with Ll-shaped pilaster; (C) Y-shaped, closed; (D) r-slia[ied with anal pihister; (E) Y-shaped with anal pi- laster. Polarit\ ol tnuislonnalion series was inferred In iter- ;Ui\e out-gi'oup comparison of secjuentialK more iuclu- si\i' clades and application ol the "Reiatixc .\pomoiphv iiule": Homologous characters lound in the members of a monophvlelie gidiip and in its sister gl'oiip ;ii"e ple- siomorphic. while homologous charactei's lound ouK' in the in-group :ii'e ;ipom(irpliic (Brooks and McLennan, 1991. (■specialK pp. I(i (i2). -The \alid tainiK -group n;nne lor llie New World "(.'aniaeni- dae" is Pleurodontidae \on Ihenn^. 1912; ;i suprafaniilial group containing Pleurodontidae and Saiidid.ie l'ilslir\. 1S9.'5. wxiiild lie eoirectK kuowu as Sawloidea. B. Roth. 2001 Pasje 143 Table 2. Distribution ordiaractcr slates aiiiiiii>iis, 2. Distriliiitioii ul lucilliiii'j; clianiiel willi \al\c (A) and witlioiit valve (B) and location of traiislbrniation Irom B to \. mapped on cladoiirain Ironi Kiuiiiv I, -i. 1 )islnl)ntion of rectal termination states: (.\) opim ("nn- closed"). without additional structures; ( IV* open, with lobe: (Ci open, with piipilla; (D) open, uilli oiu' leelal |iilasler: (K) open, widi two rectal pilasters; (F) partiallv closed; iC;) hillv closed: ;md loiMtion of li^mslnrmations where lhe\ lan he inlirred from out- j^roup comparison. 4. Distrilmlion' of open {\1, partialK closed A', and hill\ closed iZl reet.il lcriiiiii:ilioii and loc'ation of B. Rotii, 2001 ViWf 145 int; lc\cl nl (lill<'iciitiati(in. ' iiili'iisilicalldii iil riiiic- tions"), mostly articulated hi llic (irsi li.iHHr iIh' Twen- tieth Ontiin- (SiivoroN. 2000: 901. Tlif aiialxsis liciciii i|-"i^iiic 2) iiidifalcs llial a liii-alli- ing clianncl without a \al\c is pIcsidiiKiiphu ami the presfiK'i' (il a \al\c is ajioiniirpliit'. 'i'liis is (■(insislciil w illi the tninslonnation scries inlcrrcd 1)\ Sinnrox i2000: 00). The presence ol a \aKc is aiitapoiiiorpliic in and diag- nostic of Sagtlitlac. The alisciicc of a \aKc is mil aiihi- poniorphic for an\ iiioiiopli\ Iclic group. This analysis (Figure 4' imiicatt's thai an epen ledal termination is plcsiomoiphic and partial or full closure is apomoipliic'. This is consistent with the ti-ansroniiatioii troin open to closed iiilened In .Sii\(iro\. ,Sii\oro\ re- ferred to the condition of an open terniinalion with \ar- ioiis aecesson strnctm-es as intermediate hetwceii the simple open anil closed stales i2000: 00! Iliiwe\ei. this analysis (Fignre 3) shows no such transtoimation series within St\lommatopliora: the oiiK nislanee of a simple open state is that ol Fmlodontidae. which ont-groiip comparison establishes as a translorinalion Irom a state ha\ing two rectal pilasters. There are hvo hoinojilastic instanci's of closure of the rectal termination: in the elade comprising Helicidae. Pol\g\ritlae. BraiKliaenitlae, I l\gromiidac. and Sagdidae (essentialK', the claile Tlelicoidea sciisii Itilo" of Both and Sadeghian. in pri'ss). and in the ilade comprising Succineidae and Ortiialiciilae (essentialK. (.'lade iV of Roth and Sadeghian. in pressi. ('Insure is dia'^nostic' of each of these clades. iTiere are mi reversals Inmi :i closed to an open stati'. .\ii open lect.ii teiinination is not antajioinoqihic tor an\ inoiioplnletic i^roiip. This aiiaksis (Figure 5) indicates that a closed scc- omlan ureter is plesiomorphie for St\ lomuiatoplioia. with tour lr:iiisloiiiiatiiiiis In an open iilelei :iiid iiiie re- \ersal hack to a cliisei.1 ureter in the elade consisting ol Limacoidea s()/,v(/ lafa of liaiisdorf ilOOSi plus .\rioui- dae. This is contrar\ to the direction ol liansformalinii argued by Snvonn (2000: 99). This analysis (Figure 6) indicates thai a simple e\ere- toiA route is plesiomoiphic' and that the tr:iiisloriii:itioii to all othi'r apiiimiiphic states excejil ( ,' (Y-slKipid, closed,) occurred homoplasticalK, \ll ol the complex states are deii\ed as direct translorinations Ikhii the simple state, except state (,'. which arises liniii slate H (Y-shaped with U-shapt'd pilasteri. \'o reversals Irom a compk'x to a simple state occur (,'haraeler slate I) i| - shaped with anal pilaster) is uniform throughout the Oi- thurethra. It also occurs in Clansiliidae and ( )rthalicidae. but Su\()ro\ (2000: 92) cast doiilil on the liiinuilogv ol the condition in ( ilaiisiliidae and that m Oiilimclhraii taxa. Su\-oro\'s (2000: hg. 10) sc'enario ol evoliilion el the piieiiiiioslomal area includes the lianslormations A lo H lour times). .-\ to I). B to ( :. and I) to K. All of these translormalions except I) to F, are found in the [ireseiil .inaKsis. The uiimlier of transformations (S> is onK slightly greater than that (7) suggested In Suvorov'. Much ol Suvonn's aiiaKsis is based on what he called ■patterns." naiiiek. f) observed combinations of the above chaiaiter states, lie named the patterns for taxa showing tlieiii (e.g., "endodontoid." "haiilotrematoid"). but this practice is not vi'i'v hel])lul when rather reiiiotel\- related taxa show the same pattern (e.g.. Haplolremati- dae and \iioiiidae . His I'ignre 10 sli(ms a sciiema of probable' ev olutionaiv relationships among the pat- terns. A plot ol the patterns on the cladogram (Figure . ' gives little sii|)])ort lor the schema and suggests in- stead that, lor most ol stvlommatophoran histon. the lour ehaiacteis ol llie piieiimostomal area have not evolvetl in close eoneeii. Bather than being basal as in .Suvoidvs scenario, the 'Cndodonloiil" pattern ( B.A.-\.\, Inr characters 1 through I' is hiiiliK derived. The "pnp- illoid" pattein (i5lv\l)i is uniform through Orthurelhra. \ similar but probablv not honiologous pattern occurs in ( )l;insiliidai'. 4"lie ' /onitoid " |)alt('rn (BDBA) is nni- loiiii in l.imaeoidea s(ii.\ii lulu and, witli one transfor- iii.ition ito i5l)l5B> in its sister group, .\rionidae: it also occurs in the phvlogeneticallv remote Snbulinidac. The clade llelieoidea \cii\ii liilo exelnsivi' of Sagdidae is di- vided among the "helicoid " i iU ;.\B) and "bradxbaeuoid" (JUiBJ-ii conhgurations. Other |)atterus are either aiita- p< pliic 111 lioiiio[)lastic. and il is clear that tluir der- ivalion iiiiisl involve separate traiislonnations of the eoiiipiiiieiil eharacteis. ['or this reason. 1 believi' that the ])livlogenv ol till' [inenmostomal area is better visnali/ed in terms ol individual characters, as done in the present sliidv, than in lerms ol composite 'patterns'. For future stiidv. the pneiuiioslonial area eharacteis examined b\ {■.mbeiton il99Fl max jirovide additional data, il thev laii be coordinated with those obsei'ved bv Suvorov. A( K\()\\I4'.I)(;MF\TS I'etei Mordaii :iiid David i.iiidberg real! ilrafts ol till' mamiseiipl and ollered valuable eoiiimeiits. 141 i:i;vi'ii;f cifKi) liidoks I) i; iikI I) A. .McLennan. 1991. Plivk)gcnv. Eiologx', .111(1 Beliaviiii: a Kcsi'arcli I'rognuii in Comparative Biol- ii'j;v, I iiivcisilv ol OhiiMiio Press: (.'kic-ago. 434 pp. I'.iiiheitiiii, K, (). 1991. Pokgvrid relations: a plivlogeiieticaiial- vsis III 17 siililainilii's ol land snails i Molliisca: (Jaslropoila: Slvloiiiiiialopkoral. '/oolc laical joiinuil nl the l.iiineaii So- cietv l().'5: 2(17-224. transforiiiations. 5. Distrihiitioii of open (A) and closed (IVi sccoiidan- ureter and location of transroniialioiis. 6. Distiihiitioii of excreton- routes: (A) simple: IB) \'-sliape(l with ll-slia])e(l pilaster: ((,'' '^'-sliapc'd. closed: (Di 1" -shaped vvilli anal pilaster: .K \- shaped with anal pilaster: and lucatioii ol' tiaiistuiiiiatieiis 7. Dislnlnilioii nl ciniihiiialioiis ol chaiacter states lor ckaractcrs 1—4 ("patterns" of Suvorov. 2()()l)i. Pase 146 THE NAUTILUS. \'ol. 115. \o. 4 Enibt'rton. K. (,'., C^. S. kuutiu. <:, \1. I)a\i.s. .S. .\1. I'liilllps. K. M. Moiulert'wic'z. and ^ II (iiio. 1990. (.■omparisou of rcc'i'iit fla.s.sifications ol stNlDiiiiiiatoplioran laiid-siiail families, and csalnation ol iargc-rihosoniai liNA sequciic- iniT for their iiliNlosicnetics. Malatolosiia 31: 327-352. GoodfritMni. (;. .\. U)S(i. Radiation ol the land snail genn.s S(i6 on posterior row. decreasing in number and iiecoming :> rows ol elon- gate riiis coxering toreniost third oi dorsum. Parietal sliield broaii. thick, elevated posteriork at commissure witli labrnm; |)osterior canal a narrow, shallow depres- sion. Apertnrai |ioi1ion of jiarielal wall containing aliout :50 narrow lirations oi \ar\ing lengtlis, crossing an itxiai swelling or ridge I Figure 1) on columellar wall and ex- tending into a|)ertnre. .\nterior third oi parietal wall and shield slightk raised, with enlarged lirations. .\nterior Page 14S THE NAUTILUS, X'ol. 115. No, 4 I'imii'i's 1-.'}. Spccicsiit ( .(/yi/v/ivv/vsvs in apcrtiiial. latrral, and aliapcrluial \ic'\\s, 1. Cijjx'dccdssis thijiohnui. new spcrics, liolohpc. USNM 51TS92, Icimtli 57.4 mm, uidlli :>(i.2 iimi. Irom Cliipola lii\cr. .>(f2S.l:).o' N, .S5°()9.558' \\ . 2. CiipnuTOssis uihmic Kreipl and .Air. 2()()(). Kmilio Carcia (.'ollci-tioii IS.^fi'V Imi^lli ."i.l.T mm. width 24. (i mm, IrDm Islas Sccas. (ailld dc (:liiri(|ni. dri'dijcd, 120-240 111. ,saiKl/,sliC'Il bottom. 3. Q'.ijprm'Cd.ssis nija ! I .imiaciis. 175S1, lciit;th S2..5 mm. width " .1 iiiiii. hido I'aiifif Kcnion, Ph\lli,s Dicsjcl (>)!lcctioTi. hir i-omparisoii with ('i/j>riii'. On the toponraphv and . 61(269): 147-262. pis. 1-21. kreipl K 1997, Becent Cassidae. Wriaii Clirista HeiiMiien. \\ lesh;lllell 151 pp. Kiiipl K and \ All. 2009. \ new species ol (..tjprai'cassis Stiitclihiin. 1S.37 i .Mollu.si-a: (iastropodal frnin Pacific P:iiiaina. Pa Coiicliiglia .32(297); 43-15. I';irker |. I). 194S. .\ new Cassis and other iiiolliisks Ironi the ( ^liipoki iMniiiation. The Nautilus 61 : 90-95. pi. 6. fi<;s. 1 - 21). I'llshi-v. II. .\. 1922. A revision ol W. \\. t.ahh's Tertiai-v .Mol- lusc;! ol S.iiito Doiniiigo. Proceedings of the .Acadeiiiv ol N.iliir.il Sciences of Fliikulelpliia 73(192P: 305-1.35. pis. 16 47, \nkes. P. 11, I9(i5. Notes on the ;ige ol the Chipoki I'"onn;ition I Miocene' ol .Nortlivvesteni Florid;!. Tnkiiie Studies in Ce- ologv 3; 20.5-20S, Weishord. N. I'7 1962. l,;ile Ceuo/oic ( iastroiiods Ironi North- ern \cne/.n(4;i. Bulletins ol .\iueric;ui P;ileoutolo<;v 12(193): 1-672, pis. 1-lS. THE NAUTILUS 115(41:150. 2001 Faize 150 Note Correction of a mistake introduced in tlie description of an aeolid nndibranch of tlie genns Favohmis Gray, 1850 Francisco J. Garcia Di-pai'tamciito tk- Fisi()iciy;i'a v IJiologi'a Animal, Facultad de BioJogi'a Universidad de .Se\i]la Avenida Reiiia Mercedes. 6 41(1S() Sc\illa .SP.MX fjgarcia@cica.es Jesus S. Troncoso Area de Biolcigia Animal l'a< ullad de Cieiicia.s del Mai Uni\ersidad de N'igo Lagoa.s-Marcosende. N'igo .SPAIN tioTicosofeuvii'o.es RecentK', a new species ot Favorinus V,n\\\ 1850, troiii tlie eastern Pacific Ocean was described bv onrselv es in tills jonrnal (Garcia and Troncoso, 2001). The iiaiiie ul this species was designated clciuilrxiac as "a juxtaposition ot the names oi the vonnm'st daniiiitiTs" of the authors Garcia and Troncoso, tliat is, Kli-iia ant! Ale.xia, respec- tively. Ne\ertheless, a t\poii;raphic error related to the name of the species was produced in this paper. Al- thougli the species was cited as Fmorintis clciuik'xiae on 22 occasions in the paper, tlic name also appeared twice (on pages 55 and 57) as h'iin>iiiins fli'iuilcixir According to the International (>ode of Zoological No- menclature' (ICZ\. 1999). articles 32.2.1 and 24.2.3 should lie applii'd in this sitnalion. 'i'licse articles refer to tlie correct original spelling of a scientific name. \r- ticle 32.2.1 states: "If a name is spelled in more tlian one way in the work in which il was established, tlien, except as pro\ided otlici-\\isc in (his Article, the correct original .spelling is thai chdsrn li\ ihc i-'irst Kexiser" and Article 24.2.3 states: "Selection ol coiiiTt oiiginal spell- ing. If a name is spelled in mnrc than one wa\ in tin' original work, the liist anllicn to lia\c' cited tlicni to- gether and to have selected one spelling as cori'et'l is the First He\iser. The selected spelling (if not incorrect un- der Articles 32.4. or .32.5) is therein fixed as the correct original spelling; an\- other s|)elling is incorrect (and therefore unavailable)." .\ct-ording to these .Articles, act- ing as First Rexisers we consider elenalexiae as the cor- rect original spelling. The name represents a nonn in apposition and so is indeclinable. Since our description was published, Hans Bertseh emended the name of the species on Michael I). Miller's site on the World Wide Web. Bert.sch held the \iew that the termination -tic of the name was ineoncet and that it should 1k' corrected to -iiniiii i hence clfiuilcxidiiini) because -armii is the projier Latin suffix for a patronxin established in honor of more than one female iierson. However, we belie\e tliat the spelling cIciKilcxiiiniin \\ incorrect because the plural form should oiiK be applied when a specific name is formed Ironi a personal name that icirresponds to hvo or more people who share iden- tical names. For example, the aeolid Flalicllina luarcii- \oniin was named bv GosliiUM" and Kuzirian il990t in honor of Ernst Marcus and his wile E\('line du Bois- Ke\nioiul Marcus, who first recorded this species. Ac- cordiugK, a patromin di'dicated to mori' than one per- son with nnn-icU'iitical nami's. with the specific name loiined li\ juxta[)osition of the names ol each person, sliiinld lie considered in the singular form (i.e., Plii/llidin rtirUonhojji. as proposed b\' Brnnckhorst (1993), is the I'orrect name in liniior of Mr. Gla\' Garlson and Dr Pattx- jo Ilofl'l. Besides this. Article 9.8 of the Gode stipulates that material distributed b\" electronic signals (such as on the World \\ ide Web) is, for pni"|ioses ol loinial no- nienelatnre. unpublished llf^ZN, 1999). Thus, the eniended n.une ol 15eii:sch cannot be eonsideri'd as a s\ noiuin ol cIciKilcxiai' because it has not been included in a imbiished work. .\(:K\(mLEIX;MENTS We wisli Id expi'ess our gratitude to Richard (.'. Willan, |os(' II. I.imI flans Bertsi-h, Miguel .\. Zara/aga. and |os('' Ti'uiplado ln|- their eonniieiils during the |irepara- lion 111 this note. LITF.R.VrUHE CITED Bnuickluirst. ]). J. 1993. The swstematics and pli\l(igeii\ (if I'livllidiid N'udiliraiielis (l^iiridoidea). Heeerds (il the .\iis- lialiaii Miisi'imi. Supplement Ifi: |-|()7. Oaieia, I', \ and j. S. Triiiico.sd. 20(11. Fdvoriiiiis clcniilexidc. a new species (()pistli, whieli ,ire dejMcted as thoi- ougliK and clearly as in an\ modern work and nineh cleari'r than the vast majoritv. The editorial execution is as close to jieilei't as an\ work in I'xistence. .-Mtei' sexcral horns ot rexiew. oiiK a lew trivial problems wi're encountered, 'i'heie aie Odo.s- tmnid species ( .' and Iv but no D is treated. Species 602 Sliiliiji\i\ sp. and sjiecies 02S CV/rr/zo/n/.v dctoiiti appear to be congeneric and bettei- assigned to Bdclcridiliiii Thiele, 1929. Noinenelatorial minutiae inclutle (correc- tion): Eiilitliidiiiiii tlialdssicolnin [ihaltissirola). I'ctalo- coiiclius floiidaiKi {lloriddiiiis). Miiivxiclla mac^iiitiji (ntc^iiiti/i). Anfiilis ccniluin i('crafa). Ctciioidis srahm isodivr). The bibliographx is uearK' exha\isti\e. but I was stMuied b\ the absence ol at least three rclerences. Ba- \a\ (1922). .\Iorch (lS7Hi. :nid Nowell-Usticke (1969), whii'h are essential because thev originalK describe man\ ■forgotten" but relevant taxa that are defined for the first time in the moik'rn literature in Hedlern's work, Tliese references wci'e easiK lonnd in the compilation by Mikkeksen, P. M., H. Bieler and W. K. Petit i 1993), a reference that was also missing. I'Ins wnrk is the finest regional fauna! treatment to enter llie annals nl western .Atlantic malacologX' in (ner a ileiaile. It will prove essential to any serious student in this and lelateil disciiilines lor man\ times that inter- \al of time. The book is at present availabli' only from Pime 152 THE NAUTILUS. \ol. 115, No. 4 (Ijaliamanianscaslu'lls.c'oin) ,iik1 TIk' Haili'\-Mattlu" Shell Museum. LITER.\TURE CMTED Ba\a\, .\. 1922. Sables littoraiix tic la mer de las Antilles prin- enant des ahords de CdIoii et de Cuba. Bulletin dn Mu- seum National d'Histoire Naturelle 28: 42.'3— 12S. Mikkelsen. P. M.. R. Bieler and R. E. Petit. 199.3. A liililioji- rapln of Caribbean nialacolocT\- 1826—199.3. American Malacological Bulletin 10: 267-290. Mfirch, O. A. L. 1876. S\iiopsis Mollusconnn Marinoruni In- diarnni Occidentaliuni nupnmis Insul.uinn Danicannn. Malakozoologische Blatter 23: 4.5-58. 87-143. Nowell-Usticke, C. W. 1969. A supplcmcntan' Listing of New Shells (illustrated). To be added to the check list of the niariue shells of St. Croix. PrnatcK published. 32 pp.. 6 pis. Haii^ G. Lee, MD Suitc'.500 1801 Barrs Streeet Jacksonville. FL 32204 USA shells@hglee.com P/fTS Tliis puhlicatiiiii is spunsorei! in jiart 1)\ tile State of Florida, Department of State. DKi.sion of Cultural Affairs, aiul the Florida Art.s Coiuieil FHE NAUTILUS \()lume 115 2001 AUTHOR I\i:)FA BoNFiTTO, A -S4 M 1 1 .( isi , A\ i( II, p. 39 Cledon, M 15 Mninssi. M 84 Coles, B. F 1 05 N i- k. )i , \. | ( : I (15 COONERT. G. A I OwiA, B 77 DE-Souz.^, P. J. S 1 l'i-\( iiAs/\i)i-ii, P K 15. 39 DuERR, R 147 PiTiT, R. E 35. Ill G,\RciA. F. J 55. 15(1 Hi II), D. G 115 Geiger, D. L 77 Ivijii, B 140 Ituarte, C. F. 50 .S\ni:i,i,i, B ,S4 Kantor, Yu. 1 99 .Si iiMKi,'/, G. W 22, 45 Kii.BURN, R. N 99 Stom:, |. R 90 Leal. J. H 37 Tkom < ib.i ). J . .S 55, 1 5(1 Lee, H 151 \ M.des. A 29 Macia. S 62 Wise. J. B 68 Marshall. B. A 36 NEWT.AX.^ PROPOSED IN \()LU.\IK 115 (2()(»1) GASTROPODA Arrhiti'ctonica ^cinincsd Stiiiiielz. lu'w sp(>cies (Architectoiiiridac) 23 AiistrodaphncUd i/ciiu-iu-iisis Bonfitto. .Morassi and Sabelli. 2001. iirw species (Turridae) 85 BuUata gucniiiii de-Soiiza and Coovert. 200 L new species ( Marsjincllidae) 2 Bullata anahiiiric de-Sniiza and Coo\ci1. 2001. iii'w species (Martjiiicllidae) 5 Ctilliosliiiiiii kiiiKiluiniiii .MarsJiall, 2001, new iiaiiic (CalliostoiiialHhic! 36 Ci/praccii.ssis clupoliina Duerr, 2001, new species { C^assidae ) ] 47 Faiorintis clcnalcxiac Garcia and Troncnso. 2001, new species (Aeolidiidae) 55 Gastrocoptti ( Gastroatpla ) ro'^crscnsifi Nekola and Coles, 2001 , new species ( Pnpillidae) 109 Gmnosdlariiiin fioiiddinim Schmelz, 2001, new species (Arcliitectonicidae) 26 Heliacus iToriitistii) calliouncnsis Schmelz. 2001. new species (Arcliitectonicidae) 24 Heliacus ( Torinista I coinpiicttis Schmelz. 200 1 , new species ( Architectonicidae ) 25 Littoraria {Littoriii(iji\i^ > henaalcnsis Reid. 200 1 . new species ( Littoiinidae ) 120 Mitm (Fu.simitr(i< i-iilliniiiicii'iis Schmelz. 2001. new species (Mitridae) 46 Scdbrifolii iSiiiiiiisitiiiii I chijiohiiui Schmelz. 2001 . new species (Mitridae) 47 BI\AL\IA Pisiiliinii ihiijuiiditinn Ituarte. 2001. new species (Sphaeiiidae) 50 HEN'IEW KHS FOR XOlAi.ME 115 Hans Bertsdi William G. Lvons Richard E. Petit Riidii^er Biclcr Marta J. de Maiiitenon Harold G. Pierce liacliel C'ollin Bruce A. Marshall Rohert Robertson Robert T. Dillon, |r. Glaus Meier-Brook Gar\' Rosenberg Garlos S. Gallardo Paula M. Mikkelsen Gar\' Schmelz Terrence M. Gosliner Peter B. Mordan [olin Slapcinsk-s' M. G. HarasewNch Diarinaid O Foighil |olni D. Ta\lor Da\id G. Herbert Shun-ichi Ohgald Richard G. Willan Yuri I. Kaiitor Guido Pastorino |ohn B. \\'ise Richard N. Kilburn Tiniothv Pearce INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS THE NAUTILUS publishes papers on all aspects of the biolog)' and svstematics of mollusks. Manuscripts describing ()rigin;il, unpublished research as well as review articles will he considered. Brief articles, not exceeding 1000 words, will be published as notes and do not require an abstract. No- tices of meetings and other items of interest to malacolo- gists will appear in a news and notices section. Manuscripts: Each original manuscript and accompan\ing illustratioTis should be submitted in triplicate. Te.xt must be t)ped on one side of HVi X 11 inch white paper, double spaced throughout (including literature cited, tables and figure captions), with at least 1 inch of margin on ;ill sides. All pages must be numbered consecutively. If printed on a word processor, the right margin should be ragged rather dian justified. Authors should follow the recommendations of die Scientific Style and Format — The CBE Manual for Authors, Editors, and Publishers, which is available from the Council of Science Editors, Inc., 11250 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 8, Reston, VA 20190, USA (http:/A\avw.cbe.org/ cbc). The first mention of a scientific name in the text should be accompanied by the taxononiic authorit)', includ- ing year. Latin names and words to be printed in italics must be underlined; leave other indications to the editor. Metric and Celsius units are to be used. The sequence of sections should be: title page, abstract page, introduction, materials and methods, results, discus- sion, acknowledgments, literature cited, tables, figure cap- tions, figures. The title page should include the title, au- thor's name(s) and address(es). The abstract page should contain the title and abstract, which should summarize in 250 words or less the scope, main results and conclusions of the paper. The abstract may be followed by a maximum of 8 key words. All references cited in the text must appear in the literature cited section and vice versa. In the litera- ture cited section, all authors nmst be full)- identified and listed alphabeticallv Follow a recent issue of THE NAU- TILUS for bibliographic st)'le, noting that journal tides must be unabbreviated. Information on plates and figures should be cited only if not included in the pagination. Ta- bles must be numbered and each placed on a separate sheet. A brief legend must accompany each table. Captions for each group of illustrations should be typed on a separate sheet and include a key to ;dl lettered labeling appearing in that group of illustrations. All line drawings must be in black, high quality ink, clear- ly detailed and completely labeled. Photographs must be on gloss)', high contrast paper. All figures are to be consec- utively numbered (figs. 1, 2, 3 ', NOT figs, la, lb, Ic, . . . NOR plate 1, fig. 1 . . .). Illustrations must be arranged in proportions that will conform with the width of a page (6% inches or 171 mm) or a column (3V4 inches or 82 mm). The ma.ximum size of a printed figure is 6% by 9 inches or 171 by 228 mm. All illustrations must be fully cropped, mounted on a firm, white backing, numbered, labeled and camera ready. The author's name, paper title and figure number(s) should appear on the back. Original illustrations must be between one and hvo times the desired final size. It is die author's responsibility that the line weight and let- tering are appropriate for the desired reduction. Original illustrations will be returned to the author if requested. Col- or illustrations can be included at extra cost to the author. Voucher Material: Deposition of type material in a rec- ognized public nuiseuin is a requirement for publication of papers in which new species are described. Deposition of representative voucher specimens in such institutions is strongly encouraged for all other types of research papers. Processing of Manuscripts: Upon receipt, every manu- script is acknowledged and sent for critical review by at least two referees. These reviews serve as the basis for ac- ceptance or rejection. Accepted manuscripts are returned to the author for consideration of die reviewers' comments. Final Manuscript Submission: Authors of accepted manuscripts will be required to submit an electronic version of the manuscript correctly formatted for THE NAUTI- LUS. The formatted manuscript may be sent as an e-mail attachment to nautilus@shellmuseuni.org or in a diskette, preferably prepared using an IBM PC-compatible text pro- cessor. Original illustrations niav be submitted separatelv bv regular mail or as digital files (zip disks or CDs), preferablv in TIFF or BMP formats. Proofs: After typesetting, two sets of proofs are sent to the author for corrections. Changes other than t)pcsetting er- rors will be charged to the author at cost. One set of cor- rected proofs should be sent to the editor as soon as pos- sible. Reprints and Page Charges: An order form for reprints will accompany the proofs. Reprints may be ordered through the editor Authors with institutional, grant, or oth- er research support will be billed for page charges at the rate of $60 per printed page. Manuscripts, corrected proofs and correspondence re- garding editorial matters should be sent to: Dr. Jose H. Leal, Editor, The Nautilus, RO. Box 1580, Sanibel, FL 33957, USA. © This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).